Contact Energy performance supports renewable investment
Contact Energy Limited Level 2 Harbour City Tower, 29 Brandon Street, Wellington 6011 | PO Box 10742, Wellington 6143
P: +64 4 499 4001 | W: contactenergy.co.nz
19 August 2024
Contact Energy performance supports
renewable investment
Twelve months ended
30 June 2024
FY24
Twelve months ended
30 June 2023
FY23
Underlying
i
Reported Against underlying
EBITDAF
ii
$663m $675m ↑ 16% from $573m
Profit $230m
$235m ↑ 9% from $211m
Profit per share 29.1 cps
29.9 cps ↑ 8% from 26.9 cps
Operating free cash flow
iii
$470m ↑ 67% from $282m
Stay-in-business capital expenditure (cash) $110m ↓ 3% from $113m
Growth capital expenditure (cash) $470m ↓ 0% from $472m
Key strategic highlights
• Tauhara geothermal station online since May 2024. Final commissioning underway.
• Te Huka 3 geothermal station now in commissioning. Expected online in Q4 2024.
• New long-term agreement to supply renewable electricity to NZAS.
• Construction started on 100MW grid-scale battery at Glenbrook, expected online Q1 2026.
• Confirmed investment in 168MWp Kowhai Park solar farm, expected online in Q2 2026.
Financial performance
Contact Energy has reported net profit of $235m in FY24 and operating earnings (EBITDAF)
of $675m. Reported figures include a net movement in the onerous contract provision
relating to the Ahuroa Gas Storage facility (AGS) of $12m within EBITDAF ($5m within net
profit after tax and interest). Excluding the movement in the provision, underlying net profit
was up 9% on FY23 to $230m and EBITDAF was up 16% to $663m.
The improved operating result was driven by closer alignment of channel pricing to the
wholesale market and greater thermal efficiency, partially offset by lower hydro generation,
and reduced steam revenue following the closure of Te Rapa. Net profit was impacted by
one-off write-offs of $36m after tax relating to damage to peaker assets, remediation work
required at the Tauhara geothermal plant and software projects not continuing as planned.
Hydro volatility characterised operating conditions throughout the period and gas supply
tightened, with flow-on impacts to wholesale pricing from more thermal generation. Contact
increased contracted sales volumes in anticipation of Tauhara coming online and with its
delay to mid-2024 met this sales position through a balance of additional thermal and
acquired generation. At the same time, Contact has executed well on its channel mix and
pricing strategies.
Contact Energy Ltd
2
“The result has been a demonstration of strength in our underlying performance as we
managed through market volatility, while keeping the momentum to deliver existing and new
renewable developments,” says Chief Executive Mike Fuge.
Operating free cash flow of $470m was up 67% on the prior year on the improved operating
result, relatively lower levels of working capital due to higher thermal generation and
reflecting the continued capitalisation of interest on Tauhara borrowings. In FY24, growth
capital expenditure was $470 million as Contact invested twice its net profit for the year into
renewable development.
The Board declared a final dividend of 23 cents per share, taking the annual dividend
declared for FY24 to 37 cents per share. Shareholders will have the option to participate in
Contact’s dividend reinvestment plan at a 2% discount.
Demand
In May 2024, Contact entered into a new long-term agreement with the New Zealand
Aluminium Smelter (NZAS) to supply renewable energy to its Tiwai Point operation in
Southland. Under the agreement, Contact has been provided with demand response of up to
46MW, with the mechanism activated at maximum capacity in July 2024 to support New
Zealand’s security of supply.
“This new long-term agreement de-risks investment in new renewable generation,
contributes to energy security and helps to preserve an important export industry, supporting
growth and decarbonisation of the New Zealand economy,” said Mr Fuge.
Renewable development
Tauhara came online in May 2024 following accelerated remediation works, providing new
renewable generation as gas supply tightened. Final commissioning activity is underway to
lift initial operating capacity to 152MW. Commissioning is also underway on Contact’s 51MW
Te Huka 3 geothermal power station, which is expected to be ready to receive steam by the
end of this month. These power stations will add 1.9TWh per annum of baseload renewable
output when full capacity is reached.
Construction has started on a 100MW grid-scale battery located at Glenbrook. Contact has
also committed to its first solar project through its joint venture with Lightsource bp – a
168MWp solar farm at Kōwhai Park, adjacent to Christchurch International Airport. Both are
expected online in 2026
iv
.
“Contact is demonstrating its commitment to invest in new renewable technologies by
executing on the best projects within its ~7TWh development pipeline, contributing to
security of supply as New Zealand decarbonises,” says Mr Fuge.
Contact is targeting a final investment decision in Q4 2024
iv
on Te Mihi Stage 2 – a ~100MW
binary plant which will be the first phase of the Wairakei A&B geothermal station
replacement. The investment decision will be considered alongside the plans to extend
~37MW of plant capacity at Wairakei A&B to 2031.
Decarbonising the portfolio
Emissions from electricity generation increased by 421tC0
2
e in FY24, with higher thermal
generation reflecting the delay in Tauhara commissioning and the drier hydrological
conditions. Emissions intensity from thermal generation was down 32% on FY23 driven
largely by the closure of Te Rapa on 30 June 2023. Contact is committed to being net zero
from its generation activities by 2035.
Contact Energy Ltd
3
Retail
Retail electricity net price has improved to partially recover rising energy and pass-through
costs. Total connections were up 37,000 on FY23, driven primarily by broadband and the
introduction of Contact Mobile.
Contact remains focused on supporting our customers in energy hardship, collaborating with
industry through ERANZ, which offers support programmes like EnergyMate, and partnering
with national social services agency Women’s Refuge and community group Good
Shepherd. Helping customers in energy hardship, Contact provided two million dollars of
support this year.
Outlook
Looking ahead, Mr Fuge said the next twelve months will see Contact operating more than
200MW of newly constructed geothermal power stations and building a diverse set of new
renewable projects as the company delivers on its Contact26 strategy to be a leader in the
decarbonisation of New Zealand.
1/ MORE INFORMATION
Investor enquiries Media enquiries
Shelley Hollingsworth Louise Wright
Investor Relations and Strategy Manager Head of Communications and Reputation
+64 27 227 2429 +64 21 840 313
shelley.hollingsworth@contactenergy.co.nz media@contactenergy.co.nz
2/ CONFERENCE CALL
A conference call to support the interim results announcement will be held at 11am, NZ (New
Zealand) time on 19 August 2024.
If you would like to attend the live presentation, please see the details below to view the webcast
off your chosen device:
Click here to enter the webcast: LIVE EVENT LINK
Or access this link via our website: https://contact.co.nz/aboutus/investor-centre
i
The onerous contract provision for AGS is assessed every 6 months in line with NZ IAS 37. In FY24 there has been a net movement in the
provision resulting in positive impacts of $12m EBITDAF and $5m profit. Underlying performance excludes these impacts. All variances and
commentary reflect movements in underlying performance.
ii
Refer to slide 50 of the FY24 results presentation for a definition and reconciliation between statutory profit and the non-GAAP profit measure
earnings before net interest expense, tax, depreciation, amortisation, change in fair value of financial instruments (EBITDAF). Contact now
reports impairments and write-offs outside of EBITDAF to better reflect underlying performance.
iii
Refer to Note A3 of the 2024 Full Year financial statements for a definition and reconciliation between cash flow from operating activities and
the non-GAAP measure operating free cash flow. Operating free cash flow represents cash available to repay debt, to fund distributions to
shareholders and growth capital expenditure.
---
1
1
2024 full year results
presentation
19 August 2024
Twelve months ended 30 June 2024
2
Disclaimer and important information
This presentation contains summary information and statements about Contact and its
businesses and activities as at the date of this presentation. The information is not held
out as being complete or exhaustive, nor does it contain all the information which a
prospective investor may require in evaluating a possible investment in Contact.
While all reasonable care has been taken in compiling this presentation, neither Contact
nor any of its directors, employees, shareholders nor any other person gives any
representation as to the accuracy or completeness of this information or accepts any
liability for any errors or omissions.
Contact recommends that you read this presentation in conjunction with its market
announcements and the materials attached to those announcements, and in particular
the market announcements and materials it released on the date of this presentation.
These are available on the NZX website (at www.nzx.com), the ASX website (at
www.asx.com.au) and on Contact's website (at www.contact.co.nz).
This presentation may contain certain forward-looking statements with respect to a
variety of matters. All such forward-looking statements involve known and unknown risks,
significant uncertainties, assumptions, contingencies, and other factors, many of which
are outside the control of Contact, which may cause the actual results or performance of
Contact to be materially different from any future results or performance expressed or
implied by such forward-looking statements. Such forward-looking statements speak only
as of the date of this presentation. Except as required by law or regulation (including the
NZX Listing Rules and the ASX Listing Rules), Contact undertakes no obligation to
update these forward-looking statements for events or circumstances that occur
subsequent to the date of this presentation or to update or keep current any of the
information contained herein. Any estimates or projections as to events that may occur in
the future (including projections of revenue, expense, net income and performance) are
based upon the best judgement of Contact from the information available as of the date
of this presentation.
EBITDAF, free cash flow, operating free cash flow and return on invested capital are
financial measures that are “non-GAAP (generally accepted accounting practice) financial
information” under Guidance Note 2017: ‘Disclosing non-GAAP financial information’
published by the New Zealand Financial Markets Authority, “non-IFRS financial
information” under ASIC Regulatory Guide 230: ‘Disclosing non-IFRS financial
information’ and “non-GAAP financial measures” within the meaning of Regulation G
under the U.S. Exchange Act of 1934.
Such financial information and financial measures (including EBITDAF, free cash flow
and operating free cash flow) do not have standardised meanings prescribed under New
Zealand equivalents to International Financial Reporting Standards (“NZ IFRS”),
Australian Accounting Standards (“AAS”) or International Financial Reporting Standards
(“IFRS”) and therefore, may not be comparable to similarly titled measures presented by
other entities, and should not be construed as an alternative to other financial measures
determined in accordance with NZ IFRS, AAS or IFRS accounting practice) measures.
Information regarding the usefulness, calculation and reconciliation of these measures is
provided in the supporting material.
This presentation does not constitute legal, financial, tax, accounting, investment or other
advice. Further, this presentation does not constitute a recommendation or offer of
financial products for subscription, purchase or sale, or an invitation or solicitation for
such offers, and may not be relied on in connection with any purchase of a Contact
security. Any person who is considering an investment in Contact should obtain
independent professional advice prior to making an investment decision, and should
make their investment decision having regard to their own objectives, financial situation,
circumstances and needs.
Numbers in the presentation have not all been rounded and might not appear to add.
All references to $ are New Zealand dollar unless stated otherwise.
Alltrademarks, service marks andcompany namesare thepropertyoftheir respective
owners. All company, product and service names used in this presentation are for
identification purposes only. Use of these names, trademarks and brands does not imply
endorsement or that they are or will be customers of Contact and reflects public
announcements of intention only.
3
FY24 highlights / Mike Fuge, CEO
Market update / Mike Fuge, CEO
Financial results and outlook / Dorian Devers, CFO
2
3
1
Agenda
33
Progress on strategy / Mike Fuge, CEO
3
4
Supporting materials
33
3
5
4 - 8
9 - 14
15 - 29
30 - 37
39 - 55
4
1
In FY23 Contact recognised a net onerous contract provision expense for AGS of
($113m) within EBITDAF and ($84m) within profit. In FY24 a net movement in the
onerous contract provision equated to $12m within EBITDAF and $5m within
profit. Underlying performance excludes these impacts. All variances and
commentary reflect movements in underlying performance.
Summary of key financial performance measures
Performance supports renewable investment
Focus on delivering geothermal developments and flexing to manage fuel constraints
•Initial high hydro storage was quickly drawn down; long
dry periods were punctuated by short, concentrated
inflow periods; gas supply tightened; and intermittent
generation increased. The market observed:
‒Higher wholesale prices. Record prices observed in
December / January and June 2024.
‒Higher thermal generation compared to FY23.
Particularly evident in the second quarter (these
warmer months are usually highly renewable) as
water was conserved for winter 2024.
•High contracted sales volumes in anticipation of
Tauhara online and strong starting fuel position.
•Balanced thermal and acquired generation to meet
sales position. Contracted with market participants
to best utilise constrained gas through early winter.
•Hydro outage planning flexed around prevailing
conditions to capture opportune inflows.
•First calls on NZAS demand response made.
•Channel pricing aligned closer to wholesale market.
Market
FY24
•Significant lines cost increases from 1 April 2025.
•Disappointing results from drilling campaigns across
all major gas field producers factoring into future gas
availability.
•Pricing volatility increasing, particularly in peak
periods, as intermittent generation continues to come
online, thermal plant is closed and gas production
slows.
•Decline in domestic gas production leading to a sharp
rise in the price of risk management products.
•Conditions continue to support Contact’s view of long-
term wholesale prices at $115-125/MWh (2024 real).
7
Medium term
•Expect to close Taranaki Combined Cycle (TCC)
gas-fired plant at end of 2024.
•New geothermal plant at Tauhara came online in
Q2 2024. Te Huka 3 expected online in Q4 2024.
Once at full capacity these will add 1.9TWh p.a. of
renewable output to the portfolio.
•Construction underway on 100MW Glenbrook
battery, adding renewable flexibility, and 168MWp
Kōwhai Park solar.
•Value of gas storage changes throughout the
transition.
2
Refer to slide 50 for a definition and reconciliation of EBITDAF. Contact now
reports impairments and write-offs outside of EBITDAF to better reflect
underlying performance.
3
Refer to slide 24 for a reconciliation of operating free cash flow.
4
Four-year average. See slide 24 for the basis of calculation of return on
invested capital.
5
Relates to interim and final FY24 dividends declared.
6
Includes capitalised interest.
7
As indicated in November 2022, updated for inflation and
includes update to reflect higher cost of capital. This is a
through-the-cycle measure in a balanced market. Prices
actually achieved are a function of the market at a point in
time.
Twelve months ended
30 June 2024 (FY24)
Twelve months ended 30
June 2023 (FY23)
Underlying
1
ReportedAgainst underlying
EBITDAF
2
$663m$675m↑16% from $573m
Profit$230m$235m↑9% from $211m
Profit per share29.1 c29.9c↑8% from 26.9c
Operating free cash
flow
3
$470m↑67% from $282m
Operating free cash flow
per share
3
59.8 c↑66% from 36.0c
Average ROIC
4
3.7%
↑
From 3.3%
Dividend declared
5
$292m↑7% from $273m
Dividend declared per
share
5
37.0 c↑6% from 35.0 c
Stay-in-business (SIB)
capital expenditure
(cash)
$110m↓3% from $113m
Growth capital
expenditure (cash)
6
$470m↓0% from $472m
5
Execution: What we delivered over the last 12 months
FY24 operational plan
Grow renewable
development
Decarbonise
our portfolio
Create
outstanding
customer
experiences
Strategic theme
Grow
Demand
Comparison to our FY24 operational plan
FY24 achieved
▪Conclude NZAS extension negotiations
with improved long-term pricing.
▪FID for one Green Chemical deal.
▪Facilitate at least 25MW of new demand.
▪Achieve FID for Kōwhai Park solar.
▪On track FID for North Island solar.
▪On track FID for wind.
▪Final Investment Decision on BESS (battery).
▪Tauhara operational Q4 2023.
▪Net zero roadmaps agreed (Scope 1 and 2).
▪Investment plans for further carbon offsets.
▪Final Investment Decision on BESS (battery).
▪Sustained entry into the DJSI.
▪Greater than 615k connections.
▪Maintain leading cost to serve position.
▪Significantly grow non-energy gross margin.
▪Expansion of “It’s good to be home” brand position.
▪Pilot launch of Contact Mobile.
▪Electricity net price up by around 5%.
Complete /
on-track
Minor delay and / or
cost increase
Major delay and / or
cost increase
Key:
Concluded new long-term NZAS deal with improved pricing and demand response.
Around 30MW new demand facilitated.
Support for HWR Richardson hydrogen/diesel initiative. CO
2
commercialisation
opportunity validated. Advancing to Final Investment Decision in FY25.
Tauhara came online Q2 2024 after steam separation plant re-design and rebuild.
Final commissioning activity underway.
Achieved Final Investment Decision on 100MW BESS (battery) at Glenbrook.
Achieved Final Investment Decision on 0.3TWh solar farm at Kōwhai Park.
Consenting process underway for Glorit and Stratford solar options (each 0.3TWh).
Consent lodged on 0.9-1.2TWh Southland Wind project.
GeoFuture project adjusted to a phased replacement programme (Te Mihi Stage 2&3).
Te Mihi Stage 2 (around 100MW) proceeding to Final Investment Decision in Q4 2024.
Progressing to meet all carbon reduction commitments under Net Zero roadmap (scope 1 & 2).
Approved BESS (battery) investment to reduce reliance on thermal peakers.
C0
2
reinjection being installed on Te Huka 3.
Electricity net price up by >5% aligning closer to market while maintaining low churn.
Telco gross margin growth of >60%.
More than 620k connections, up ~6%.
Cost to serve per connection increase below CPI.
Net Zero generation brand campaign launched.
Contact Mobile launched with ~8k customers.
Commissioning underway on Te Huka 3. Expected online in Q4 2024.
Top rated New Zealand company in DJSI Asia-Pacific.
▪Achieve FID for GeoFuture.
▪Build Te Huka 3.
6
Delivering 225MW new geothermal generation
Supporting the decarbonisation of NZ by bringing two world class geothermal power stations online in 2024
Te Huka 3
Tauhara
▪Tauhara came online in May 2024 providing
new renewable generation ahead of winter as
the gas market tightened.
▪Power station ran continuously during 30-day
reliability run at ~152MW and was
successfully tested at ~174MW.
▪Current operation of Tauhara is providing an
important source of renewable baseload
generation, at low marginal cost, as fuel
constraints (hydro and gas) have deepened.
▪Final commissioning activity underway to lift
initial operating capacity to ~152MW.
▪Minor modifications will be made during the
first outage in October 2025 to uplift
operating capacity to ~174MW.
Key stats:
▪Recent project milestones include:
▪Completion of the NCG reinjection
system to capture and reinject carbon
released from geothermal fluid.
▪Steam field is ready to supply steam to
the power plant.
▪Power plant is ready to receive steam by
end of August 2024.
▪Power station remains on track to be online
in Q4 CY2024.
▪This will take the total new geothermal plant
completed and commissioned by Contact in
2024 to over 200MW, delivering 1.9TWh
1
p.a.
of renewable output when at full capacity.
Key stats:
1
Annual output is calculated based on 174MW / 51MW for Tauhara and Te Huka 3 respectively at 95% capacity factor across 365 days (24-hour operation).
2
PPAs totalling 25MW to Oji Fibre and Pan Pac expected to commence on completion of final commissioning activity; PPA of 62.5MW to Genesis commences 1 January 2025.
3
Total project cost under board approvals. Tauhara includes performance payment to the EPC contractor as a result of bringing the plant online earlier than scheduled.
4
In FY25 Contact expects to recognise Tauhara assets of around $1,080m which includes capitalisation of interest and is after adjusting for the write-off recognised in FY24 relating to remediation work.
Capacity (planned)
Annual output (at full capacity)
1
Status
Capacity under PPA
2
Total project cost
3,4
174MW
~1,450GWh
On line
87.5MW
$924m
Capacity (planned)
Annual output (full year)
Expected online
Total project cost
3
51MW
~430GWh
1
Q4 CY2024
$300m
StatusCommissioning
7
Glenbrook battery investment to enhance
Contact’s renewable energy flexibility
Battery investment key metrics
Battery capacity
100MW
Modular format
56 Tesla
megapacks
Total project cost
Up to
$163m
2
Target schedule
Online by
Q1 CY2026
1
Based on a range of revenue sources including ancillary services (instantaneous reserves and frequency keeping), price arbitrage and fuel cost savings.
2
Includes sunk cost of $5.4m.
Initial EBITDAF
~$15-20m p.a.
(average)
1
%
Target IRR
9% to 10%
Operating costs
~$5m p.a.
Participation across
physical, reserve and
frequency-keeping markets
North Island location, close to
retail load, reducing North/
South Island price separation
Reduces reliance on gas
peakers by offering
intra-day peaking
Expansion option with
Tesla to increase capacity
to 130 MW / 260 MWh
Supports new wind and
solar on an intra-day
and intra-week basis
✓✓✓✓✓
Sources of value
Supports retail shape and
can support price cap and
virtual battery products for
tier 2 retailers
✓
Storage duration /
discharge
2 hr /
~200MWh
Battery investment metrics are compelling, supported by a range of strategic benefits
Note: Battery will be located on a three hectare site leased from NZ Steel, adjacent to Transpower’s GXP at Glenbrook. Consent granted by Auckand Council to operate for 35 years.
8
Investment in Kōwhai Park solar diversifies
Contact’s renewable generation base
Key investment metrics
(Contact)
Capacity
~168MWp
~150MWac
Generation under
PPA to Contact
80%
~210GWh p.a.
Project
costs
2
~$273m
$1.8m/MWac
Target
schedule
Online in
Q2 CY2026
%
Contact target IRR
1
Over 12%
Opex and
SIB capex
~$20/MWh
Technological and
regional diversification
of Contact’s
generation base
Delivers on the
combined strengths
within Contact’s JV
with Lightsource bp
Speed to market (target
online by winter 2026)
capturing opportunity in
wholesale markets
JV structure (50/50) and
77% project finance
3
reduces Contact’s required
total capital outlay
✓✓✓✓✓
Strategic benefits
One of New Zealand’s
largest solar farms with
300,000 panels and a 35
year expected useful life
✓
Annual
output
~275GWh p.a.
Speed to market expected to enhance returns available to Contact from this attractive investment
1
Includes JV returns and acquired generation. Return on acquired generation will ultimately depend on sales channel and market conditions.
2
Excludes financing costs of $43m. Includes development costs.
3
Bank facilities executed with remaining lender conditions precedent being completed in coming weeks. The final numbers could deviate slightly from those presented here once outstanding activities are completed.
Comprehensive solar
EPC contract with
CHINTEC (with network
connection by Ventia)
(Remainder sold merchant within JV)
Key investment metrics
(Project)
Contact
PPA term
15 years
Contact
PPA price
<$90/MWh
(With CPI escalation)
9
Market update
10
National electricity demand
Source: EMI, Contact.
Does not include NZAS
National electricity demand (TWh)
Regional
change (%)
FY24 vs FY23
Source: EMI, Contact
Market demand
New Zealand electricity demand was up ~2% on FY23
Total national electricity demand increased
by 0.95 TWh (2% from FY23).
•A 15% increase in demand year on
year in Huntly was largely driven by
increased demand at the Te Kowhai
node. This will be partly driven by the
shift from embedded to grid-sourced
generation at Te Rapa.
•Dry conditions in South Canterbury
increased demand at major irrigation
nodes, accounting for the majority of
the 15% demand increase.
•East Coast regional demand was down
9%, with Pan Pac's Whirinaki site
closed in 2023 after Cyclone Gabrielle
flooding impacts. The plant returned
online gradually through 2H24.
Drivers of underlying demand growth
include data centres, South Island process
heat and residential.
(2%)
15%
1%
15%
8%
2%
1%
5%
5%
5%
3%
2%
5%
1%
0%
1%
6%
4%
(9%)
5.0
5.2
5.1
4.9
5.0
5.0
5.0
10.1
10.110.3
10.6
10.2
10.5
11.2
26.1
26.1
25.8
26.1
25.8
25.6
25.9
FY18FY19FY20FY21FY22FY23FY24
41.3
41.4
41.2
41.6
41.1
41.1
42.1
+2%
+2%
North IslandSouth Island (ex NZAS)NZAS
11
Hydro generation was down ~11%
on FY23 (wet year), with materially
lower hydro inflows offset by a
~1.7TWh storage usage.
Impacts included:
•
Higher spot and futures
wholesale prices.
•
Increased reliance on thermal
generation and higher industry
carbon emissions.
New renewable generation online:
•
Geothermal uplift reflects lower
outages, Tauhara initial
generation and Wairakei uplift
(geothermal remains >2x wind).
•
Wind uplift reflects Harapaki and
Kaiwera Downs coming online.
•
First grid-scale solar
(~0.001TWh).
Generation by type (TWh)
The electricity market consumed ~1.7TWh of hydro storage in FY24, supplementing hydro generation volumes
towards mean. Together with reduced coal stockpiles and stored gas (AGS), the electricity market consumed
~3.6TWh of stored energy in FY24.
Source: EMI (generation data) & MBIE (emissions data)
Source: NZX Hydro data
0.0
0.5
1.0
1.5
2.0
2.5
3.0
3.5
4.0
4.5
Jul-
22
Dec-
22
Jul-
23
Dec-
23
Jun-
24
Mean
Actual
1H231H24
Storage
TWh
National hydro storage
Carbon emissions (mT)
1
Carbon emissions for FY24 Apr-Jun quarter has been estimated using historic conversion rates with actual generation data.
Low hydro inflows impacted generation mix
Fuel supply
Below mean hydro inflows and higher demand saw increased thermal generation
2H242H23
FY24 saw a 1.7mT (74%) increase in carbon
emissions on higher thermal generation.
3.7
3.1
2.9
2.1
2.5
7.3
7.1
3.5
24.0
27.0
7.6
23.9
4.9
3.1
2.4
3.9
1.2
FY22
0.5
FY23FY24
Gas
Coal
Hydro
Geothermal
Wind
Solar
Other nonidentified
generation
43.243.1
44.1
4.0
1
3.8
2.3
12
Demand
Carbon
Short-term external factors that
can influence the market
Changes as at 30 June 2024
in comparison to 30 June 2023
Short-term
wholesale
electricity
prices
>$1bn drilling /
maintenance on major
domestic fields over the
past 2-3 years have
been unsuccessful at
changing the overall
trend of output decline
5
.
Spot gas prices up
~310%
6.
Methanol pricing at
US$341/t
(up 22% YoY) but
constrained gas affecting
production levels
2
Demand was up ~2%
year on year
3
Thermal coal prices
lower
2
(US$133/t, down
~11% YoY)
Forward wholesale pricing is reflecting low hydro
storage and gas decline (fuel availability risk)
Hydro storage has been
volatile over the last 12
months. Controlled
storage swung between
~130% of mean (~800
GWh above mean) in
July 23 to ~66% of mean
(~910 GWh below
mean) in June 24
1
.
Wholesale and futures electricity pricing ($/MWh)
Wholesale market
0
20
40
60
80
100
120
140
160
180
200
220
240
260
280
300
320
Jun-
15
Jun-
16
Jun-
17
Jun-
18
Jun-
19
Jun-
20
Jun-
21
Jun-
22
Jun-
23
Jun-
24
10 year
average
spot price =
$114 /MWh
Long-dated futures (>12 months)
Short-dated futures (<12 months)
Monthly average spot price
Source: EMI wholesale pricing
Carbon prices have remained subdued (~$51 / NZ unit)
4
with the most recent June ETS auction attracting no bids
1
NZX hydro information;
2
Bloomberg;
3
EMI;
4
Carbon match;
5
Recent drilling in the Kupe field (well KS-9) was unsuccessful at increasing production. In addition, both Pohokura and Maui fields have seen lower than average gas
production during CY24 ~10TJ/day. Enerlytica June 2024.;
6
Energy Market Services
Weak hydrology conditions over the past 6 months, renewable intermittency, and increasing scarcity and cost of gas, have exacerbated spot price volatility and pushed both the spot
and near-term futures prices up significantly. Long-dated futures have also priced higher over the year in response to market expectations of fuel price and availability.
However, these long-dated prices are less volatile as they also reflect longer-run factors such as demand / supply and the return requirements of new-build renewables.
13
•Competition remains intense despite sustained high wholesale futures
prices. Market churn continues to reflect this with switching continuing
at ~19%.
•Tier 1 retailers’ market share over the last two years has remained static at
84% (84% June-22 & June-24), albeit Genesis has added the most
connections (+10%), with Contact, Mercury and Meridian relatively stable.
•Tier 2 retailer growth rates have been varied, with total market share flat over
the last two years (at 16%). Some retailers have grown strongly (Flick,
2degrees) while others have been declining (Electric Kiwi, Pulse) possibly
due to choices to reduce retail channel exposure / leverage existing hedges.
•Contact’s electricity connections were up +6k from June 2022 to June 2024
equating to 20% market share.
Change in retail customer electricity connections (000s)
30 June 2022 – 30 June 2024
2yr % change2yr ICP delta (1000s)
Retail electricity tariff changes (c/ kWh)
Tier 2: +10k connections
•Increasing wholesale energy and, more recently, network costs have
resulted in a lift in Residential electricity tariffs, with a compound annual
growth rate of 3% across the last five years.
•Average tariff increases for the year to March 2024 of 5% were largely in
line with consumer price inflation (~4%)
1
. Households have been largely
insulated from increasinginput costs due to retailers’ longer-term view of
pricing that rides through short-term volatility.
•As the energy industry decarbonises, cost pressure for retailers is expected
to remain, including:
‒Significant investment in lines and distribution infrastructure.
3
‒Continued elevated wholesale futures prices.
•This will result in an increase in the cost that consumers will pay over the
coming years.
12 months
ended:
Tier 1: +55k connections
Source: EMI
Source: MBIE
16.8
18.2
18.6
19.5
20.7
12.3
11.1
11.6
12.0
12.4
Mar-20Mar-21Mar-22Mar-23Mar-24
29.1
29.4
30.2
31.5
33.1
+3%
Differences in retail strategies apparent
Retail electricity market
Reflects range of views on the value of retail as a channel; Pass-through costs increasing
Lines (c/kWh)Energy & Other (c/kWh)
2
1
Stats NZ CIP index increase in the 12 months to March 2024.
2
Compound annual growth rate.
10%
1%
1%
0%
-11%
-5%
79%
22%
105%
0
20
40
60
80
100
120
-80
GenesisMercury/
TrustPower
Meridian
-66%
ManawaNovaPulseFlick
-17%
Electric
Kiwi
2Degrees/
Vocus
OtherContact
3
The Commerce Commission indicated that the transmission and distribution component of a household’s electricity bill will
increase on average, by $15 per month from 1 April 2025, for affected networks.
1414
Topical Regulatory matters: Net Zero 2050
imperative for NZ remains
•Declining performance of NZ’s natural gas fields with
recent drilling campaigns underperforming expectations.
•Indigenous capacity and flexibility limited.
•MBIE undertaking Fuel Security Study.
•Reversal of oil and gas exploration ban may increase
longer-term supply, short-term supply remains tight.
Fuel security
Contact’s focus on accelerating new renewable generation, flexible storage and customer-focused demand response solutions aligns
with the political and societal imperative for the market to deliver a secure, low emissions, and renewable electricity market.
Lines assets
regulation /
investment
Resource
management reform
•BCG report noted 30% increase in spend required on
distribution infrastructure in 2026-30 relative to 2021-25.
•Draft decision on 2025-30 revenue caps (effective 1 April
2025), would see the lines component of an average
household’s electricity bill increase by $15 per month for
affected networks in the first year, with further increases
expected over the following four years
1
.
•Increase largely reflects CPI and changes to WACC, but
it will have a material impact on some communities.
•Wide ranging resource management reforms underway,
including Fast Track Approvals Bill, amendments to the
Resource Management Act (RMA), and work to
strengthen the NPS-REG.
•Will play a crucial role to meet infrastructure challenges
of decarbonising NZ economy.
ThemeContact Approach
Timing
•Contact transitioning from gas reliance +
investing in renewable flex e.g. batteries.
•Closure of Taranaki Combined Cycle gas
plant (expected to close December 2024)
reduces Contact’s reliance on gas.
•Ahuroa Gas Storage facility provides Contact
with some control over fuel availability for
thermal assets over the short-medium term.
•Balance required: Crucial investment /
Consumer impact.
•Recommends reducing connection costs,
aiding electrification projects.
•Stepping up our hardship support – no
disconnection or reconnection fees for non-
payment.
•Contact seeks to utilise the proposed fast-
track consenting Bill (if enacted) to enhance
flexibility in the Clutha scheme.
•Community engagement remains central to
Contact’s approach.
•Engaging with officials and Ministers on wider
reforms for alignment with our decarbonisation
strategy.
•Bill to repeal oil and gas ban will be
introduced in second half of 2024.
•Fuel security study to start later
in 2024.
•Final decision on lines revenue caps
due in November 2024.
•New charges come into effect on
1 April 2025.
•Select Committee due to report back
on Fast Track Approvals Bill in
September. We expect Bill to pass by
the end of 2024.
•Second RMA Amendment Bill to be
introduced later in 2024.
•Work on NPS-Reg ongoing.
1
Draft revenue limits and quality standards for electricity lines companies for 2025-2030, Commerce Commission New Zealand, May 2024.
15
Financial results
and outlook
16
Key themes from the financial results
Uplift in expected and normalised
EBITDAF; Outperformed FY24
guidance; Expecting $770m in FY25
1
Non-cash accounting topics:
Net movement in the AGS onerous contract provision
of $12m within EBITDAF; Write-offs $50m outside
EBITDAF (peaker, Tauhara, software upgrades)
Cash conversion elevated by high
thermal generation and
capitalisation of Tauhara interest
Accelerated domestic gas decline
leading to more expensive risk
management products
Shift in national fuel mix leading
to more pronounced
summer / winter pricing
1
Normalised and expected.
Higher near-term pricing is a
feature of the energy transition,
enabling investment in
innovative technologies
17
113
63
61
460
--11
5
19
--23
--24
-12
675
573
663
+90
127
235
84
90
26-31
3
-50
-19
-5
211
230
+19
Profit ($m)
Excluding the onerous contract provision, EBITDAF up $90m (underlying) largely reflecting the better
alignment of long-term channel prices to wholesale market prices
Profit of $230m for FY24
EBITDAF ($m)
Increase in
thermal
efficiency due
to closure of
Te Rapa and
high proportion
of TCC
generation
Wholesale
prices saw
higher realised
C&I, CFD and
merchant sales
Renewables
down 88 GWh
due to a decrease
in hydro
generation
partially offset by
Tauhara
1
Fixed costs
higher due to
inflation impacts,
growth and
transmission
7531
FY24 results
FY23 profit
Net
interest
costs
EBITDAF
Depreciation
& Amortisation
Tax
Change in
FV of
financial
instruments
(outside
EBITDAF)
FY23 EBITDAF1. Renewables5. Gas, carbon and
acquired
generation price
7. Fixed
costs
FY24 EBITDAF2. Net
volume
Retail pricing
aligning to
higher energy
and pass-
through costs
2
Down largely
due to the gain
on sale from
Te Rapa in
FY23 and Te
Rapa steam
revenue
6
3. Market
channel
pricing
2
FY24 profit
Onerous contract provision before tax
Reported EBITDAF
Onerous contract provision after tax
Reported profit
4. Long-term
channel
pricing
6. Other
income
Sales volume
increase
~19% YoY,
but needed to
be backed
with thermal
fuel
4
1
Impact calculated at thermal SRMC.
2
Market channel pricing includes reduced $/MWh location losses.
Movements in profit and EBITDAF are shown on an underlying basis i.e. exclusive of the impacts of the onerous contract provision for AGS. Impacts of the onerous contract in FY23 are as follows, EBITDAF (-$113m), interest (-$3m), tax +$32m, NOPAT
(-$84m). Impacts of the onerous contract in FY24 are as follows, EBITDAF +$12m, interest (-$5m), tax (-$2m), NOPAT +$5m.
Asset
impairment
/ write-offs
18
Wholesale EBITDAF
1
(underlying, $m)
Retail EBITDAF ($m)
Corporate / unallocated costs ($m)
Business performance by segment
EBITDAF (underlying) up by $90m
Refer to slides 19 - 21
Refer to slide 22
632
746
186
235
66
FY23Generation
costs
(including
acquired
generation)
Total
contracted
revenue
Trading,
merchant
revenue
and losses
FY24
+114
-14
-32
FY23
1
Electricity
Volumes
62
87
Electricity
Prices
10
Other
products
2
5
OpexFY24
-18
Electricity gross margin
(-$24m)
Electricity
and network
cost inflation
Price recovery
2
Other products includes retail gas and telco gross margins.
FY24 results: Segmental performance
-44
-51
FY23
2
Inflation
(4 - 5%)
3
4
Strategy FY24
1
Simply and Western included within Wholesale EBITDAF.
Underlying EBITDAF is shown excluding a net ($113) million onerous contract provision
expense for AGS in FY23 and a net movement in the onerous contract provision of $12m
in FY24.
3
Stats NZ CPI increase over the 12 months to June 2024
plus wage inflation.
19
Electricity generated or acquired (GWh)
Costs up on increased thermal and acquired generation volumes
FY23FY24
Electricity generated or acquired costs ($m)
Generation costs
FY24 results: Wholesale business
Gas and diesel
Acquired
Thermal
Renewable
Gas storage
1
Carbon costs
Electricity and gas
transmission and levies
Other operating costs
Generation volumes
•
Hydro generation of 3,628GWh was down 291GWh (7.4%) on FY23
and below mean (3,900GWh) following a reasonably dry end to
1H24 (a very dry hydro sequence in the final quarter).
•
Geothermal volumes were up 203GWh on FY23 (6.4%). This
increase on last year was a result of Tauhara coming online in the
final quarter and a higher consented mass take from the Wairakei
field.
•
Variable rainfall sequences, largely concentrated in three distinct
periods, resulted in significant swings in hydro generation over FY24.
This meant long periods of dry conditions, particularly in 2H FY24,
and significantly higher thermal generation than the prior year.
Thermal generation of 1,620GWh was up 213% (1,103GWh) on
FY23.
•
Acquired generation was significantly higher than FY23 up 290% to
cover a delayed Tauhara completion date.
Costs
•
Renewable generation costs were up $17m (16%) on FY23 due to
higher geothermal generation and a marginally higher average
carbon price. Also greater allocation of indirect costs as portfolio mix
changes.
•
Thermal generation costs, were up $95m (77%) on significantly
increased thermal volumes and increased gas pricing as a result of
tightening supply (FY23: $7.9/GJ FY24: $8.5/GJ). However, thermal
efficiency increased on FY23 as a result of greater use of TCC due
to peaker outages and the sale of Te Rapa in FY23 (FY23:
11.8TJ/MWh, FY24: 8.1TJ/MWh).
3,185
3,388
3,919
3,628
517
1,620
585
150
FY23FY24
Acquired
Thermal
Hydro
Geothermal
7,772
9,220
105
114
109
32
126
34
123
50
218
113
18
26
93
62
26
27
18
93
7
Generation type Cost
type
5
Generation
type
Cost
type
257257
443443
+186
93%
Renewable % of
own generation
81%
$33.03/MWh
$48.02/MWh
1
Gas storage costs exclude the ($113m) onerous contract provision expense for AGS in FY23
and the net movement in the AGS provision of $12m in FY24.
Development
Acquired generation
costs
20
482
562
151
163
190
376
76
67
35
12
-11
FY23
11
3
-11
FY24
Other net income
Steam sales
Strategic fixed price sales
CFD sales
C&I net price
Retail segment sales
C&I channel
and decarbonisation
support costs
936
1,171
+235
3,787GWh
$148.3/MWh
Contracted
revenue ($m)
Diversified mix of long-term and ASX linked sales channels
2,573GWh
$146.3/MWh
+60GWh
+$18.8/MWh
+1,136GWh
+$14.3/MWh
•The closure of Te Rapa in June 2023 saw a significant decline in steam sales in FY24. the
remaining steam sales ($3.4m) reflect sales from geothermal operations.
•Strategic fixed price sales were 196GWh lower than FY23, reflecting marginally lower
volume under the NZAS support contract and the expiration of a long-term supply contract
with Fonterra. Prices of strategic fixed priced sales were up marginally on the prior period
($1.3/MWh). In FY25 Contact expects strategic fixed price sales pricing to increase
materially reflecting the recent long-term agreement with NZAS.
•With elevated starting hydro storage and in anticipation of Tauhara coming online, Contact
increased its FY24 contracted load. This took the form of short-dated CFD sales and some
additional C&I sales which would be backed by gas if required. CFD sales in FY24 were up
1,136GWh on FY23 and priced $14.3/MWh higher on average, reflecting elevated
wholesale spot and short-dated futures prices.
•In response to the delay in the Tauhara online date, and to manage its fuel position, Contact
acquired generation (see slide 19) which effectively backed out much of these additional
CFD and C&I sales.
•In 2H FY24 significant calls were made under the Swaption provided to Meridian, backed by
TCC. Contact was able to undertake tolling arrangements with other market participants at
mutually beneficial times in the year.
•Fixed price variable volume electricity sales to the Retail segment were 60 GWh higher than
FY23 (+$79m). Prices were up $18.8/MWh to $148.3/MWh, reflecting higher wholesale
prices over the three preceding years.
Wholesale contracted revenue
24
1,129GWh
$143.9.0/MWh
+30GWh
+$6.7/MWh
FY24 results: Wholesale business
1,219GWh
$55.2/MWh
-196GWh
+$1.3/MWh
Year-on-year
changes to
volume and price
FY24 volumes
and price
21
Trading EBITDAF ($m)Long / short position (GWh)
$178.4/MWh
4.8%
($8.5 / MWh)
9.0%
($7.4 / MWh)
•FY23 was characterised with abundant
hydrology, with low wholesale prices.
Contact reduced generation from more
expensive fuel sources leading to less
merchant generation over the year.
•FY24 conditions included:
‒Elevated wholesale spot prices.
‒Delay to Tauhara online and lower
hydro.
‒Calls made on the swaption to
Meridian, increasing sales.
‒This limited merchant generation to
513GWh (6%).
•LWAP / GWAP improved to 4.8% as dry
conditions over 2H FY24 reduced South
Island generation, improving South Island
prices relative to North Island prices.
Trading revenue
Merchant sales: short-term sales channel available when the
spot prices exceed the opportunity cost of Contact generation.
LWAP / GWAP losses: locational price differences
between where electricity is generated and purchased.
Wholesale trading and merchant revenue
$82.1MWh
Spot purchases and sell
CFD settlement
Spot sales and buy CFD
settlement
Merchant generation
91
-56
-73
8
FY23FY24
-48
18
513
93
7,600
-7,600
FY23
8,707
-8,707
FY24
93
513
FY24 results: Wholesale business
LWAP/
GWAP
losses
22
1
Retail business performance
EBITDAF ($m)
Managing through rising wholesale input costs while growing market share through a multi-product strategy
Revenue & Tariff
1
($m)
FY23FY24Variance
$m$mTariff¹$mTariff
Electricity revenue
9371,0182878117
Gas revenue
90964065
Telco revenue
668272162
Other income
9101
Total revenue
1,1021,206104
Contract Asset (closing)
43(1)
# of connections (closing)
2
584k621k
Cost to serve/connection
3
$120$123
1
Tariff is $/MWh for electricity, $/GJ for gas and $ per month per customer connection for Telco.
2
Retail connections only, excludes Simply Energy.
3
Reflects total operating costs (direct and indirect) / average connections.
6
10
32
8
9
17
9
7
-69
-74
FY23FY24
-14
-32
Gross Margin (GM) is Revenue less Cost of Goods
(Networks, meters, levies, energy, carbon and telco)
4
Input costs shown per MWh at the GXP.
FY24 results: Retail business
Other
Gas GM
Electricity GM
Telco GM
Other operating
expenses
Retail margins have contracted, driven by sustained high wholesale
prices and rising distribution costs.
•Retail EBITDAF decreased by $18m on FY23 largely driven by the
$87m increase in electricity input costs that were not fully passed
through to customers.
The average retail electricity tariff increased by 6.5% reflecting
targeted retail price rises to partially offset rising wholesale and lines
cost increases.
•Around 91% of customers received a price increase in the last 12
months.
As the energy industry decarbonises, cost pressure for retailers is
expected to remain, including:
•Significant investment in lines and distribution infrastructure.
5
•Continued elevated wholesale futures prices.
This will result in an increase in the cost that consumers will pay over
the coming years.
Connections grew strongly in 2H24 particularly through telco and Time
of Use (ToU) electricity Good plans, with a focus on multi-product
customers.
•Total connections +37k on FY23with telco up 23k and energy
up 14k.
•Multi-product customers up 12% on FY23, driven by strong telco
product attachment (including successful launch of new mobile
product option) alongside ToU Good plans growth.
Cost to serve – increased by $3/connection, largely driven by mobile
product launch marketing spend, wage inflation and higher bad debt.
This was partially offset by productivity improvements through
continued growth in digitised interactions.
70k
86k
428k
FY23
73k
109k
439k
FY24
Gas
Telco
Electricity
584k
621k
Closing connections (k)
5
The Commerce Commission indicated that the transmission and distribution
component of a household’s electricity bill will increase on average, by $15
per month from 1 April 2025, for affected networks.
Electricity
transfer price
4
$129/MWh$148/MWh
Networks,
meters and
levies
4
$113/MWh$118/MWh
23
Other operating
cost movement
($m)
Base
movement
Non-recurring
•FY23 one-off impacts represent strategic execution set up costs, Contact’s
share of BCG industry report, cost of retaining Te Rapa employees until plant
closure and cyclone recovery costs incurred atWhirinaki and Geothermal
sites. This has been offset by FY24 costs relating to tail of cyclone recovery
costs and one-time spend linked to the evaluation of our Contact26 strategy.
Base movement
•General inflation of 4-5% impacting operating costs, including labour cost,
rates and insurance inflation.
•Headwinds include increased level of customer bad debts and increased
hosting and licence costs associated with our software platforms.
•Increased expenditure is offset by productivity improvement in our Retail
Business and reduction of costs associated with Te Rapa due to its closure.
Growth and sustainability
•$1m incremental investment related to retail connection growth.
•$2m investment in advertising associated with launching Contact Mobile.
•$1m increases associated with Tauhara opex, specifically in relation to rates.
•$4m operating costs to deliver on strategic growth priorities including;
•Sustainability and furthering ESG outcomes;
•Procurement; and
•Increase in corporate functions to support growth activity.
•$1m costs associated with additional uptake of Contact’s updated paid
parental policy “Grow your Whanau” and Women’s Refuge sponsorship.
Operating costs rise due to inflationary
adjustments and non-recurring expenses
Base savings
General cost inflation
Invest in
growth and
sustainability
FY24 results: Operating costs
Headwinds
FY23 One-off Impacts
FY24 One-off Impacts
3
5
8
5
4
11
FY23Non-recurringBase movementGrowth &
Sustainability
FY24
233
2
10
253
Non-recurring
24
•Higher underlying EBITDAF as outlined on slide 17.
•Delta in working capital changes of $86m between FY24 vs FY23. This relates to usage of gas
inventory with higher thermal generation and higher net carbon liability. This is relative to FY23
where gas inventory and carbon balances increased on lower thermal generation.
•Tax paid is down $8m on lower July wash up payments vs FY23.
•Stay-in-business capital expenditure (cash) remains relatively consistent with a decrease of $3m.
In year spend includes additional spend on emergency repairs at Wairakei and spare Peaker
engine damaged in FY24.
12 months
ended
30 June 2024
12 months
ended
30 June 2023
Comparison
against FY23
EBITDAF (underlying)$663m$573m↑$90m
Working capital changes$31m($55m)↑$86m
Tax paid($97m)($105m)↑$8m
Interest paid, net of interest capitalised($21m)($25m)↑$4m
SIB capital expenditure($110m)($113m)↑$3m
Non-cash items included in EBITDAF$4m$7m↓($3m)
Operating free cash flow$470m$282m↑$188m
Operating free cash flow per share59.8 c36.0 c↑23.8 c
Cash conversion (OpFCF / EBITDAF)71%49%↑22%
Return on invested capital (ROIC)
Cash conversion for FY24 up following strong EBITDAF, positive working capital changes and lower tax paid
Cash flow and capital expenditure
Sources and uses of cash ($m)
FY24 results: Cash flow
16414620017496
NOPAT - $m
1
NOPAT is calculated as annual EBIT less tax (tax includes annual tax expense and movements in deferred tax over the year).
Invested capital is calculated as the average of the opening and closing balance of; net working capital (adjusted to remove current borrowings, current net derivatives and excess cash above $50m) + non-current assets (adjusted to remove non-
current derivatives).
2
ROIC average is calculated as NOPAT (4-year average) / Average IC (4-year average).
3
Annual NOPAT (FY) / Average IC (FY)
354
275
89
2
470
1
27
Sources
6
470
10
Uses
852852
Cash Movement
Debt drawdown
OpFCF
DRP
Sale of asset
Strategic investments / acquisitions
Growth investment
Dividends paid
Realised losses on market derivatives
0
1
2
3
4
2.4%
3.6%
3.7%
3.7%
3.3%
3.7%
ROIC (average)
2
ROIC (FY)
3
4,836
4,575
4,482
4,518
4,874
5,349
FY19FY20FY21FY22FY23FY24
251
Net operating profit after taxes (NOPAT) / Invested capital (IC)
1
Average IC
($m)
25
Growth capital expenditure
FY24 results: Growth capital expenditure
Step-up in growth capital expenditure in FY24 reflects the advancing nature of Contact’s renewable
development projects
•The Tauhara geothermal station has been generating since May 2024. Final
commissioning activity is underway and further modification work is planned for the
first statutory outage in October 2025. Tauhara remained within Capital Work In
Progress as at 30 June 2024 as final EPC testing was incomplete.
•Construction of Te Huka 3 is near complete and commissioning is underway. Plant is
expected online in Q4 2024. The remaining growth capex is expected to fall in FY25.
•Remaining spend on Te Mihi Stage 2&3 (previously GeoFuture) and wind projects
reflects current pre-FID approval levels and will be updated after final investment
decisions, as applicable.
•Investment in a 100MW grid-scale battery (BESS) at Glenbrook was confirmed in
May 2024. The project is expected to be completed in FY26 with growth capex falling
across both FY25 and FY26.
•For major growth projects Contact capitalises interest from the time of final
investment decision (FID) or significant pre-FID works through to commissioning, on
a rate that reflects the average portfolio interest rate.
•Investment in Kōwhai Park solar was confirmed in August 2024. Contact’s investment
will not be captured within growth capex, rather it will be recognised within investment
in joint ventures and associates.
Growth capital expenditure – cash basis ($m)
1
Up to
30 June 2023
12 months ended
30 June 2024
Remaining under
current
approvals
Total
2
Tauhara$714m$138m$72m$924m
Te Huka 3$110m$136m$54m$300m
Te Mihi Stage 2&3$12m$98m$34m$144m
Wind$5m$8m$2m$15m
Glenbrook battery$0m$5m$158m$163m
Capitalised
interest
$99m$74m$18m
3
$191m
Total$940m$459m$338m$1,737m
1
Excludes $11m associated with Western Energy coil tube drilling and deployment of demand flex technology.
2
Total under current Board approvals. Tauhara includes performance payment to the EPC contractor as a result of bringing the plant online earlier than scheduled.
3
Relates to Te Huka 3 geothermal development (FY25 only) and Glenbrook battery development (life of project).
26
•A Green Australian Medium Term Note (AMTN) was
issued during the year. This was partly to refinance a
maturing tranche of USPP in December 2023, but also
provided additional funding for the ongoing capital
investment programme.
•During the year Contact’s hydropower assets gained
green certification from the Climate Bonds Initiative
(CBI).
‒To gain this certification, international experts
were brought on-site to undertake a Hydropower
Sustainability Assessment and assess Contact’s
ESG performance, benchmarking the hydro
schemes against best international practice.
‒This certification has increased Contacts green
borrowing programme by $1.7bn.
‒Contact received silver certification from the
International Hydropower Association.
•Contact’s planning aligns with maintaining its investment
grade credit rating. This requires net debt to EBITDAF to
remain below 3.0x over a sustained period. Point
estimate net debt to EBITDAF is currently 2.7x and
Contact’s EBITDAF outlook, DRP and capacity for
additional hybrid bonds provide the ability to manage
this metric effectively.
Contact’s sustainable finance principles are built on diversified sources of funding
Closing net debt ($m)
Face value of borrowings less cash
Interest rate (%)
Weighted average gross interest
2
on average borrowings
Net debt to EBITDAF (x)
Includes S&P adjustments (prior to FY20, AGS was treated as a lease)
3
Borrowing maturities ($m)
Average tenor of 5.9 years as at 30 June 2024
Strong balance sheet
1
Includes $87m of collateral held on deposit for margin calls associated with the trading of electricity price derivatives on the ASX.
2
Gross interest includes all interest on borrowings, bank commitment fees and deferred financing costs. Unwind of leases, provisions and capitalised interest not included.
3
Illustrated here on a point basis based on expected S&P adjustments. FY21 and FY22 have been restated based on latest understanding of S&P approach. See breakdown on slide 54.
990
1,036
774
1,025
1,474
1,834
-229
25
-47
FY19
22
-44
FY20
21
-150
FY21
25
-168
FY22
49
-140
FY23
47
FY24
1
968
1,014
645
882
1,383
1,652
Lease obligationsBorrowingsCash on hand
67
434
225
100
135
350
300
150
250
350
7
FY25
7
FY26
7
FY27
22
4
FY28FY29FY30FY31FY52
107
292
357
625
367
Undrawn bank facilities
Domestic bonds
USPP
NEXI
Capital bonds
AMTN
2.3
2.4
1.4
1.8
2.6
2.7
FY19FY20FY21FY22FY23FY24
1,224
1,029
974
892
1,310
1,727
5.3%
FY19
5.2%
FY20
5.2%
FY21
5.4%
FY22
5.8%
FY23
6.1%
FY24
Average gross interestAverage gross debt
FY24 results: Key balance sheet metrics
27
Dividend for FY24 of 37 cents per share
•Final dividend of 23 cents per share is imputed up to 91% or 21 cents per share for qualifying shareholders. This
represents a pay-out of 62% of FY24 operating free cash flow per share and 92% of the average operating free cash
flow over the preceding 4 financial years (FY20-FY23).
•The dividend policy is to pay-out between 80-100% of average operating free cash flow of the preceding four years.
•Record date of 28 August 2024; payment date of 27 September 2024.
•The NZD / AUD exchange rate used for the payment of Australian dollar dividends will be set on 5 September 2024.
Dividend per share for FY24 is up 6%
Dividend reinvestment plan (DRP)
•Shareholders will have the option of full, partial or no participation. If a shareholder elects to participate, they will
remain in the plan at the same participation level until they elect to terminate or amend their participation level.
•A 2% discount will be offered for the FY24 final dividend and Contact will have the right to terminate or suspend the
plan at any time.
•Dividend reinvestment plan application forms must be in by 29 August 2024 to confirm participation in the plan.
•Trading period for setting price for the DRP is 27 August 2024 to 2 September 2024. DRP strike price will be
announced: 3 September 2024.
Ordinary dividends ($m)
Declared
Final dividend
Interim dividend
% pay-out of annual operating free cash flow
3939
35
35
37
73%
83%
97%62%
Operating free cash flow
Average operating free cash flow for the preceding four financial years
Dividend policy range: 80-100% of average operating free cash flow
for the preceding four years
325
260
FY20
309
247
FY21
326
261
FY22
333
266
83%
FY23
318
256
92%
FY24
363
291
85%
FY25
290371
330
➢Annual operating
free cash flow
100%
80%
Dividend level
as a % of preceeding
4yr operating fcf
165
163163
164
182
115
109109
109
110
FY20FY21FY22FY23FY24
280
272272
273
292
cps
97%
282470
1
This calculation is based on the expected ordinary dividend of 39 cps.
2
All dividend decisions are a matter for the Board at the conclusion of each reporting period. These align to the dividend policy and are dependent on business and market conditions when each payment decision is made.
Dividend expectations
•Contact has indicated that it expects to lift the FY25 interim dividend by 2cps to 16cps, with total expected dividends
in FY25 of 39cps (up 11% on FY23). While it undertakes the Te Mihi Stage 2 development (the first stage of Wairakei
geothermal station replacement capex) additional increases to dividend per share are not currently anticipated.
2
•On this basis, dividends in FY25-FY27 are expected to be imputed up to ~65%.
•Reliable ordinary dividends are expected to increase over time with growth in operating free cash flow.
Reflects 92% of the average operating free cash flow for the preceding four years
1
28
Uplift in Contact’s expected FY25 EBITDAF to be driven
by the realisation of growth investment
164
44
600
FY24 EBITDAF
(normalised
and expected)
Renewable
generation
changes
Long-term
channel price
19
Market
channel price
-32
Gas, carbon
and risk
management
costs
-19
Net volume
impact
-5
Other
operating costs
and income
770
FY25 EBITDAF
(normalised
and expected)
+170
¹ See slide 40 for assumptions underpinning FY24 normalised and expected earnings.
Normalised and expected EBITDAF ($ million)
1
FY25 normalised and expected EBITDAF includes generation from Tauhara and Te Huka 3 which together
represent $1.2bn of investment in renewable generation
480
520
550
600
553
546
573
663
FY21FY22FY23FY24
Actual result delivered
Guidance (at beginning of the year)
Guidance vs Actual
Like-for-like increase of $170m (28%) on year-on-year guidance
Strong track record of delivering
performance above guidance
(Guidance reflects normalised and expected EBITDAF
based on mean hydrology conditions)
Normalised and expected EBITDAF is based on mean hydrology conditions
Start to FY25 has been characterised by low hydro inflows and high wholesale prices. These conditions have a partially offsetting
impact on earnings (resulting in above or below normalised expected performance).
Of note, July 2024 EBITDAF was $9m below normalised and mean expected.
29
Guiding principles
Invest to deliver value accretive growth
•Returns improved through prioritisation of non-equity funding.
•Projects ranked considering returns available and overall portfolio implications.
Optimise existing operations and manage risk
•Reduce carbon exposure.
•Manage market volatility during the thermal transition.
•Disciplined approach to sustaining capital spend.
•Strong operating cash flow.
Our commitments
Continue to attract capital
•Deliver competitive shareholder returns including dividend commitment.
•Balance sheet strength.
Efficient deployment of stay-
in-business Capex
Higher SIB capex over next three years reflects
higher risk associated with the wholesale
market environment and includes (FY25-FY27):
➢BAU SIB capex $75m-$85m p.a.
1
➢Accelerated SIB capex programme $48m.
2
➢Wairakei extension ~$25-35m (indicative).
3
1
Reliable ordinary dividends
that increase in line with
growth in cash flow
Pay-out ratio of 80-100% of average
operating free cash-flow over the preceding
4 years.
➢92% in FY24 (37cps dividend declared).
2
Allocate capital to strategic
priorities, with an ability to scale
down in downside scenarios
Total growth cash capex of
$1.4-$1.5bn over FY23-25.
4
3
Investment grade credit metrics
through the cycle
Target BBB <3x net debt to EBITDAF.
If temporarily above, always have
clear plan to restore metrics.
4
What this means
Recap: Capital allocation framework
GeothermalWindSolarBatteryHydro
Target returns9-11%8-10%10-12%8-9%8-9%
Returns on
projects at or
nearing FID
>10%tbc>12%9-10%tbc
Considering supportive post-NZAS market conditions,
current market risks around fuel availability and a broad range
of attractive projects, we will prioritise investments to
grow shareholder value and distributions
1
Includes ~$10m p.a. of provisions. Excludes geothermal well drilling which may be required within the period.
2
Reflects planned spend in the next 3 years relating to the $150m accelerated SIB capex programme announced to the market in 2021.
3
Current indicative range of SIB capex to be incurred in FY26-27 for Wairakei extension activity. To be confirmed at FID for Te Mihi Stage 2.
4
Excludes project spend that has not yet proceeded to final investment decision.
30
Progress on
Strategy
31
Our strategy to lead NZ’s decarbonisation
Enablers
Transformative ways of working:
create a flexible and high-performing
environment for New Zealand’s top talent
Outcomes
Growth
Pivot our business to a new growth era that
captures the value unlocked by decarbonisation
Resilience
Deliver sustainable shareholder returns,
aligned with our ESG commitment
Performance
Realise a step-change in performance, materially
growing EBITDAF through strategic investments
Strategic
theme
Objective
Grow
demand
Attract new industrial demand with
globally competitive renewables
Grow renewable
development
Build renewable generation and
flexibility on the back of new demand
Decarbonise
our portfolio
Lead an orderly transition
to renewables
Create outstanding
customer experiences
Create NZ's leading energy and services
brand to meet more of our customers’ needs
Operational excellence:
continuously improving our operations
through innovation and digitisation
ESG: create long-term value through our strong
performance across a broad set of environmental,
social and governance factors
32
Contact is preparing for further investment
in renewable generation and storage
Geothermal generation potential (TWh p.a.)
1
Includes mean geothermal generation (existing stations) plus Tauhara volume based on 135MW currently online. Also includes ~50GWh uplift already delivered on Wairakei field (see note 6).
2
Represents uplift in Tauhara output expected from completion of final commissioning activity in 2024 (0.1TWh) and the first planned outage in October 2025 (0.2TWh)
3
For projects included in the “land access secured” category, indicative output is shown based on early estimates of capacity per hectare and assumed capacity factors of ~40% for wind and 20-25% for solar.
4
Consent already received for 100MW grid-scale battery at Stratford.
5
All uncommitted investments are subject to Board investment decisions. The Tauhara, Te Huka 3, Roxburgh, Kōwhai Park and Glenbrook battery investments have been committed to.
6
In FY24 Contact operationalised the higher consented fluid take at the Wairakei field (5kt per day) translating to a ~50GWh p.a. uplift in average geothermal generation (before new developments online) applying a ~30MWh/kt efficiency factor.
7
45GWh p.a. uplift is based on mean hydrology conditions.
Wind and solar options under development (TWh p.a.)
3
Land access secured
Consenting underway
Under construction
4TWh
Wind
2TWh
Solar
Key updates (including grid-scale batteries)
•Kōwhai Park solar (0.3TWh) and Glenbrook battery
(100MW) now under construction.
•Stratford battery (100MW) consented.
•Consenting underway includes:
‒Glorit solar (0.3TWh).
‒Stratford solar (0.3TWh).
‒Southland Wind (0.9-1.2TWh).
•Earliest expected FID for these projects is FY26.
•Contact is investigating the potential to include
additional battery capacity within the Glorit and
Stratford solar consenting processes.
4
•Expected FID and online dates depend on
supportive market conditions and funding
arrangements.
20242025
2026
2027>2028
>2028
Calendar year
Tauhara
(1.1TWh)
Te Huka 3
(0.4TWh)
Te Mihi
Stage 2
(0.8TWh)
Roxburgh
(45GWh
7
uplift)
Tauhara 2
Te Mihi Stage 3
(up to 1TWh)
Remaining capacity
(consented) net of full
Wairakei closure
Wairakei
Partial
closure
(-0.8TWh)
Kōwhai Park
(Solar)
(0.3TWh)
Battery
(100MW)
Tauhara
(0.2TWh
uplift)
Planned Geothermal plus other renewables under construction
5
Expected generation (indicative):
Wairakei
(~50GWh
6
uplift)
Current
generation
(mean)
1
0.3
Tauhara uplift
2
0.4
Te Huka 3Current +
under
construction
0.3
Te Mihi 2&3
(uplift
remaining net
of Wairakei
retirement)
0.7
Tauhara
(remaining)
Potential
under current
consents
4.4
5.2
6.3
+1.8
Under constructionRemaining consented
(up to)
Tauhara
(0.1TWh
uplift)
33
Phased development plans for Wairakei geothermal
Ohaaki
Tauhara
Te Huka
Te Mihi
Stages 2&3
Wairakei
A/B/binary
Te Mihi
Poihipi
Current generating assets on the Wairakei steamfield
include Wairakei A/B/binary, Poihipi and Te Mihi
Wairakei geothermal resource
consented to 2058
Project
Scale
Technology
Plans for
Wairakei
A/B/binary
Development
approach
Single build
GeoFuture
Up to 200MW
Binary or Steam Turbine
Closure CY2026
Phased build
Te Mihi Stage 2
Around 100MW
Binary (2 units)
Full extension of Wairakei A/B/binary to mid CY2027
+
Extension of 30MW steam turbine + 7MW binary to mid CY2031
Te Mihi Stage 3
Around 100MW
Binary (2 units)
Project
Scale
Technology
Indicative plans
for Wairakei
A/B/binary
Development
approach
FromTo
New builds and extensions remain subject to Board final investment decisions
Not proceeding
Target online
2H CY2026Mid CY2027Mid CY2031
Target online
Te Mihi Stage 2 – Key metrics
Wairakei geothermal station extension – Indicative costs
Extension
works
(indicative)
Full extension of Wairakei
A/B/binary to mid CY2027
Extension of 30MW steam turbine
+ 7MW binary unit to mid CY2031
Indicative SIB capex
(FY26- FY27)
$25-35m
•Costs associated with the 1-year extension of the full Wairakei geothermal station reflect maintenance costs, those
associated with statutory recertification, and final steps to comply with June 2026 consent conditions (consented to
operate to mid CY2031).
•Working case assumes the extension of 1 steam turbine and 1 binary unit with identical standby units (steam and
binary) maintained on reserve shutdown. This allows for increased reliability with 24 hour return to service capability.
•Costs to be confirmed at the same time as Te Mihi Stage 2 FID (Q4 CY2024).
•Total cash cost of extensions (SIB capex, opex) FY26-FY31 of $30-35/MWh based on the Wairakei station indicative
output profile on slide 34.
Estimated forward
capital expenditure
1
1
Excludes capitalised interest and sunk costs. Contact is assessing the allocation between Te Mihi Stage 2 and 3 of the $114m sunk costs (approved prior to May 2024) and this will be confirmed at FID for Te Mihi Stage 2.
Estimated MW
(net export to grid)
Estimated plant
capacity factor
Production / injection
capacity secured
~$600-700m
~100MW
95%
100%
Contact remains committed to the long-term development of the Wairakei geothermal field
Schedule (final
investment decision)
Q4 CY2024
Estimated annual
output
~0.8TWh p.a.
34
Contact plans to deliver 0.4TWh p.a. total
uplift in Wairakei field output
Indicative output on the Wairakei field (Wairakei geothermal station, Te Mihi, Poihipi)
(Subject to revisions and will be confirmed at final investment decision on Te Mihi Stage 2)
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.30.3
0.8
0.8
0.8
0.8
0.8
1.4
1.4
1.3
1.4
1.4
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.8
1.0
1.1
1.1
1.0
0.8
1.4
1.3
1.4
1.4
0.3
0.3
0.3
0.3
1.3
1.0
1.5
2.0
2.5
3.0
3.5
0.5
FY19-23
average
FY24FY25FY26FY27FY28FY29FY30FY31FY32
2.7
2.8
2.7
2.7
2.5
2.8
2.7
2.8
2.8
3.1
0.1
+0.4
Wairakei geothermal station (existing)Te MihiPoihipi RoadTe Mihi Stage 2Te Mihi Stage 3
TWh
Does not account for potential outages
associated with Te Mihi Stage 3 tie-in work
Outages included to complete Wairakei station extension
works, to be confirmed with Te Mihi Stage 2 FID
Four-yearly statutory outage at Te Mihi will be utilised to
complete tie-in works for Te Mihi Stage 2 (~150 GWh impact)
Total field uplift of 0.4TWh p.a. is expected to be achieved in FY32 with Te Mihi Stage 3 online (compared to historic average).
Contact has already delivered ~50GWh of this benefit from its revised resource consent.
~50GWh uplift from
revised resource consent
1
1
In FY24 Contact operationalised the higher consented fluid take at the Wairakei field (5kt per day) translating to a ~50GWh p.a. uplift in average geothermal generation (before new developments online). This is based
on full utlisation of the additional consented fluid at an efficiency rate of ~30MWh/kt.
35
Impacts of the energy transition in New Zealand
are starting to become clearer
Theme
Characteristics
Observable impacts
Domestic natural gas
production in decline
Thermal power stations
closing as more intermittent
renewables come online
High level of activity to
advance renewable
electricity builds
•Ageing natural gas fields with limited
forward plans for further investment.
•Drilling / maintenance on major
domestic fields unsuccessful.
•Overall trend of output decline.
•Scarcity of new long-term gas
contracts (and at elevated prices).
•Spot gas trading at over $35/GJ.
•Higher reliance on coal for electricity
generation.
•Stored gas and coal depleted.
•More intermittent renewable
generation entering the market,
leading to increased price volatility.
•High-cost baseload gas generation
no longer aligns to market needs.
•Thermal power stations closing.
•High fixed costs associated with
running thermal plant need to be
recovered on lower volume.
•Wholesale electricity prices
materially higher when thermal
generation is required.
•High volume of proposed renewable
developments putting pressure on
consenting bodies.
•Constrained contracting market.
•Generators and independent
developers competing for quality
resource e.g. land / sites.
•Backlog in consenting processes.
•Cost escalation on domestic
construction and productive
resource.
•Expected returns on Contact’s
projects at or nearing FID remain
above targets.
1
1
See slide 29.
36
Market changes indicate a value shift to flexibility,
impacting future investment prioritisation
Contact’s view of expected long-run wholesale
electricity prices supports the firmed long-run
cost of new renewables (annual average $115 -
125/MWh)
1.
Observed construction costs for new
renewables have continued to rise.
113
123
142
223
SummerSummerWinterWinter
+10
+80
Historical spot price at OTA
CY2017 – CY2023 ($/MWh)
3
ASX Future prices at OTA
CY2027 ($/MWh)
4
Long-run wholesale
electricity prices
above historic
Winter Summer Price
Separation Widening
Value shift to
flexibility
LRMC of renewables
($MWh 2024 Real)
2
“ Flexibility in supply and demand becomes the
‘secret sauce’ ........as the system shifts towards
renewable supply.”
Market Development Advisory Group
While average prices reflect long-run
economics, ASX Futures illustrate winter
prices rising by substantially more than
summer prices.This reflects the requirement
to recover thermal system fuel costs and the
expected increase in must-run renewables
within the market.
We expect value to shift from intermittent
renewable generation to the owners of
flexible, renewable storage.
85100
105
90
Long run price
expectation
$120/MWh
Firming margin
Grid
scale
batteries
Demand
response
Biomass
Hydro
operating
ranges
Pumped
hydro
Sources
of new
renewable
flexibility
1
As indicated in November 2022, updated for inflation and includes update to reflect higher cost of capital. This is a through-the-cycle measure in a balanced market. Prices achieved are a function of the market at a point in time.
2
Based on announced capex and financing structures on the most recent projects for wind (Kaiwera Downs 2) and solar (Kōwhai Park) and discount rates tied to broker WACC estimates for the industry of 7-9%.
3
EMI daily simple average spot price data from 1/10/16 – 31/12/23. Winter is defined here as 1 Oct – 31 March, Summer is defined as 1 April – 30 Sept.
4
ASX futures prices as at 5 August 2024
37
Our operational plan
FY25
Achieve FID for CO
2
commercialisation.
Te Huka 3 online Q4 CY2024.
Glenbrook Battery (BESS) on-track for
online Q1 CY2026.
Kōwhai Park Solar on track for online for
Q2 CY2026.
Close TCC (Taranaki Combined Cycle) gas
generation plant. Expected to close
December 2024.
Multi-product customers >148k (up from 140k).
Cost to serve <$123/connection.
Grow renewable
development
Decarbonise
our portfolio
Create
outstanding
customer
experiences
Strategic theme
Grow
Demand
Achieve FID for Te Mihi Stage 2.
Lodge consent for Stratford Solar.
Achieve consent on Glorit Solar.
Achieve consent on Southland Wind.
New demand facilitated since FY21 to reach >120MW.
1
Add 15MW of contracted flexible demand.
2
Sustained New Zealand leadership
position in the Asia Pacific DJSI.
Targeting electricity net price up 2-3%.
Scale Hot Water Sorter programme
3
to >20k homes (up from ~5k).
What you can expect in the next 12 months
1
Cumulative measure (~105MW at 30 June 2024).
2
Up from 173MW contracted at 30 June 2024.
3
Residential Demand Flex.
38
Questions
39
Supporting
materials
40
Normalised and expected FY25 EBITDAF
Assumes mean hydrology conditions
Strategic fixed price1,900GWh$80/MWh$152m
CFDs1,770GWh$154/MWh$273m
C&I1,300GWh$150/MWh$195m
Retail3,800GWh$154/MWh$585m
Other income³$47m
$1,252m
Hydro mean3,900GWh$0/MWh-$0m
Geothermal average4,620GWh$4/MWh-$19m
Thermal350GWh$130/MWh⁴-$46m
Acquired350GWh$215/MWh-$75m
-$139m
Length⁵$86mTransmission/Storage-$71m
Location losses⁶-$85mOperating expenses-$272m
Total$1mTotal-$343m
1.All volumes are at the Grid Exit Point (GXP)
2.Net price is equal to tariff less pass-through costs (network, meters and levies) /MWh
ASSUMPTIONS FOR NORMALISED EARNINGS
3.Steam sales, retail gas gross margin, telco gross margin and other income
4.Gas price of $8.20/GJ, carbon price of $80/unit and thermal portfolio heat rate (10GJ/MWh)
5.Length of 450GWh p.a. assumed
6.Locational losses of 5.1% on spot purchases and settlement of CFDs sold at a
wholesale price of $190/MWh
* Fuel is natural gas and carbon costs.
** Retail volume contracted competitive risk remains on pricing achieved.
1,460
310
Channel choices maximise
long term value¹
1
Net price² driven by
best commercial practices
2
x
=
FY assumptions that deliver expected & normalised EBITDAF for FY25
Fuel cost
Net Revenue
Trading
Fixed costs
Hydrology & Asset
availability optimise generation
3
4
Total
x
=
Access to and price of fuel* drives
financials & risk position
Total
Trading delivers value to more
than offset locational losses
5
Digitalisation & continuous
improvement optimise fixed costs
6
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
1,070
230
3,800
1,900
CFDs
C&I
Retail
Strategic fixed
$154/
MWh
$150/
MWh
$154/
MWh**
ContractedUncontracted
1,252
-139
-343
1
770
x
Jul-24Sep-24Jan-25Mar-25Nov-24May-25Jul-25
320
311
311
299
240
222
211
190
204
184
158
135
218
178
218
181
218218
184184
245
203
245
203
245
203
244
200
ASX Futures $/MWh
monthly contracts
At 5 July 2024
$80/
MWh
OTA
BEN
Note, all figures are subject to rounding.
41
Guidance below EBITDAF
FY24 guidanceFY24 resultFY25 guidanceCommentary
Stay in Business Capex
$120-130m
1
$110m$115m - $125m
Stay in business accelerated programme
(cash)
$55m - $60m$39m~$40m
As at the end of FY24 we had spent $104m out of the $150m accelerated stay in
business capex programme.
Stay in business capital expenditure (cash)
BAU
$65m - $70m$71m$75m-$85m
Includes $10m of provisions related to consent obligations and decommissioning
activity.
Growth capital expenditure (cash)
2
$400m - $500m$470m$450m - $550mGrowth capital for Tauhara, Te Huka, GeoFuture, Wind and Battery projects.
Depreciation and amortisation
$250m - $260m$255m$275m - $285m
Reflects useful life changes on thermal and geothermal assets as well as
introduction of Tauhara and Te Huka unit 3.
Net interest (accounting)
$45m - $55m$40m$115m - $125m
Reduction in capitalisation of interest with Tauhara commissioning. Higher interest
rate environment and increased borrowings.
Cash interest (in operating cash flow)
$27m - $37m$21m$95m - $105m
Cash taxation
$95m – $105m$97m$110m - $120m
FY25 provisional payments based on FY23 results and higher final tax payment
relating to FY24.
Realised (gains) / losses on market derivates
not in a hedge relationship
$10m - $15m$3m$10m - $15mIncluding (gains) / losses on ASX market making.
Corporate costs
$52m$51m$52m
Inflation impacts in FY25 see corporate costs expected to be steady, noting that
FY24 included one-off impacts for consultant spend.
Target ordinary dividend per share
Minimum 35 cps37 cps39 cps
Payout in line with dividend policy and reflecting Tauhara and Te Huka 3 online
and new long-term NZAS deal reached in 2024.
1
FY24 guidance range is gross i.e. before the netting of insurance proceeds of $15m.
2
Growth capital expenditure includes capitalised interest.
42
Strategic fixed price1,150GWh$50/MWh $58m
CFDs2,500GWh$140/MWh$350m
C&I1,250GWh$145/MWh$181m
Retail3,700GWh$144/MWh$533m
Other income³$38m
$1,159m
Hydro3,900GWh$0/MWh-$0m
Geothermal3,250GWh$5/MWh-$16m
Thermal⁴1,800GWh$120/MWh-$216m
Acquired0GWh$0/MWh-$0m
-$232m
Length⁵$53mTransmission/Storage-$70m
Location losses⁶-$52mOperating expenses-$258m
Total$1mTotal-$328m
FY24 assumptions that deliver expected & normalised EBITDAF of $600m over a financial year
EBITDAF guidance reconciliation to actual FY24
Hydrology & Asset
availability optimise generation
3
4
Total
x
=
Access to and price of fuel* drives
financials & risk position
Increased market channel price
Normalised & Expected
Lower renewables
Other income
Actual FY24 (underlying)
Renewable generation below mean (-134GWh).
Impact calculated at expected thermal SRMC
Channel choices maximise
long term value¹
1
Net price² driven by
best commercial practices
2
Total
x
=
Trading delivers value to more
than offset locational losses
5
Digitalisation & continuous
improvement optimise fixed costs
6
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
1.All volumes are at the Grid Exit Point (GXP)
2.Net price is equal to tariff less pass-through
costs (network, meters and levies) /MWh
3.Steam sales, retail gas gross margin, telco gross margin and other income
4.Gas price of $9.50/GJ, carbon price of $70/unit and thermal portfolio heat rate (9.5GJ/MWh)
5.Length of 350GWh assumed
6.Locational losses of 4.3% on spot purchases and settlement
of CFDs sold at a wholesale price of $139/MWh
Fixed costs
Received $10m ‘loss and
constraint excess’ (LCE)
rebates
27
9
15
-16
12
3
13
600
663
Normalised and expected EBITDAF assumptions
FY24 results
With reconciliation to actual performance
x
Increased long–term channel price
Retail net price of $150/MWh higher than
full year expectation
Higher than expected CFD price partially
offset by higher $/MWh location losses
Gas, carbon, acquired generation price
Gas and carbon price as well as thermal
efficiency were favourable
Total sales volumes above expectations
Net volume impact
Risk management sales premiums and expected
losses from distressed gas sales not realised
43
43
48
57
76
53
852
1,069
1,023
939
1,269
-252
-258
-265
-291
-315
-46
-76
-85
-56
-74
-152
-230
-185
-94
-269
FY20FY21FY22FY23FY24
Electricity sales margin
Other gross margin
Fixed operating costs
Location losses
Variable fuel costs
446
553
546
573
663
Operating earnings (EBITDAF)
105
108
106
115
127
3.74
0.83
FY20
3.61
1.33
FY21
3.69
1.39
FY22
3.73
1.42
FY23
3.80
1.22
FY24
4.57
4.94
5.08
5.14
5.02
RetailLong-term sales
83
101
117
126
116
1.44
0.34
0.00
FY20
1.67
0.55
0.00
FY21
1.13
0.39
0.00
FY22
0.52
0.15
FY23
1.62
0.59
0.02
FY24
1.77
2.23
1.52
0.67
2.22
ThermalAcquiredDistributed generation
2
Electricity sales
Variable fuel costs
11111
3.75
3.33
FY20
3.70
3.11
FY21
3.94
3.28
FY22
3.92
3.19
FY23
3.63
3.39
FY24
7.08
6.81
7.22
7.10
7.02
HydroGeothermal
(i) Renewables
(ii) Thermal and acquired
87
131
133133
150
2.17
1.26
0.86
FY20
1.23
1.94
0.93
FY21
0.94
2.10
0.63
FY22
1.10
1.44
0.09
FY23
1.13
2.57
0.51
FY24
4.29
4.10
3.66
2.63
4.21
Commercial and IndustrialCFDsSpot sales
(i) Long-term channels
(ii) Market channels
Price
($/MWh)
Volume
(TWh)
Price
($/MWh)
Volume
(TWh)
Fuel cost
($/MWh)
Volume
(TWh)
Fuel cost
($/MWh)
Volume
(TWh)
Integrated portfolio performance
Continuing operations ($m)
1
EBITDAF
1
2
1
2
1
Refer to slide 50 for a definition and reconciliation of EBITDAF. All EBITDAF figures are underlying i.e. excluding the impacts of the ($113m) AGS onerous contract provision expense in FY23 and $12m net movement in the AGS provision in FY24.
Contact no longer reports impairments and write-downs within EBITDAF in order to better reflect underlying performance.
2
Distributed generation reflects electricity purchased from solar customers within the retail business.
96
118117121
137
8.858
9.040
8.739
7.772
9.232
Price ($/MWh)
Volume (TWh)
44
Greenhouse gas emissions
Carbon reporting
1
Contact’s swaption with Genesis Energy ended 31 December 2022 and was not called during FY23.
IndicatorUnitTarget
FY20
FY21FY22FY23FY24
Direct GHG emissions (Scope 1)tC02e
45% reduction of 2018
Scope 1 and 2
emissions by 2026
(Absolute emissions
reduction target)
920,403
1,044,744786,842526,621947,491
-Stationary combustiontC02e920,4031,044,537786,544526,282947,131
-Mobile combustiontC02e
270
178297307332
-Fugitive emissionstC02e42913228
Indirect GHG emissions (Scope 2)tC02e
1,258
1,303
1,3991,957975
Sub-total Scope 1 and 2tC02e647,443921,9351,046,047788,241528,579948,466
Indirect GHG emissions (Scope 3)tC02e259,118317,384555,035394,784273,673265,034
-Category 1 – Purchased goods and servicestC02e
30% reduction of 2018
Scope 3 GHG
emissions from use of
sold products by 2026.
39,39716,699
6,3716,1976,522
-Category 2 – Capital goodstC02e18,05241,72657,87688,26679,185
-Category 3 – Fuel and energy
1
tC02e91,857330,207149,7431,0505,130
-Category 4 - Upstream distribution and transportationtC02e
14
27444108254
-Category 5 – WastetC02e1231491084758
-Category 6 – Business traveltC02e7192635671,2741,601
-Category 7 – Employee commutingtC02e606306832965927
-Category 11 – Use of sold productstC02e166,310165,259178,554175,603170,929
-Category 13 – Downstream leased assetstC02e306399289164429
Total Scope 1, 2 and 3 emissionstC02e906,5611,239,3191,601,0821,183,025802,2521,213,500
45
Contact generation output sold to the national grid (GWh)
Generation and sales position
3,323
3,256
3,333
3,114
3,283
3,185
3,388
3,479
4,231
3,752
3,698
3,940
3,919
3,628
1,812
1,421
1,360
1,592
1,046
1,620
FY18FY19FY20FY21FY22
439
FY23FY24
Thermal
generation
Hydro
generation
Geothermal
generation
8,614
8,908
8,445
8,404
8,269
7,543
8,636
Operational data
Renewable % of
own generation
sold to grid
79%84%
84%
81%
81%
87%94%
Geothermal generation (GWh)
Te Huka
Ōhaaki
Poihipi
Wairakei
Te Mihi
FY24 geothermal generation was 203 GWh higher than FY23 as a result of the increased
consented mass take from the Wairakei steam field and Tauhara coming online in late FY24.
1,372
1,382
1,415
1,240
1,386
1,380
1,062
991
1,045
1,081
1,055
998
1,405
411
388
335
339
331
308
1,064
280
310
340
299
322
323
274
316
203
198
FY18
186
FY19
198
FY20
155
FY21
189
FY22
176
FY23
127
FY24
Tauhara
3,323
3,257
3,333
3,114
3,283
3,185
3,388
Hydro generation (GWh)
An uncharacteristic El Niño weather pattern resulted in FY24 hydro inflow volumes 31% lower than FY23 and
the lowest seen since FY18. Further, inflows during the period were highly concentrated leading to spill, however
this was significantly lower than spill seen in FY23.
3,544
103
4,786
69
4,068
113
-28
4,276
-59
3,905
-50
5,450
3,745
-975
-1,606
-37
FY18
-148
FY19FY20
-275
FY21
-78
FY22
75
FY23
-230
FY24
3,479
4,231
3,752
3,698
3,940
3,919
3,628
Inflows stored include uncontrolled storage lakes
Inflows
Inflows
stored
Spill
Thermal generation (GWh)
1,071
1,013
871
1,126
673
164
1,395
528
207
291
234
179
148
223
211
195
195
213
190
125
3
90
FY18
5
83
FY19
3
79
FY20
18
81
FY21
4
81
FY22
2
78
FY23
1
FY24
1,903
1,503
1,439
1,673
1,127
517
1,620
Te Rapa
Spot
Whirinaki
Te Rapa
Direct
Peakers
TCC
FY24 thermal generation volumes were 1,102GWh higher than FY23 due to dry conditions in summer
2023 and winter 2024, as well as the delay to Tauhara online.
46
Plant and fuel performance
Geothermal fuel extracted at Wairakei vs consented (mT)
Wairakei, Poihipi and Te Mihi conversion effectiveness
(MWh per kT extracted)
31.6
31.4
31.1
30.5
31.0
30.4
29.2
FY18FY19FY20FY21FY22FY23FY24
-4%
Geothermal fuel performance
Taranaki combined cycle (TCC)
Net
capacity
(MW)
Availability
(%)
Capacity
factor
(%)
Electricity
output
(GWh)
Pool revenue
($/MWh)($m)
FY2037788%26%871120104
FY2137789%34%1,126193217
FY2237784%20%673180121
FY2337785%5%16410718
FY2437782%42%1,395184257
Hydro
Geothermal
Stratford Peakers
Net
capacity
(MW)
Availability
(%)
Capacity
factor
(%)
Electricity
output
(GWh)
Pool revenue
($/MWh)($m)
FY2078492%54%3,75290338
FY2178484%54%3,698167617
FY2278483%57%3,940121478
FY2378484%57%3,91974290
FY2478490%53%3,628164594
Net
capacity
(MW)
Availability
(%)
Capacity
factor
(%)
Electricity
output
(GWh)
Pool revenue
($/MWh)($m)
FY2042595%89%3,33399330
FY2142589%84%3,114175546
FY2242597%91%3,284140458
FY23410
4
94%89%3,18680254
FY24586
4
94%89%3,388 177 601
Te Rapa (spot generation only)
Net
capacity
(MW)
Availability
(%)
Capacity
factor
(%)
Electricity
output
(GWh)
Pool revenue
($/MWh)($m)
FY2020280%16%29116147
FY2120290%13%23423054
FY2220253%10%17921238
FY2320277%8%14820731
FY2420250%12%22317539
Net
capacity
(MW)
Availability
(%)
Capacity
factor
(%)
Electricity
output
(GWh)
Pool revenue
($/MWh)($m)
FY204198%51%19510621
FY214193%58%21317437
FY224195%54%19014528
FY234192%30%1259412
FY24
2
------
Plant availability
3
3
Availability Factor calculation includes all station outages (Planned, Maintenance, Forced) but does not consider plant deratings.
4
Reduction in geothermal net capacity in FY23 was a result of decommissioning of wells on the Wairakei steamfield. Increase in FY24 relates to Tauhara.
Net
capacity
(MW)
Availability
(%)
Capacity
factor
(%)
Electricity
output
(GWh)
Pool revenue
($/MWh)($m)
FY2015898%0%32931
FY2115894%0%184107.5
FY2215895%0%45972
FY2315882%0%24911.2
FY2415897%0%16871.1
Whirinaki
1
Percent change relates to the movement in geothermal mass extracted (mT) at Wairakei YoY.
2
Te Rapa was decommissioned at the end of the FY23.
10
20
30
40
50
60
70
80
90
100
0
100%
90
FY18
99%
88
FY19
100%
90
98%
87
FY21
100%
89
FY22
98%
89
FY23
100%
91
FY24FY20
+3%
1
% of geothermal fluid extractedWairakei mass extracted
47
Hawea storage (GWh)
Gas storage (PJ)
Closing storage
Closing storage (current)
Fuel storage movements
Source: NZX Hydro data
256
98
175
165
260
116
252
191
138
248
300
230
324
189
324
265
242
236
-406
-223
-239
-230
-332
-187
-325
-294
-288
2H201H212H211H222H221H232H231H242H24
Inflows
Opening storage
Releases
98
175
165
260
116
252
192
139
86
5.0
6.1
5.0
5.8
7.8
4.7
2.4
3.4
2.8
2.2
0.8
1.7
2.4
0.5
2.7
1.7
0.9
1.3
-1.1
-1.9
-0.9
-3.5
-0.7-0.7
-1.5
-2.5
-4.3
2H201H212H21
-0.4
1H222H221H232H231H242H24
Gas Injected
Gas Extracted
Opening Storage
6.1
5.0
5.8
7.8
4.7
2.4
3.4
2.8
1.6
Operational data
0
Transferred to
long-term storage
(PJ)
0
0
0
0
4
4
4
4
Long-term storage
1
1
Updated from previous reporting to 4.3PJ vs ~4 PJ. This change has been made to improve reporting of currently available
gas storage, there has been no material change in AGS total available storage capacity.
48
Contracted gas volumes (PJ)
Uses of gas (PJ)
Gas storage monthly injections and extractions (PJ)
Contracted and stored gas
Gas injectedGas extracted
8.1
3.4
0.9
2.6
4.6
5.4
4.5
6.1
1.7
1.4
2.0
5.3
7.4
5.9
6.0
2.3
5.5
5.2
3.6
CY20
-0.2
CY21CY22CY23
0.2
CY24
1
CY25
2
16.9
14.6
15.5
15.2
14.5
0.12
-0.28
Jul-
23
0.03
-0.61
Aug-
23
0.25
-0.28
Sep-
23
0.28
-0.16
Oct-
23
0.14
-0.06
Nov-
23
0.11
-0.14
Dec-
23
0.35
-0.21
Jan-
24
0.34
-0.28
Feb-
24
0.08
-0.81
Mar-
24
0.37
-0.25
Apr-
24
0.07
-0.46
May-
24
0.08
-0.53
Jun-
24
9.4
9.3
9.8
6.6
9.8
6.3
8.8
6.4
1.1
-0.7
-2.0
3.1
-2.0
-1.0
0.6
1.3
-8.2
-6.7
-4.4
-6.5
-3.3
-2.7
-6.7
-6.4
-1.7
-1.4
-1.6
-1.3
-1.6
-1.1
-1.4
-1.1
-1.6
-1.9
-2.7
-1.4
-1.3
-0.2
-0.5
1H21
-0.6
2H211H222H221H232H231H242H24
Net extraction
(injection)
Generation
Customer sales
Wholesale sales
Purchases
Short-term gas
Genesis
Swap
Maui
Pohokura
Operational data
1
CY24 reflects actual volumes and forecasts for the second half of the year.
2
CY25 reflects forecast volumes.
49
Contractual fuel position sufficient to
support expected FY25 sales position
Fuel position
Portfolio requirements for thermal generation (TWh)
Gas supply and demand FY25 (PJ)
3.5PJ
2
Hydro variation >>
1
Dry year reflects hydro generation in FY12 and wet year reflects hydro generation in FY15.
2
Assumes mix of TCC and peaker generation (portfolio heat rate (10GJ/MWh)).
3
This incorporates the lower bound of the range notified by our suppliers as disclosed to the market on 7 April 2024. Of note, if drilling results and well performance are lower than expected we could see a further reduction to this forecast.
GeothermalExpected
FY25
generation
Hydro in
“extreme
dry” year
1
"Extreme
dry" to
"mean"
year swing
Mean
thermal
required
Maximum
thermal
required
"Mean" to
"wet" year
swing
1
Minimum
thermal
required
Gas forecast
under contract
3
3.5
7.1
2.5
3.8
Mean Year
demand
FY25
Position
Mean Thermal
Retail
6.0
10.9
9.2
1.4
0.4
0.1
-4.6
-0.4
-2.9
-1.0
-0.3
Options in a dry year:
•Access to stored water
in Hawea.
•Access to gas in
Ahuroa Gas Storage
facility (AGS).
•Purchase spot gas or
short-term gas
tranches /
arrangements
•Stop selling
uncontracted electricity
•Acquire generation
from ASX
.
Acquired
generation
Short term gas
purchases
50
50
EBITDAF is Contact’s earnings before interest, tax, depreciation and amortisation, asset
impairment and write-offs, and changes in fair value of financial instruments.
EBITDAF is commonly used in the electricity industry so provides a comparable measure of
Contact’s performance.
Reconciliation of statutory profit back to EBITDAF:
12 months ended
30 June 2024
12 months ended
30 June 2023
Variance on prior year
$m %
Underlying
1
ReportedUnderlying
1
Against underlying
Profit230235211199%
Depreciation and
amortisation
2552243114%
Change in fair value of
financial instruments
(8)18-26(144%)
Net interest expense354038-3(8%)
Tax expense101103821923%
Asset impairment / write-offs50-50nmf
2
EBITDAF6636755739016%
Movements in depreciation and amortisation, net interest, tax expense and asset impairment / write-offs are
explained on the right.
Reconciliation between Profit and EBITDAF
The adjustments from EBITDAF to reported profit and movements on FY23 are as
follows:
•Depreciation and amortisation: Increased by $31m due to increase in
restoration provisions from FY23 and accelerated depreciation on Thermal and
Wairakei assets in light of expected replacement. This was partially offset by
extending the useful life of SAP assets upgraded as part of the recent S/4 Hana
upgrade.
•Net interest expense: Interest is $3m lower than FY23 with increase in interest
on higher debt balances being offset by increase in capitalised interest on
Tauhara.
•Tax expense for the period increased by $19m following higher operating
earnings.
•Asset impairment associated with:
•Write-offs relating to peaker engine damage (GT22).
•Write-off of Tauhara assets relating to the 2023 steam hammer event
and failure of valves.
•Write-off of software assets relating to CRM and HRIS projects not
proceeding as originally planned.
Non-GAAP profit measure
1
In FY23 Contact recognised a net onerous contract provision expense for AGS of ($113m) within EBITDAF and ($84m) within profit. In FY24 Contact has recognised a net movement in the AGS onerous contract provision of $12m within EBITDAF and
$5m within profit. Underlying performance excludes these impacts. All variances and commentary reflect movements in underlying performance.
2
Not meaningful on a percentage basis.
51
Historical financial information
UnitFY20FY21FY22
FY23FY24
Underlying
1
ReportedUnderlying
1
Reported
Revenue$m2,0732,5732,3872,1182,863
Expenses$m1,6272,0201,8201,5001,6132,2002,188
EBITDAF$m446553546573460663675
Profit$m125187182211127230235
Operating free cash flow$m290371330282470
Operating free cash flow per sharecps40.450.242.436.059.8
Dividends declared cps3935353537
Total assets$m4,8965,0285,1665,8086,208
Total liabilities$m2,2752,1012,3263,0043,589
Total equity$m2,6212,9272,8402,8042,619
Gearing ratio
3
%3123283642
Historic performance
1
In FY23 Contact recognised a net onerous contract provision expense for AGS of ($113m) within EBITDAF and ($84m) within profit. In FY24 Contact has recognised a net movement in the AGS onerous contract provision of $12m
within EBITDAF and $5m within profit. Underlying performance excludes these impacts.
2
Gearing ratio is calculated as: Senior debt - including finance lease liabilities / (Senior debt - including finance lease liabilities + Equity).
Note: From FY24 Contact no longer reports impairments and write-offs within EBITDAF. These are now reported separately to better reflect underlying performance. FY24 EBITDAF is stated excluding $50m of write-offs and impairments.
Previous years have not been restated (FY22 includes a $1.5m peaker write-off).
52
FY24FY23
Year ended 30 June 2024Year ended 30 June 2023
VolumeGWAPVolumeGWAP
Note: this table has not been rounded and might not addGWh$/MWh$mGWh$/MWh$m
Electricity sales to Retail segment3,787 1485623,727 129 482
Electricity sales to C&I (netback)1,456129 1881,499 114 171
Electricity sales – Direct to Customer-- -78 159 12
Electricity sales to C&I1,456 1291881,577 116 183
CfDs – Tiwai support sales892938
CfDs - Long term sales752524
CfDs and ASX - Short term sales1,820913
Electricity sales – CFDs3,4651184072,375 94 223
Total contracted electricity sales8,7071331,1577,678 116 889
Steam sales194 183.4 587 60 35
Other income84
Net income on gas sales32
Net income on electricity related services(0)6
Net other income1112
Total contracted revenue8,901 1321,1718,265 113 936
Generation costs
1
8,635(40)(349)7,622 (31)(239)
Acquired generation cost585 (160)(93)150 (120)(18)
Generation costs (including acquired generation)9,220(48)(443)7,772 (33)(257)
Spot electricity revenue8,6351771,529 7,544 82 621
Settlement on acquired generation585 195 114 150 66 10
Spot revenue and settlement on acquired generation (GWAP)9,220 1781,6437,694 82 631
Spot electricity cost(5,243)(193)(1,009)(5,226)(93)(488)
Settlement on CFDs sold(3,465)(178)(616)(2,375)(81)(192)
Spot purchases and settlement on CFDs sold (LWAP)(8,707)(187)(1,626)(7,600)(89)(680)
Trading, merchant revenue and losses 51318 93 (48)
Wholesale EBITDAF underlying
1
746632
Onerous contract provision(12)113
1
Wholesale EBITDAF reported758518
Wholesale segment
Segmental performance
1
In FY23 Contact recognised a net onerous contract provision expense for AGS of ($113m) within EBITDAF and ($84m) within profit. In FY24 a net movement in the AGS onerous contract provision equated to $12m within
EBITDAF and $5m within profit. Underlying performance excludes these impacts.
53
Residential electricityunit
FY21FY22FY23FY24
Residential gasunit
FY21FY22FY23FY24
Average connections#357,117373,347
380,482388,459
Average connections#60,70164,649
66,60568,092
Sales volumesGWh2,5202,644
2,6882,798
Sales volumesTJ1,4951,583
1,5041,584
Average usageMWh per ICP7.17.1
7.17.2
Average usageGJ per ICP24.624.5
22.623.3
Tariff$/MWh253.4256.4
272.1287.9
Tariff$/GJ35.3
36.642.145.1
Network, meters and levies$/MWh-118.0-119.5
-122.7-128.0
Network, meters and levies$/GJ-18.6
-18.9-22.9-24.5
Energy costs
1
$/MWh-100.2-115.0
-138.6-158.8
Energy costs$/GJ-8.6
-11.8-10.1-9.8
Gross margin$/MWh35.221.9
10.81.1
Carbon costs$/GJ-1.5
-2.1-4.2-3.1
Gross margin$ per ICP249155
778
Gross margin$/GJ6.5
3.84.97.7
Gross margin$m8958
293
Gross margin$ per ICP107
92112181
Gross margin$m10
6712
SME electricityunit
FY21FY22FY23FY24
SME gasunit
FY21FY22FY23FY24
Average connections#49,67948,45946,96244,113Average connections#3,8763,8893,5192,972
Sales volumesGWh860798794754Sales volumesTJ1,3131,2241,063794
Average usageMWh per ICP17.316.516.917.1Average usageGJ per ICP339315302267
Tariff$/MWh231.7239.7259.3282.2Tariff$/GJ16.319.825.231.0
Network, meters and levies$/MWh-106.4-112.9-117.0-118.3Network, meters and levies$/GJ-7.9-8.3-9.5-11.6
Energy costs
1
$/MWh-99.3-113.7-138.6-157.3Energy costs$/GJ-8.6-11.8-10.1-9.8
Gross margin$/MWh26.113.03.66.6Carbon costs$/GJ-1.5-2.1-4.2-3.1
Gross margin$ per ICP45121562112Gross margin$/GJ-1.6-2.41.46.5
Gross margin$m221035Gross margin$ per ICP-552-7694121,750
Gross margin$m-2-3
1
5
Telco
unit
FY21FY22FY23FY24
Retail segment EBITDAF
FY21FY22FY23FY24
Average connections#39,24562,38879,05795,168Electricity Gross margin$m11168328
Tariff$/cust/mth68.270.169.671.8Gas Gross Margin$m83917
Network, provisioning, modems$/cust/mth-69.9-60.5-63.5-63.4Telco Margin$m-17610
Gross margin$/cust/mth-1.69.66.28.4Total Gross Margin$m118794735
Gross margin$m-17610Other income$m6797
Other operating costs$m-68-68-69-74
Retail segment EBITDAF$m5517-14-32
Corporate allocation (50%)$m-15-14-22-25
Retail EBITDAF$m403-36-57
EBITDAF margins (% of revenue)%4.3%0.3%-3.3%-4.8%
Retail segment
Historic performance
1
In FY24 energy costs reflects $1.2m of electricity purchased from solar customers.
54
Insight to Net Debt / EBITDAF ratio (S&P approach)
FY21FY22FY23FY24
Actuals from S&P ratings report
Estimated
Net Debt
Carrying value of borrowings
856
1,0991,5561,913
Fair Value Adjustments
(64)
(55)(43)(41)
Restoration and environmental provisions net of tax
53
53 120142
Hybrid bond credits
1
-
(113)(113)(113)
Accessible Cash
2
(41)
(4)(89)(142)
S&P Adjusted Net Debt
804
9801,4311,759
EBITDAF
Reported EBITDAF (underlying)
553546573663
Realised gains/losses on market derivatives
(1)(9)(27)(6)
Share based compensation
3444
Adjusted EBITDAF
555541551661
Net debt/EBITDAF (x)
1.41.82.62.7
1
50% equity credit for capital bonds.
2
Cash less restricted cash held by Macquarie for ASX prudential.
•These calculations have been provided
as an illustration of the adjustments
made by Contact’s ratings agency, S&P
Global, when assessing Contact’s Net
Debt/EBITDAF ratio.
•Net Debt has been adjusted from the
financial statements to include certain
long-term liabilities where S&P
considers these to have debt-like
characteristics.
•Adjusted EBITDAF reflects S&P’s view
of core operating items (unrelated to
investing and financing).
55
1 - 2 months
Te Huka 3 Commissioning stages and sequencing
The commissioning process is designed to test all functions of the geothermal well operations, steam field
and power station under a range of conditions, including extreme emergency simulations
StageWell testing
Steam-field
(cold)
Power Station
(cold)
Steam-field
(hot)
High Voltage
livening
Power Station
(hot)
Reliability run
Key elements
tested
Completed via
flowing output test
to understand flow
and energy.
Check piping
systems, control
system functions;
check valve and
safety system
operation (without
steam).
Control system
functions; valve
and safety system
operation, lube oil
and control oil
system tests
(without steam).
Operating tests of
plant; ensure
integrity of plant
and safety
systems at
maximum design
conditions.
System
configuration,
protection
schemes, key
equipment
performance.
Back-feed Power
Station.
Pentane
admission, Steam
blow, operating
tests; integrity of
safety system;
plant
performance
tests.
Reliability test of
all combined
systems and plant
output.
Duration1 - 2 months2 – 3 months2 – 3 months1 month1 month2-3 months1 month
Wells
Steam-field
High Voltage
Power Station
Reliability run
Sequencing of commissioning stages:
Te Huka 3 key: Complete Future activity Sequencing dependency
Note: Arrows are not to scale
Testing TH14
ColdHot (TH14)
HV livening
Hot
Final Tests
Cold
Back-
feed
TH32
TH32
---
Results announcement
Results for announcement to the market
Name of issuer Contact Energy Limited
Reporting Period 12 months to 30 June 2024
Previous Reporting Period 12 months to 30 June 2023
Currency NZD
Amount (000s) Percentage change
Revenue from continuing
operations
$2,863,242 +35.2%
Total Revenue $2,863,242 +35.2%
Net profit/(loss) from
continuing operations
$235,349 +84.6%
Total net profit/(loss) $235,349 +84.6%
Interim/Final Dividend
Amount per Quoted Equity
Security
$0.23000000
Imputed amount per Quoted
Equity Security
$0.08166667
Record Date 28/08/2024
Dividend Payment Date 27/09/2024
Current period Prior comparable period
Net tangible assets per
Quoted Equity Security
$2.71 $3.00
A brief explanation of any of
the figures above necessary
to enable the figures to be
understood
Authority for this announcement
Name of person
authorised
to make this announcement
Kirsten Clayton, General Counsel & Company Secretary
Contact person for this
announcement
Shelley Hollingsworth, Investor Relations & Strategy Manager
Contact phone number +64 27 227 2429
Contact email address shelley.hollingsworth@contactenergy.co.nz
Date of release through MAP
19/08/2024
Audited financial statements accompany this announcement.
---
Distribution Notice
Section 1: Issuer information
Name of issuer Contact Energy Limited
Financial product name/description Ordinary shares
NZX ticker code CEN
ISIN (If unknown, check on NZX
website)
NZCENE0001S6
Type of distribution
(Please mark with an X in the
relevant box/es)
Full Year X Quarterly
Half Year Special
DRP applies X
Record date 28/08/2024
Ex-Date (one business day before the
Record Date)
27/08/2024
Payment date (and allotment date for
DRP)
27/09/2024
Total monies associated with the
distribution
$181,496,958
(789,117,208 shares @ $0.23 / share)
Source of distribution (for example,
retained earnings)
Operating Free Cash Flow
Currency NZD
Section 2: Distribution amounts per financial product
Gross distribution $0.31166667
Gross taxable amount $0.31166667
Total cash distribution $0.23000000
Excluded amount (applicable to listed
PIEs)
N/A
Supplementary distribution amount $0.03705882
Section 3: Imputation credits and Resident Withholding Tax
Is the distribution imputed
Fully imputed
Partial imputation
No imputation
If fully or partially imputed, please
state imputation rate as % applied
26%
Imputation tax credits per financial
product
$0.08166667
Resident Withholding Tax per
financial product
$0.02118333
Section 4: Distribution re-investment plan (if applicable)
DRP % discount (if any)
2%
Start date and end date for
determining market price for DRP
27/08/2024 2/09/2024
Date strike price to be announced (if
not available at this time)
03/09/2024
Specify source of financial products to
be issued under DRP programme
(new issue or to be bought on market)
New issue
DRP strike price per financial product
Not available at this time
Last date to submit a participation
notice for this distribution in
accordance with DRP participation
terms
29/08/2024
Section 5: Authority for this announcement
Name of person
authorised to make
this announcement
Kirsten Clayton, General Counsel & Company Secretary
Contact person for this
announcement
Shelley Hollingsworth, Investor Relations & Strategy
Manager
Contact phone number +64 27 227 2429
Contact email address shelley.hollingsworth@contactenergy.co.nz
Date of release through MAP
19/08/2024
---
Growth.
Delivery.
Performance.
2024 Integrated Report
About this Report
Nau mai haere mai. Our 2024 Integrated Report explains how we at Contact
create value over time, and how we are implementing our strategy to be a
leader in the decarbonisation of Aotearoa New Zealand.
This year has been marked by significant
achievements and real progress delivering
to our strategy.
Our CEO Mike Fuge and Board confirm that this
is a true and accurate record of how Contact has
created value for shareholders over the past year
to 30 June 2024. This year we have a companion
document, our Climate Statement FY24 that shows
how Contact considers and manages climate-
related risks and opportunities. This document is
available on our website. Climate Statement FY24.
This report follows the principles of the Integrated
Reporting Framework and reflects our focus on
integrated thinking to create value, structured
around the Contact26 strategy. It uses the Global
Reporting Initiative (GRI) standards and the
Integrated Reporting <IR> Framework to report
on material environmental, social and governance
(ESG) activities and provide a balanced view of
performance.
Our Integrated Report is published annually
and covers both our financial and sustainability
reporting. Our 2024 Integrated Report covers the
period f rom 1 July 2023 to 30 June 2024.
This report is dated 19 August 2024 and signed on
behalf of the Board of Directors of Contact Energy.
We’re proud to share our story. For our people,
customers, investors, local communities, tangata
whenua, suppliers, business partners, regulators,
policymakers and lawmakers, this is for you.
2024 Integrated Report
Growth.
Delivery.
Performance.
Our Chair Rob McDonald and our
directors will host shareholders at
the Contact Energy AGM in Auckland,
in November 2024. Shareholders will
be given notice of the meeting and
agenda in October 2024.
We are listed on both the NZX and ASX.
Sandra Dodds
Chair, Audit and Risk Committee
Robert McDonald
Chair
Most Contact Energy shareholders receive
digital reports. However, we have printed
1,500 reports using environmentally
responsible paper and inks.
Cover: Contact's new power station at Tauhara in Taupō, taken at sunrise, July 2024.
Contents
Growth. Delivery. Performance.
Our story:
This is Contact
1242
Enabling our
strategy
60
About us
69
Governance
matters
94
Financial
statements
119
GRI and Climate
Statement
directories
About us60
Our Board61
Our leadership team62
External influences63
Creating value64
Our operations66
Our supply chain68
Governance matters69
Remuneration report74
Statutory disclosures87
Financial statements94
Combined Independent Auditor’s
and Limited Assurance Report
120
Glossary124
Te Reo Māori glossary125
GRI and Climate Statement directories126
Corporate directory133
3
Our vision4
Letter from our Chair6
Letter from our CEO8
Our story: This is Contact12
Grow demand16
Grow renewable development22
Decarbonise our portfolio29
Create outstanding customer experiences34
Financial performance39
Enabling our strategy42
Environment, social and governance (ESG)45
Operational excellence53
Transformative ways of working55
INTEGRATED
REPORT 2024
We’re well down the
path delivering our
strategy to build a
better, cleaner and more
sustainable Aotearoa
New Zealand by being a
leader in the country’s
decarbonisation.
To do that we’re making a
promise to be net zero in our
generation operations by 2035.
Our vision
44
INTEGRATED
REPORT 2024
Roxburgh Dam, Central Otago.
5
INTEGRATED
REPORT 2024
GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS
Letter from our Chair
Kia ora,
It is my pleasure to present Contact’s 2024 Integrated Report. This past year
is characterised by strong financial performance, significant investment in
growth and focused project delivery.
The electricity sector is central to
New Zealand achieving its economic
and environmental goals.
I acknowledge the electricity market
challenges this winter, a direct result
of a shortage of gas and a dry
hydrological year.
Contact is committed to supporting
immediate security of supply, and the
team is doubling down on our focus
to increase renewable generation and
the resilience of the electricity network.
Contact is committed to growing
New Zealand’s economic prosperity
and global competitiveness.
Electrification of transportation,
process heat and industry, coupled
with investment in new renewable
electricity generation, are key to our
country meeting our climate targets
and necessary economic development.
Our commitment to both objectives
remains unwavering.
Contact’s strategy is to be a leader
in New Zealand’s decarbonisation.
This report summarises the
demonstrable progress we have
made against this objective in the
past year. In a mean hydrology
year, we would expect Contact’s
generation portfolio to be more than
95 percent renewable by FY2027.
We delivered on significant renewable
generation milestones this year as
we neared final commissioning of
the new geothermal power station at
Tauhara, Taupō, achieved significant
progress on the Te Huka 3 geothermal
power station, and committed
investment in a grid-connected
battery at Glenbrook. Recently we
also confirmed investment in Kōwhai
Park solar farm in Christchurch,
a joint venture with Lightsource bp.
We are fortunate to have a well-
developed pipeline of future
renewable investments across
geothermal, solar, wind and
battery to support further growth.
Rob McDonald
Board Chair
Contact Chair, Rob McDonald
Electrification of
transportation, process heat
and industry, coupled with
investment in new renewable
electricity generation, are key
to our country meeting our
climate targets and necessary
economic development.
6
INTEGRATED
REPORT 2024
GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS
We continue to grow demand for
renewable electricity. Securing the
long-term future of the New Zealand
Aluminium Smelter (NZAS) at Tiwai
Point was particularly pleasing,
not only for the Southland economy,
but also the demand response
agreement supporting
decarbonisation and security of
supply in dry hydrological years.
Such innovative commercial
agreements demonstrate the
ability of the private sector to
deliver outcomes for New Zealand,
without the need for government
intervention or investment.
Contact is committed to being net
zero f rom our generation activities
by 2035. Contact’s emissions f rom
our thermal generation increased
materially this year as the result of
a drier hydrological year, and the
delay in commissioning the Tauhara
geothermal power station. However,
we remain on track to achieve
net zero by 2035, with renewable
generation investment, thermal
retirement, carbon reinjection at our
geothermal stations, and targeted
sustainable forestry to offset residual
emissions.
Which brings me to the collective
challenge the industry faces as
we equitably transition to a fully
renewable electricity system.
This year has highlighted the ongoing
importance of gas as a transition
generation fuel in the medium
term, vital to support a reliable and
affordable electricity system.
Gas availability remains very
challenged, with the accelerated
decline in the performance of
upstream gas wells impacting
available supply for industrial
users, electricity generation and
consumer supply. I am encouraged
by the government’s focus on this
issue alongside industry, working
towards a fuel security strategy
and setting up the Gas Security
Response Group. With focused
action government may be able to
create an environment that will
support further industry investment
to secure necessary transitional supply.
A recent Board visit to Australia
reinforced to me the risks of
well-intentioned – but ad hoc
– government interventions in
the electricity sector which have
undermined investment and
confidence in the transition
to renewable energy there.
The government has an important
role providing stable market
settings, and an environment
that supports investment and long-
term inf rastructure competition.
This will support the significant
investments in the transition to
electrification we all make.
Transition isn’t easy. I also recognise
the challenges faced by many
New Zealanders as we continue
to navigate the cost-of-living crisis.
I am particularly proud of the work
that our team has been doing to
support our vulnerable customers
and communities through our
Energy Wellbeing programmes.
The future of the electricity sector
is bright, and Contact has a clear
strategy that is supporting both
the decarbonisation of New Zealand
and economic growth.
This investment and growth would
not be possible without the hard
work of my fellow directors, our CEO
Mike Fuge and the entire Contact
team. To you, I say thank you.
In the coming year, we remain
committed to our Contact26
vision. We’ll continue collaborating
with stakeholders, exploring new
technologies, and advocating for
policies that accelerate electrification.
Together, we can build a more
sustainable, more prosperous
New Zealand.
Ngā mihi nui,
Rob McDonald
Board Chair
The future of the electricity
sector is bright, and Contact
has a clear strategy that
is supporting both the
decarbonisation of
New Zealand and economic
growth. We’ll continue
collaborating with
stakeholders, exploring new
technologies, and advocating
for policies that accelerate
electrification. Together,
we can build a more
sustainable, more
prosperous New Zealand.
Rob McDonald
Board Chair
7
INTEGRATED
REPORT 2024
GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS
Letter from our CEO
Tēnā koutou,
It is now three years since we set our Contact26 strategy with
the vision to be a leader in the decarbonisation of New Zealand,
playing our part in the transition to a renewable energy future.
We are pleased to report the past
year has been one of growth,
delivery and performance as we
execute on our commitment. With
significant investment of $1.2 billion
in renewable geothermal generation
near completion, work on diverse
new energy projects underway,
coupled with our continued
transformation, Contact is well
set up for the opportunities, and
to manage energy transition
challenges, that lay ahead of us.
We have delivered a strong FY24
financial performance with EBITDAF
of $663 million and profit after tax of
$230 million on an underlying basis.
These are before recognising a net
movement in the onerous contract
provision relating to the Ahuroa Gas
Storage facility (AGS) of $12 million
within EBITDAF and $5 million within
profit after tax.
This financial performance
demonstrates our underlying
strength, necessary to support our
significant investment programme.
And it is this that allows us to
maintain momentum in delivering
existing – and new – renewable
energy developments to support
the energy transition and wider
New Zealand economy.
This year, the wholesale generation
market was characterised by hydro
volatility that impacted operating
conditions, at the same time as a
rapidly tightening supply of gas.
The flow-on impacts f rom this
volatility were to wholesale pricing
f rom more thermal generation.
We increased contracted sales
volumes in anticipation of our
geothermal power station at Tauhara
coming online. With its delay to mid-
2024, we balanced additional thermal
generation and acquired generation
to support security of energy supply
to serve our customers.
In FY24 we will deliver investors
37c per share annual dividend,
up 6 percent f rom FY23.
Strategy
We are making significant progress
delivering the Contact26 strategy and
it is serving us well.
Our priorities remain to:
+ Grow demand for renewable
electricity
+Develop new, flexible, renewable
electricity generation
+ Decarbonise our portfolio, and
+ Create outstanding customer
experiences.
Contact CEO, Mike Fuge
8
INTEGRATED
REPORT 2024
GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS
8
These are underpinned by our
commitment to sustainability with
ESG leadership, an unrelenting
focus on operational excellence
and transforming how we work.
Our strategy also positions us well to
respond to changes in the operating
environment, including external
drivers such as inflation, cost-of-living
pressures, fuel security and changing
stakeholder expectations.
As a company we recognise that
electricity plays an integral part of
daily life in New Zealand; and we’re
acutely aware that our every action,
good and bad, has a marked impact
on the wellbeing of our communities
– today and in the future.
We work hard to be good stewards
of the environment, being a good
neighbour to help our communities
thrive, and nurturing collaborative
respectful partnerships with tangata
whenua.
Our ESG leadership was again
recognised, for the second year, with
our inclusion in the 2023 Dow Jones
Sustainability™ Index Asia-Pacific
(DJSI Asia-Pacific), with Contact
receiving the highest score of any
New Zealand company in the index.
And in December, we won the
Sustainability Leadership category
at Deloitte’s Top 200 Awards,
which celebrates and recognises
outstanding performance among
New Zealand’s largest companies.
Grow Demand
New Zealand is increasingly
embracing a low carbon future.
But decarbonising New Zealand does
not require the deindustrialisation
of the country. It means working
alongside New Zealand’s leading
industries and businesses as they move
to renewable and flexible energy use.
Securing a long-term flexible demand
agreement with NZAS in May was
an important step forward for
New Zealand, and Contact. We are
one of three generators supplying
electricity to the smelter at Tiwai in
Southland.
The new Contact agreement will see
us directly supply 100MW to NZAS in
the six months until 31 December 2024,
increasing to 120MW of electricity to
the smelter for up to 20 years. For the
2025 and 2026 calendar years Contact
will supply an additional 25MW to
support the production of high-purity
aluminium. As part of our agreement
NZAS will provide Contact with
demand response of up to 46MW
which means when demand for
electricity is high, and supply is low,
the smelter will reduce its production.
This demand response provision is
already proving its value in supporting
New Zealand’s security of supply, with
the smelter reducing production f rom
June 2024. This agreement de-risks
investment in renewable generation
for the next critical two decades,
contributes to energy security and
helps preserve an important export
industry, supporting the growth and
decarbonisation of the New Zealand
economy.
Renewable development
Investing and building renewable
energy generation, shows our
commitment to New Zealanders
of today and future generations.
In a typical hydrology year, we
would expect Contact’s generation
portfolio be to more than 95 percent
renewable by FY2027.
In addition to the $1.2 billion
of investment in our two new
geothermal power stations at Tauhara
and Te Huka 3 nearing completion,
we also have two further renewable
energy projects under construction.
Work on our first grid-scale battery
at Glenbrook started in June, and our
development of one of the country’s
largest solar farms, with joint venture
partners Lightsource bp, is underway
at Kōwhai Park, on the Christchurch
Airport campus.
Alongside this we have a diverse set
of renewable generation projects
we are actively exploring across
geothermal, solar, wind and further
grid-scale battery options.
Our geothermal power station
at Tauhara remains a stand-out
renewable energy project and will
be a fantastic long-term asset for
New Zealand.
As with many significant and
complex inf rastructure projects,
Tauhara has not been without
challenges. Tight supply chains and
increased costs as a result of Covid
were followed last September by
underperforming steam field valves
and a liquid handling system issue,
necessitating design modification
and a commissioning delay at our
Tauhara geothermal power station.
With those challenges behind us,
Tauhara stands proud and remains
one of the country’s most significant
inf rastructure projects of recent
times. Currently in the final stage
of commissioning work is
progressing well to operate at
its initial capacity of 152MW.
At full capacity, the plant will operate
at 174MW, providing 3.5 percent of
New Zealand’s electricity, enough
to power around 200,000 homes.
Te Huka 3 will be one of the world’s
largest single unit binary power
stations at 51.4MW. It is expected to
come online in late 2024 generating
enough electricity to power 60,000
New Zealand homes. It will be zero-
carbon with its design reinjecting its
emissions back into the geothermal
reservoir.
Both new plants will produce clean,
low or no carbon renewable electricity
that operates around the clock and is
not reliant on the weather.
Mike Fuge
Contact Chief Executive
As a company we recognise
that electricity plays an
integral part of daily life in
New Zealand; and we’re
acutely aware that our every
action, good and bad, has
a marked impact on the
wellbeing of our communities
– today and in the future.
9
INTEGRATED
REPORT 2024
GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS
We have operated on the Wairakei
geothermal steam field for generations,
with our power plants there producing
close to 3TWh of renewable electricity.
The geothermal field is a world-class
resource, and we remain committed to
its long-term sustainable development.
In May, we announced our ref reshed
approach to our plans at the steam
field. We have been working towards a
new geothermal plant of up to 200MW
to replace the 1950s-built Wairakei
station.
However, as we worked towards the
final investment decision, it became
clear that taking further time to explore
an alternative phased approach to its
replacement would deliver a more
optimal solution. Project costs were
substantially higher than expected
due to rising construction costs, a
weakened New Zealand dollar and
inflation pressures. While integration
with the existing steamfield adds
complexity, it does mean a range
of options are available to us.
The continued long-term generation
that sustainably optimises the
take f rom the Wairakei steam field
is an important part of Contact’s
renewable energy strategy and our
commitment to decarbonise. We are
taking a disciplined approach to
capital allocation and options at our
disposal which allow us to adapt to
changes in the external environment.
As a result, we have adopted a
phased approach to a new power
station investment on the Wairakei
steam field, starting with a binary
plant of around 100MW – Te Mihi
Stage 2 – expected to come online
in the middle of 2027. Most of the
units at Wairakei A&B will be
decommissioned when Te Mihi Stage 2
comes online. We are targeting a
final investment decision in late 2024.
In the future, we plan to undertake
the second development phase with
another plant of around 100MW –
Te Mihi stage 3 – to come online
before June 2031 when our resource
consent to operate Wairakei A&B
geothermal stations will end.
Work on our first solar farm, together
with our joint venture partner
Lightsource bp, has begun. With a
total construction investment of
around $273 million*, the solar farm
spans 230 hectares, and close to
300,000 panels. The Kōwhai Park solar
farm, on Christchurch Airport campus,
is expected to generate around
275GWh per year when operational.
This is equivalent to the annual
electricity demand of approximately
36,000 homes. Contact will purchase
80 percent of the electricity generated
f rom the joint venture under a Power
Purchase Agreement for a 15-year term.
Decarbonising our
portfolio
Our first grid-scale battery at
Glenbrook, in Auckland, will store
excess electricity often generated by
the wind or sun in off-peak periods
when demand is low which may
otherwise go to waste.
We have selected energy storage
system supplier Tesla to work with
us to build the 100MW two-hour
duration storage battery which will
help towards meeting peak demand
over winter and other periods of high
demand. Expected to be commercially
operational by March 2026, it will
contribute to our transition away
f rom fossil fuels in an increasingly
constrained gas market and support
the renewable development of solar
and wind generation.
We have been working through
the systematic retirement of our
baseload thermal generation, and
by the end of 2024 it is expected our
25-year-old Taranaki Combined Cycle
(TCC) plant will be decommissioned.
Our Ōtāhuhu plant closed in 2015,
and as planned, our Te Rapa gas-fired
co-generation power station closed
in June 2023.
The retirement of these three plants
represents on average a 70 percent
drop in Contact’s carbon emissions
in the past 10 years. And while we are
planning TCC closure, the Taranaki site
remains of strategic importance, not
only for the operation of our remaining
thermal peaking units in the medium
term, but also as we look to transition
towards a renewable energy hub.
We have secured resource consent to
build a grid-scale battery at Stratford
and we’re exploring the feasibility of a
170MWp solar farm alongside additional
battery storage.
We have planned a path to achieve net
zero emissions f rom our generation
operations by 2035. We remain
confident we will achieve this.
This year less rain impacted hydro
generation, and this, combined with
delays to commissioning our new
geothermal power station at Tauhara
led to a greater reliance on thermal
generation.
However, we remain confident in our
decarbonisation strategy, including
investment in renewable generation,
retiring our thermal assets, reinjecting
and reusing carbon, and using
forestry offsets.
Customer Experience
Our retail business has seen
significant growth and delivery
in FY24.
Our commitment to transform our
approach to customer experience
continues. We have seen significant
growth in customer numbers for
energy and broadband, and in our
new offering of mobile.
We have worked hard to ensure we
find ways to make home better for
the Kiwis we serve.
We won the Best Customer Experience
Transformation Award at the
Australia-New Zealand CX Awards
in November 2023, and in the same
month were awarded Best Value
Broadband provider and Best
Bundled Plan at the NZ Compare
Mike Fuge
Contact CEO
Our commitment to
transform our approach
to customer experience
continues. We have seen
significant growth in
customer numbers for energy
and broadband, and in our
new offering of mobile.
*Subject to minor adjustment on completion of lender conditions precedent.
INTEGRATED
REPORT 2024
GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS
10
Awards. We were finalists (for the
second year in a row) in the 2024
Energy Excellence Awards for
Energy Retailer of the Year.
More than 400,000 New Zealanders
now choose to connect their homes
and businesses with Contact, and we
have grown 36,000 connections in
the past year.
Through our time-of-use plans we
are supporting Kiwis to reduce their
carbon footprint. More than 100,000
New Zealand households are now
doing good by their wallet, by using
power off peak.
Since our Good Plans launched in
August 2021, our customers have
benefited f rom 151 million hours of f ree
power through these off-peak plans.
In May we began the rollout of the
managed control of hot water cylinders
during peak periods. And Fourth
Trimester, through which we’ve now
given f ree power to over 2,680 families
with newborns, continued to resonate.
In the three years since launch we have
gifted five million hours of f ree power
to Kiwi families when they need it most.
We are acutely aware of the cost-of-
living pressures on New Zealanders.
Our Energy Wellbeing team continues
to work hard for our most financially
vulnerable on a wide range of plans,
payment options and tailored support
to ensure they stay out of debt.
We have recently removed
disconnection and reconnection
fees for customers in our credit cycle,
irrespective of their payment method.
This is part of a number of initiatives
Contact has underway and enables
us to help Kiwi households with
$2 million in support each year.
As signalled by the Commerce
Commission in May, the regulated
prices for Transpower and the
country’s 29 regulated lines companies
will materially increase. This follows
the Commission’s five-year regulatory
price reset, reflecting changes to
interest rates, and the upgrade of the
aging electricity transmission and
distribution networks to ensure they
are resilient into the future. These
revised regulated prices will come
at a significant cost which will be
passed on to all the energy retailers.
As we signalled in February this will
mean increased costs for consumers.
Our people
We are creating a workplace where
all our people can thrive. Through our
transformational ways of working,
we have a team who come to work
knowing they are playing their part in
helping to decarbonise New Zealand.
The engagement of our people shows
we are making good progress. In
June 2024, employee engagement
continued to increase to 8.4/10 and
our Net Promoter Score – the measure
of those who would recommend
working at Contact – increased to +55
f rom +51 last year. This puts us in the
top quartile of all energy and utility
companies around the world.
The future
Our focus on playing a leading role in
the decarbonisation of New Zealand
as we support the transition to a
renewable energy future is serving
us well.
The past year has shown we are
well on the path of delivering to
that strategy in building renewable
energy inf rastructure, growing our
renewable pipeline and helping
industries and New Zealanders to
decarbonise.
We are excited about the future.
We have a clear strategy. A strong
balance sheet with supportive
shareholders. We stand ready to
deliver on the opportunities ahead
of us to help lead the decarbonisation
of the country over the next decade.
Finally, I would like to thank everyone
at Contact for their extraordinary
work throughout the year. I am proud
of you and all that you have delivered.
Ngā mihi nui,
Mike Fuge
Chief Executive Officer
The Contact team celebrates winning the Sustainability Leadership
category at the 2023 Deloitte Top 200 Awards.
Contact, NZ Steel and Tesla mark the announcement of our first
grid-scale battery, in Auckland.
11
INTEGRATED
REPORT 2024
GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS
Our story:
This is Contact
12
INTEGRATED
REPORT 2024
GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS
Our strategy: Contact26
Our strategy to lead New Zealand’s decarbonisation
Themes
Enablers
Grow demand
We’re growing demand for
New Zealand’s renewable
electricity in a range of ways.
Grow renewable
development
We’re developing new, renewable,
flexible electricity generation as
the market evolves.
Create outstanding
customer experiences
We’re creating outstanding
customer experiences as we build
New Zealand’s leading energy and
services brand to meet more of our
customers’ needs.
Decarbonise
our portfolio
We’re decarbonising our portfolio of
generation assets (and the New Zealand
electricity market) via an orderly
transition to renewable generation
(managing the balance between
continued security of supply, minimal
emissions and affordability).
Environmental,
Social, Governance (ESG)
• Create long-term value through our strong
performance across a broad set of ESG factors.
Operational
excellence
• Use innovation to continue to improve business efficiency
• Prudent management of stay-in-business capital
expenditure to deliver value
• Capture economies of scale and further digitise our business.
Transformative
ways of working (TWoW)
• Use technology to modernise our operating model
• Increase employee engagement to attract and
retain talent.
This will be underpinned by three key enablers
13
INTEGRATED
REPORT 2024
GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS
Our strategic focus
Our commitment to be a leader in the
decarbonisation of New Zealand is our
Contact26 strategy.
We are focused on growing demand
for our energy, growing renewable
development, decarbonising our
portfolio, and creating outstanding
customer experiences.
Decarbonising New Zealand does
not require the deindustrialisation
of New Zealand. Through smart
solutions, like demand flexibility
agreements we are helping big and
small businesses alike to decarbonise
and play their part in the
electrification transition.
We’re also helping Kiwi households
to reduce their carbon footprint:
encouraging Kiwis to use power off-
peak through our time of use plans
and rolling out the managed control
of hot water cylinders during peak
periods.
As we help enable the electrification
of the wider economy, we’re focusing
on an orderly transition away f rom
fossil fuels. Stability and security of
energy supply – keeping the lights
on, remains one of our overriding
priorities. This includes doing all we
can to support Kiwis facing very real
challenges with the rising cost of
living.
Our performance will be judged on
our ability to deliver – not just the
big projects and new inf rastructure,
but the way we operate, the way
we engage, and the way we care for
Aotearoa New Zealand. That is our
promise and will be our legacy.
Geothermal power station at Tauhara, Taupō.
14
INTEGRATED
REPORT 2024
GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS
Progress against our strategy
Three years into the delivery of our Contact26 strategy, we assess
and review our progress and look to derive value from what we
learn along the way.
Strategic theme
Grow
demand
Concluded new long-term NZAS deal with improved pricing and demand response.
Over 30MW new demand facilitated.
Concluded green chemical deal: Support for HWR Richardson hydrogen/diesel initiative.
CO
2
commercialisation opportunity validated. Advancing to Final Investment Decision in FY25.
Total contracted flexible demand 173MW (including 55MW in market).
• Facilitate 100MW of new demand.
• Reach 100MW total Demand Flex and
start pivoting to Demand Response.
• New green chemical channel established
contributing incremental EBITDAF.
2
• Grow to 10.3TWh p.a of total renewable
assets f rom geothermal new build, solar
and wind.
• 100MW battery operational.
• Scope 1 and 2 GHG emissions run-rate of
~300ktCO
2
e, working towards our 2035
net zero commitment.
• Renewable flexibility strategy to reduce
reliance on thermal peaking.
• Greater than 685k connections.
• Cost to serve (CTS) at global benchmark
of <$80/ connection.
• Triple EBITDAF contribution f rom non-
energy lines of business.
• Top quartile NZ Business for Sustainability
survey
3
and most Trusted Energy brand.
4
Tauhara came online Q2 2024 after steam separation plant re-design and rebuild. Final commissioning
activity underway.
Commissioning underway on Te Huka 3. Expected online Q4 2024.
Achieved Final Investment Decision on 168MWp solar farm at Kōwhai Park.
Achieved Final Investment Decision on 100MW BESS (battery) at Glenbrook.
GeoFuture project adjusted to phased replacement programme (Te Mihi Stage 2&3).
Consenting activity underway for Glorit and Stratford solar options (each 0.3TWh).
Consent lodged on 0.9-1.2TWh Southland wind project.
Turbine delivery taken for replacement at Roxburgh hydro power station.
Progressing to meet all carbon reduction commitments under net zero roadmap (Scope 1 and 2).
Prepared for decommissioning of TCC, expected at the end of 2024.
Approved BESS (battery) investment will reduce reliance on thermal peakers.
Investigating options for further carbon offsets through native vegetation on Contact land.
CO
2
reinjection being installed on Te Huka 3.
More than 620,000 connections, up~6 percent.
Cost to serve per connection increase below CPI.
Telco gross margin growth of >60 percent.
Net zero generation brand campaign launched.
Contact Mobile launched and has now reached 7,600 customers.
Electricity net price up by >5 percent aligning closer to market while maintaining low churn.
Grow
renewable
development
Decarbonise
our portfolio
Create
outstanding
customer
experiences
FY24 Achievements/progressFY27 ambitions
1
Complete/on-track
Minor delay and/or cost increase
Major delay and/or cost increase
1 Set in May 2023.
2 EBITDAF is a non-GAAP (generally accepted accounting practice)
measure. Information regarding the usefulness, calculation and
reconciliation of this measure is provided within note A2 to the
financial statements.
3 As measured by Kantar Better Futures survey.
4 As measured by Contact’s independently surveyed brand tracker.
15
INTEGRATED
REPORT 2024
GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS
Grow
demand
16
INTEGRATED
REPORT 2024
GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS
Grow demand
Demand for renewable electricity continues
to grow as New Zealand industry increasingly
embraces a low carbon future.
By continuing to invest in globally
competitive renewable electricity and
supporting industry to decarbonise,
we are well on our way to achieving
net zero emissions in our generation
operations by 2035. Decarbonisation
needn’t mean deindustrialisation –
instead it means working alongside
New Zealand’s leading industries
and businesses as they move to
renewable and flexible electricity use.
Securing a long-term flexible demand
agreement with NZAS in May was
an important step forward for
New Zealand and Contact – we
are one of the three generators
supplying electricity to the smelter.
Viewed alongside our renewable
energy agreement with New Zealand
Steel, work with Mataura Valley Milk
(MVM) to help create New Zealand’s
first all-electric dairy plant, and
trucking firm HW Richardson on
its green hydrogen programme,
it shows the business community
is serious about decarbonisation.
And there’s no doubt that as
businesses move to an electric
future, our soon-to-be-complete
$1.2 billion investment in renewable
generation at Taupō, and our new
investment in our battery and solar
projects, will have further impact.
You can read more about this in
Grow renewable development.
17
INTEGRATED
REPORT 2024
GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS
Our long-term partnership with NZ Aluminium Smelter (NZAS)
Decarbonisation, demand flexibility and electrification
New Zealand’s biggest user
of electricity is now one of
the world’s most flexible
aluminium smelters, thanks to
its new long-term renewable
electricity agreement.
NZAS has directly contracted with
Contact, along with agreements with
Meridian Energy and Mercury NZ, to
supply all the smelter’s electricity needs.
Eighteen months in the making, the
new Contact agreement will see the
company provide fixed price cover
for 100MW to NZAS in the six months
until 31 December 2024 increasing to
120MW of electricity to the Tiwai Point
aluminium smelter in Southland for
up to 20 years. For the 2025 and 2026
calendar years, Contact will supply
an additional 25MW to support the
near-term production of high-purity
aluminium.
The deal sees us provide electricity
at a price consistent with long-term
electricity contracts supporting other
large South Island industrial users. It
is materially higher than the previous
price in the previous transitional
agreement in 2021. The new pricing
took effect f rom 1 July 2024.
As part of the agreement, NZAS will
provide Contact with demand response
of up to 46MW. This means that when
demand for electricity is high and
supply is low (during a hydrological
dry year for example), the smelter
will reduce its production, making us
less reliant on fossil fuels to cover any
shortfall in generation.
Tiwai Point is New Zealand’s largest
electricity consumer, drawing around
13 percent of New Zealand’s total
annual electricity, which it uses to
produce high-purity, low carbon
aluminium.
One of the largest single-site
employers in Southland, NZAS
has around 1,000 employees
and contractors, with a further
2,200 people employed indirectly.
This new contract secures the future
of the plant until 2044, providing
certainty for its people and the wider
Southland community, as well as
NZAS customers across the globe.
For us, this new long-term renewable
electricity agreement will also unlock
further generation investment to
enable our Contact26 strategy.
Mike Fuge
Contact CEO
Contact’s strategic decisions
and sales choices over the
past four years have been
made under the belief that
the Tiwai Point aluminium
smelter in Southland will
continue to operate for the
long-term. Confirmation of
the sustainable electricity
demand from the smelter
supports the acceleration
of the Contact26 strategy to
decarbonise New Zealand,
with the addition of demand
response also supporting
security of supply.
18
INTEGRATED
REPORT 2024
GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS
Solving New Zealand's food grade
CO
2
shortage
Closures of traditional carbon dioxide (CO
2
) sources have
caused a shortage of food grade CO
2
, the essential ingredient
to keep the bubbles in everything from lager to lemonade.
This has meant New Zealand is now having to import food
grade CO
2
which is expensive, and in short supply.
Thanks to innovative thinking at our
Ohaaki geothermal site near Taupō,
we’ve found a solution that will be
good for New Zealand and good for
Contact.
We have developed a way to capture
naturally occurring carbon dioxide
released during the geothermal
power generation process and
converting it to food grade quality.
Conversations with potential
customers have been positive, and
there has been significant interest
in home-grown food grade CO
2
so
we are satisfied there is demand.
We expect there could be up to
65,000 tonnes of CO
2
captured at
our Ohaaki geothermal plant every
year which would be enough to
meet all New Zealand’s needs.
We’re now confirming the partners
we’ll work alongside, subject to a
final investment decision in the 2025
financial year.
Using residual emissions f rom
geothermal generation, one of the
most sustainable forms of CO
2
, will
play a role in Aotearoa New Zealand’s
decarbonisation by displacing CO
2
imports.
Jacqui Nelson
Chief Development Officer
Not only will this initiative
help reduce carbon emissions
including those from burning
fossil fuels to ship CO
2
to
New Zealand, but it could
also create more than 20 jobs
in the Taupō area and
help solve New Zealand’s
food grade CO
2
shortage
by creating a homegrown
source that will increase
supply and lessen cost. This is
a great outcome for NZ Inc
as it will improve the country’s
resilience and independence.
Ohaaki geothermal
power station, Taupō.
19
INTEGRATED
REPORT 2024
GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS
Simply Energy supports Mataura Valley Milk to go fully electric
Simply Energy, part of the Contact group, has been working alongside Southland dairy
company Mataura Valley Milk (MVM), part of the a2 Milk Company (a2MC), to help create
New Zealand’s first all-electric dairy plant.
When MVM began transforming
its Southland facility in Gore into
New Zealand’s first all-electric dairy
plant, several factors had to align:
selecting the right boiler technology,
ensuring access to renewable energy,
expanding network capacity, and
fostering collaboration among
stakeholders to bring it all together.
MVM and a2MC’s commitment to
sustainability prompted the selection
of a high-pressure electrode boiler
(HPEB) over a low-pressure alternative,
that would have only reduced MVM’s
coal usage by 30 percent.
With the boiler on order, Simply
Energy collaborated with Transpower
to explore network connection
options, ensuring MVM had the
additional electrical capacity required
to operate it. MVM and Simply Energy
identified additional opportunities
to improve the project’s capital
structure, access marginal
transmission pricing, and reduce
energy losses – all of which supported
the project’s commercial viability.
With Simply Energy's support, MVM
was able to thoroughly evaluate
options, make decisions that
balanced short- and long-term
priorities, and negotiate a cost-
effective contract for additional
electrical capacity.
The boiler’s installation in March 2024
marked the final step in the plant’s
conversion f rom coal-fired milk
processing to using certified
renewable electricity. It will eliminate
approximately 22,000 tonnes of direct
CO
2
emissions annually f rom the
plant’s owned or controlled sources
– that’s the equivalent of taking over
9,000 petrol cars off the road each year!
NZ Steel update
Last year we announced a pioneering
and innovative agreement to provide
30MW of electricity to NZ Steel
for its new $300 million electric
arc furnace.
The flexible off-peak arrangement
will enable the industry leader to
scale down production in times of
peak demand or supply shortages.
The project is on track to become
operational in early 2026.
Building on this partnership,
Contact and NZ Steel are now
working together on several new
initiatives, including the recently
announced 100MW large-scale
grid-connected battery on site at
Glenbrook being developed with
Tesla. Read more in Decarbonise
our portfolio.
20
INTEGRATED
REPORT 2024
GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS
Powering heavy transport with green
electricity
New Zealand’s largest privately-owned transport company
HW Richardson Group, is decarbonising its fleet, introducing
the country’s first hydrogen-diesel, dual-fuel trucks.
HW Richardson’s trucks run a dual-
fuel system that injects hydrogen
into an existing diesel combustion
engine fitted with a conversion unit,
reducing carbon emissions by up to
40 percent without compromising
operations, routes, distances or
payloads.
Using electrolysis, HWR will produce
green hydrogen f rom water. The
hydrogen plant will be installed
at a new Allied Petroleum site in
Invercargill.
Contact is pleased to be partnering
with HW Richardson Group to supply
renewable electricity, ensuring its green
hydrogen is fuelled by green power.
“The energy supply agreement will
mean our hydrogen programme will
have clear, stable and predictable
pricing for fuel for our trucks for
the next 10 years. This certainty
isn’t possible with traditional fuels.
Certifying the energy as zero
emissions, gives us the confidence
we are producing green hydrogen
for our customers.”
Working with Contact as
a partner also provides
the ability to flex additional
energy into our system from
time-to-time at market rates.
We value the opportunity
to work together in other
locations to develop hydrogen
production for New Zealand
and to use our transport
expertise for projects
Contact has in the pipeline.
Anthony Jones
Group CEO, HW Richardson Group
21
INTEGRATED
REPORT 2024
GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS
Grow renewable
development
22
INTEGRATED
REPORT 2024
GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS
Grow renewable
development
Investing in and building renewable generation shows our
commitment to decarbonisation for Kiwis today, and for
future generations.
Spending now on our sustainable
future will help meet tomorrow's
demands for renewable energy.
It requires unprecedented
investment as well as a commitment
to make transformative decisions.
Three years into our Contact26
strategy, our focus is delivery.
This year we have two new
power stations opening, with
the completion of our $1.2 billion
investment to expand our
geothermal renewable energy
portfolio in Taupō. Our power
stations at Tauhara and Te Huka 3
will provide a further 4.5 percent of
renewable energy to New Zealand,
enough to power 260,000 homes.
Geothermal energy is a reliable
source of low carbon electricity
that can operate 24/7. It plays
a crucial role in New Zealand’s
transition away from fossil fuels,
and it’s where Contact has deep
operational expertise and a track
record for ingenuity.
We have started building our
100MW grid-scale battery in
south Auckland on land leased
from NZ Steel at Glenbrook (see
Decarbonise our portfolio), and
we announced our committed
investment with joint venture
partner Lightsource bp, in the
168MWp Kōwhai Park solar farm
on the Christchurch Airport
campus that will generate a further
0.3TWh of renewable generation,
with construction underway in 2024.
On top of this our pipeline of
renewable energy development
options includes 2TWh of solar,
4TWh of wind and up to 1TWh of
geothermal generation (net of
Wairakei closure).
All of this reflects our commitment
to grow renewable development to
build a better New Zealand.
We expect our generation portfolio
to be more than 95 percent
renewable by 2027 which
represents significant progress
towards our commitment to be
net zero by 2035.
GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS
23
INTEGRATED
REPORT 2024
World-class geothermal
power station at Tauhara
Our new geothermal power station at Tauhara in Taupō, and a
low carbon renewable energy source, successfully completed
its reliability run at the end of our financial year.
Online since May, it is now at its
final stage of commissioning and
is expected to operate at an initial
capacity of 152MW.
The geothermal power station
at Tauhara (as pictured above) will
generate 174MW of renewable energy
once it is at full capacity and will
produce around 3.5 percent of the
country’s electricity. That’s enough
for around 200,000 Kiwi households.
As a geothermal power station, it is
not reliant on wind, rain, or sunshine
to generate power which means it
is a consistent and reliable source
of low-carbon electricity. It’s a true
example of decarbonisation in action,
as it is expected to displace around
500,000 tonnes per year of CO
2
emissions as fossil fuel generation
is reduced with the retirement of TCC
– our gas-fired baseload generation
plant near Stratford. That’s the
equivalent of removing over 220,000
petrol cars f rom our roads.
The three and a half years of
construction has not been without
challenges. In the first two years,
Covid headwinds resulted in tight
supply chains and cost pressures.
During commissioning tests in late
2023 we found underperforming
steam field valves and a liquid
handling system issue, which meant
we needed to do some design
modifications causing a six-month
delay to commissioning.
With those challenges now well
behind us, our new geothermal plant
at Tauhara – one of the largest single
shaft geothermal turbines in the
world, and one of the most significant
inf rastructure projects in New Zealand
in recent times is now operational.
Mike Fuge
Contact CEO
Our new geothermal plant at
Tauhara remains a stand-out
renewable energy project and
will be a fantastic long-term
asset for all New Zealand.
Celebrating
first steam
In May we celebrated the
first turning of the turbine at
Tauhara with representatives
f rom Sumitomo, Contact’s main
contractor on the project, Fuji
Electric, Naylor Love, and tangata
whenua. Tangata whenua offered
a ‘whakawātea’ (clearing the way)
in support of the occasion.
Sumitomo provided traditional
Japanese ceremonial offerings to
wish for a good operation of the
power station.
Getting steam to the turbine and
seeing it turn was a significant
milestone for the commissioning
phase of the project.
“It’s what the team had been
working towards for a long time
and to reach that point after
everything they had overcome was
something to be incredibly proud
of” says Mike Fuge, Contact CEO.
More rigorous testing followed the
first steam, including a week-long
test with Transpower where a small
amount of electricity generated
f rom Tauhara was sent to the grid
for the first time.
24
INTEGRATED
REPORT 2024
GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS
Senior project engineer Matt Wasley
has been integral to the Tauhara
project since the start and is proud
of what the team have built.
“It works beautifully and
fundamentally has the power and
stability to provide good energy
for the next 35 to 40 years if not
longer,” says Matt.
That said, there’s no doubt the
project has tackled some challenges.
“The thing to remember is that
behind Contact, is a large team of
dedicated individuals,” says Matt
referencing the closeness of the
team, and the bonds forged as
being key.
And the thing that’s made it all
worthwhile?
“This is by far the biggest plant
Contact has ever built. Coming
on site for the first day of
commissioning, putting fuel into
the plant and it’s loud, it moves,
it breathes, it has life. That’s what
we’re here for.”
Team Tauhara
Tauhara: At a glance
152MW initial capacity*
174MW at full capacity
3.5 percent of New Zealand’s
electricity
500,000 tonnes per year of CO
2
emissions expected to be displaced,
equivalent to removing 220,000 petrol
cars f rom our roads
$924 million investment**
Three and a half years to construct
2.65 million work hours by
4,000 people
Nine primary contractors across
eight different work f ronts alongside
a multitude of sub-contractors
Tauhara comprises:
• turbine hall for one of the
world’s largest single shaft
geothermal turbines
• 220m-long cooling tower
circulating 35 million litres
of water per hour
• triple-flash separation plant,
including 7 primary pressure vessels
• electrical buildings
• pump station, with 5.1MW installed
capacity
• geothermal fluid holding pond
(115,000t capacity)
• 14 km of cross-country pipelines
connecting to production and
reinjection wells.
Matt Wasley, Senior project engineer,
Contact.
* Once final commissioning activity is complete.
** Includes a performance payment to the EPC
contractor as a result of bringing the plant online
earlier than scheduled.
25
INTEGRATED
REPORT 2024
GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS
Te Huka Unit 3 powers new renewable energy
Generation emissions and renewable energy supply
Commissioning is now underway on our second new power station, Te Huka 3, which will
come online in late 2024 generating enough renewable electricity to power 60,000 homes.
We decided in mid-2022 to accelerate
the development of Te Huka Unit 3
and ensured it had all the necessary
support and resources through
our Mau Taniwha prioritisation and
planning process. As a result of that
decision, the power station is on track
to be open on time and on budget.
Te Huka 3 will generate 51.4MW of
renewable energy, which is expected
to displace around 190 tonnes of
CO
2
emissions – or the equivalent
of removing over 70,000 petrol cars
f rom New Zealand’s roads. Te Huka 3
will also be zero-carbon with its
design reinjecting its emissions
back into the reservoir.
All the renewable attributes
generated by Te Huka 3 will be
provided to Microsoft, in a 10-year
Attribute Purchase Agreement
announced last year. These attributes
are the global standard for customers
to show they are using renewable
electricity for their operation.
At the height of its two-year
construction, this project employed
240 skilled construction workers on
site and a $140 million investment
directly into the Taupō community.
Te Huka 3 is next to our existing
Te Huka geothermal power station
in Taupō and is Contact’s seventh
geothermal power station.
Dyani Boyce is the Project Director
for Te Huka 3. Under her leadership,
this $300 million project at our
existing Te Huka geothermal
power station site in Taupō, will be
delivered on time and on budget.
Te Huka Unit 3:
At a glance
51.4MW generation
430GWh of electricity a year
One percent of the country’s
electricity – this is enough to power
60,000 homes
190 tonnes per year of CO
2
emissions
displaced, the equivalent of removing
over 70,000 petrol cars f rom
New Zealand’s roads
$300 million investment
Just over two years to construct, and
operational in late 2024
625,000 work hours completed by
around
240 people at peak
$140 million invested into the local
economy over the project life
The power station has been designed
to reinject all carbon emissions
GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS
26
INTEGRATED
REPORT 2024
Refreshed approach for our
plans at Wairakei steamfield
The Wairakei geothermal field is a world-class resource and
Contact remains committed to its long-term development.
We’ve been present on the Wairakei
geothermal steamfield for generations,
with the Wairakei A&B, Te Mihi and
Poihipi power stations producing
nearly 3TWh of renewable electricity.
Contact has been working towards
a new geothermal plant of up to
200MW – the GeoFuture project –
to replace its 1950s-built Wairakei
geothermal station.
As we worked towards the final
investment decision, it became clear
that a different approach would deliver
a better solution. Project costs were
substantially higher than expected,
due to rising construction costs,
a weakened New Zealand dollar,
and inflation pressures.
While integration with the existing
power stations on the Wairakei
steamfield adds complexity, it also
means that a range of options are
available, providing flexibility.
In revisiting these options, we sought
to balance security of supply, prudent
execution and returns to shareholders.
We have adopted a phased approach
to new power station investment on
the Wairakei steamfield, starting with
a binary plant of around 100MW –
Te Mihi Stage 2 – to come online
in the middle of 2027. Most of
the units at Wairakei A&B will be
decommissioned when Te Mihi Stage 2
is online. We are working towards a
final investment decision in late 2024.
In the future, we plan to undertake
a second phase of development with
another plant of around 100MW –
Te Mihi Stage 3 – to come online
before June 2031, when our resource
consent to operate the Wairakei
A&B geothermal station will end.
This phased development approach
is enabled by plans to extend the
operation of some of the units at
Wairakei A&B until 2031.
Continued long-term
generation that sustainably
optimises the take from the
Wairakei steamfield is an
important part of Contact’s
renewable energy strategy
and our commitment to
decarbonise. We have taken
a disciplined approach to
capital allocation and have
been fortunate to have an
array of options at our
disposal which allowed
us to flex to changes in
the external environment.
Mike Fuge
Contact CEO
Wairakei geothermal
power station, Taupō.
GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS
27
INTEGRATED
REPORT 2024
Here comes the sun
Generation emissions and renewable energy supply
At Contact we are preparing for further investment in
renewable generation and storage.
A diverse and robust portfolio of
renewable energy is key to delivering
on our promise of building a better,
cleaner and sustainable New Zealand.
Solar power – the world’s fastest
growing source of new energy –
is an important part of our portfolio.
Led by Contact’s Head of Wind and
Solar Matthew Cleland, winner of
the Young Energy Professional of
the Year 2023, we are diversifying
our renewable energy pipeline. In
partnership with Lightsource bp,
leading international solar power
developers, we are exploring several
potential solar projects across
New Zealand.
In July, we achieved a significant
milestone with our confirmed financial
investment decision to build our first
solar farm. The 168MWp Kōwhai Park
Solar Farm at Christchurch Airport
will have around 300,000 solar panels,
spanning around 230 hectares of land
behind the airport’s runways, and
will generate over 275GWh per year –
enough to power more than
30,000 homes.
As one of New Zealand’s largest solar
farms, it is the cornerstone of a green
energy precinct at Christchurch
Airport’s Kōwhai Park. This project
marks another milestone for Contact
in the diversity of our renewable
generation portfolio, and another
move towards our commitment to
net zero in our energy generation
by 2035.
The Kaipara coast northwest of
Auckland is expected to be home
to our next solar joint venture
development. The Glorit Solar Farm
will cover 300 hectares and have easy
access to Transpower’s existing 220kV
power lines that pass through the area.
It is expected to generate 285GWh of
renewable energy each year, enough
to power 33,000 homes. The build of
this site is subject to consent and to
final investment decision.
Another solar project in our pipeline
is proposed for the site of our
current TCC plant at Stratford. We
have the potential to develop a
renewable energy hub on this site
with both a 170MWp solar farm, and
grid connected battery storage,
in addition to the 100MW grid-
connected battery site that already
has a consent in place. Read more in
Decarbonise our portfolio.
Developing wind
generation options
We’re developing a pipeline of wind
generation opportunities.
Our first proposed site is east of
Wyndham. The Southland Wind
Farm is planned to have 55 wind
turbines with an installed capacity
of up to 330MW and an output in
the range of 0.9 to 1.2TWh per year.
That’s enough to supply 110,000 to
150,000 homes.
“This is an important renewable
electricity project for Southland and
Aotearoa as we expect significant
demand growth and we need to
ensure there is enough renewable
electricity available to meet these
demands.” says Matthew Cleland,
Head of Wind and Solar, Contact.
In preparing our resource consent
application we worked with
independent specialists to review
and assess the effects of construction
and operation of the proposed
wind farm, carefully considering the
potential impacts on habitats and
native species. We have redesigned
the proposed footprint and will
implement best practice control
measures to avoid, minimise or
mitigate adverse effects.
We lodged our resource consent
application in December 2023 under
the Covid-19 Fast Track process. It is
now moving through the consenting
process and has been referred to
an expert panel for consideration.
We expect to know the outcome
in FY25.
We are exploring several potential
solar projects across New Zealand.
28
INTEGRATED
REPORT 2024
GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS
Decarbonise
our portfolio
GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS
29
INTEGRATED
REPORT 2024
Decarbonise our portfolio
With an abundance of natural resources
generating clean renewable energy,
Aotearoa New Zealand is well placed to
take an international leadership position
in renewable energy. This transition to a
lower emissions future will make a real
difference to the place we call home.
Contact’s commitment to
be net zero in our energy
generation by 2035 means we’re
managing a careful transition
from thermal to renewable
energy. We’re bringing new
sources of renewable electricity
on stream and finding new
ways to store that energy, so
it doesn’t go to waste. These
new ways of storage mean we
can switch it on at a moment’s
notice, ensuring power is
available as and when it’s
needed most. At the same time,
we’re carefully reducing our
reliance on thermal energy.
We continue to make solid
progress on our net zero
ambition and remain
on target to meet this
commitment. We recognise
there will be ups and downs
along the way as we continue
our investment to deliver on
this commitment.
30
INTEGRATED
REPORT 2024
GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS
Our 2035
net zero goal
Decarbonisation, demand flexibility
and electrification
Generation emissions and renewable
energy supply
We have a planned and
purposeful pathway to
achieve net zero emissions
from electricity generation by
2035. We remain confident
we will achieve this.
During the year, less rain than
in previous years impacted our
hydro generation in Clyde and
Roxburgh, combined with a delay in
commissioning our new geothermal
power station at Tauhara meant
a greater reliance on thermal
generation this year.
Alongside this, a reduction in
New Zealand’s upstream gas
production has created challenges
for thermal generation. We continue
to keep a watchful eye on the
situation, and where possible we are
accelerating our plans for alternative
generation and storage. These include
our grid-scale battery under
construction on the NZ Steel site at
Glenbrook in South Auckland, and
our solar power project underway at
Kōwhai Park at Christchurch Airport.
We are confident in our plans for
decarbonisation including continued
investment in new renewable
Our pathway to net zero for Scope 1 and 2 emissions by 2035
generation, reducing our reliance on
thermal peakers, retiring our thermal
assets, growing our investment into
grid-scale batteries, reinjecting and
reusing carbon, and using forestry
offsets. This year has been a reminder
that progress does not always follow
a straight line.
Note: Analysis is based on FY24 actual Scope 1 and 2 emissions (indicates the total contribution
TCC had in FY24 at 63 percent). Utilisation of the peakers will vary over future years depending
on hydro sequences and new technologies.
* Figure indicates estimated CO
2
displacement achieved f rom reduced running of the thermal
peakers. Calculations estimated a reduction of approximately 150 operating hours
or 150Tj of gas displaced, which when the Ministry for the Environment approved Emission
Factor is applied equates to 10,000 tonnes.
** Includes expected units f rom Drylandcarbon One Limited Partnership and Forest Partners
Limited Partnership. Units are shown per annum and are based on current information and
may fluctuate based on climate conditions and/or regulatory updates.
For further information detailing the initiatives that underpin our achieving net zero please refer
to our FY24 Climate Statement.
Current emission breakdown (ktCO
2
e)Decarbonisation pathway (ktCO
2
e)
FY24
Scope 1 and 2
emissions
948
-607
-170
-179
-189
0
New emissions
(Tauhara)
Glenbrook Battery
Project*
Decommission
TCC
Capturing or
reinjecting
carbon
Forestry
partners units
received**
Additional
initiatives being
assessed
78
-10
31
INTEGRATED
REPORT 2024
GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS
Retiring our baseload thermal assets
Over the past several years we have been working through
a systematic and planned retirement of baseload thermal
generation.
Contact’s Ōtāhuhu plant closed in 2015
and our Te Rapa co-generation plant
was decommissioned in June 2023.
By the end of 2024, it is expected
our 25-year-old TCC plant will be
decommissioned.
Together, retiring these three plants
effectively represents on average a
70 percent drop in Contact’s
generation emissions in a decade.
As we have been retiring baseload
thermal plants, we have been
building new geothermal capability.
Our new geothermal power stations
at Tauhara and Te Huka 3 will more
than offset generation lost f rom TCC.
Although we are planning to close
TCC, our Taranaki site remains of
strategic importance to Contact,
as we look to transition f rom
a traditional fossil fuel site to a
renewable energy hub. We have
secured resource consent to build a
100MW large-scale grid-connected
battery at Stratford, and we’re
considering the feasibility of a
170MWp solar farm and additional
battery storage alongside.
To ensure we can quickly cover periods
of high demand such as a winter cold
snap, we will maintain our two thermal
peaking plants at Stratford, our diesel
peaking plant at Whirinaki, as well
as access to the Ahuroa gas storage
facility in Taranaki. Two of the three
turbines that support the Stratford
peakers are currently undergoing
repair – both are expected to return
to service during FY25.
For more information on the
calculations and our emission
reduction path for our
net zero target please refer to our
Climate Statement FY24 under
Metrics and targets.
Reinjecting
CO
2
into the
steamfield
Geothermal energy is a renewable,
low-carbon energy source, releasing
naturally occurring CO
2
during the
power generation process. If we can
capture this carbon and reinject
it into the reservoir, it becomes a
circular resource as it is reused.
In our drive to reduce emissions,
last year we reported our Taupō
team had successfully completed
carbon capture at our existing
Te Huka geothermal binary power
station. We are now fully capturing
and reinjecting CO
2
back into the
steamfield at Te Huka and the
capability has also been built into
our new Te Huka 3 power station.
This innovation at Te Huka has already
enabled us to remove 10,000 tonnes of
CO
2
f rom the environment every year.
We continue to investigate options
to capture carbon for reinjection,
or reuse, for all our geothermal sites.
Growing high
quality carbon
credits
Although most of our emissions
reductions will be achieved by
investing in new renewable energy
and retiring thermal generation,
there are some emissions that are
practically more challenging to
remove.
We have two long-term sustainable
forestry investment partnerships:
Forest Partners in collaboration with
Genesis Energy, Z Energy and Todd
Corporation; and Drylandcarbon
which is a partnership between
Contact, Air New Zealand, Genesis
Energy, and Z Energy.
These partnerships prioritise
responsible forestry practices on
steeper, economically marginal land
to ensure a sustainable, long-term
supply of high-quality carbon credits
for investors.
We continue to make progress
payments into Forest Partners and
expect to receive our next distribution
of carbon credits f rom Drylandcarbon
next year.
TCC's Heat Recovery Steam Generator
at Stratford.
32
INTEGRATED
REPORT 2024
GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS
The Swiss Army Knife of renewable energy – grid scale batteries
We are answering the call for more energy storage by partnering with Tesla to build
a 100MW 2-hour storage battery, which will provide enough electricity to meet peak
demand over winter for 44,000 homes.
The new $163 million grid-scale
battery is expected to be online in
March 2026. It builds on our existing
partnership with NZ Steel (see Grow
demand) and will be constructed
on its Glenbrook site, southwest
of Auckland. With a high voltage
connection to the national grid, this
will be the country’s newest large-
scale battery, the closest to our largest
city, and Tesla’s first ever large-scale
battery in New Zealand.
The battery will store excess electricity,
often generated by the wind or sun in
off-peak periods when demand is low,
that might otherwise go to waste.
It will rapidly discharge this electricity
to the grid when it is needed and
provide a backup supply of electricity
for unexpected outages.
The industrial-sized lithium battery
will play a key role in maintaining
a reliable supply of electricity for
New Zealand, particularly during
periods of high demand throughout
the winter. It will also ultimately help
with Contact’s transition away f rom an
increasingly constrained gas market.
“It’s a bit like the Swiss Army Knife
of the electricity system performing
a range of roles that will ultimately
keep the lights on and reduce carbon
emissions. The battery will supply
power to the grid in an instant, quickly
getting electricity to where it is most
needed in the country. It will also
support the development of new
renewables like wind and solar
generation,” says Mike Fuge, CEO,
Contact.
Construction on the battery has
begun. Contact is responsible for
the overall project that includes the
batteries supplied by Tesla and its
commissioning. Tesla will provide
long-term maintenance of their
supplied equipment. The battery
is expected to be commercially
operational by March 2026.
NZ Steel Chief Executive Robin Davies
says the plan is further evidence
of what can be achieved through
a partnership approach to deliver
resilience-building decarbonisation
initiatives at scale and speed.
We’re very pleased to
be able to build on our
existing partnership with
Contact Energy through
the installation of its new
grid-scale battery at our
Glenbrook site.
Our long-term expectation is to have
multiple batteries across the country,
starting in Glenbrook, to ensure we
can maximise every watt of renewable
energy, whether wind, solar, or
geothermal.
Robin Davies
Chief Executive, NZ Steel
33
INTEGRATED
REPORT 2024
GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS
Create outstanding
customer experiences
GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS
34
INTEGRATED
REPORT 2024
Create outstanding
customer experiences
Home. There’s no place like it. That’s why we’re working
hard to ensure it’s good to be home for New Zealanders.
We’re driven by a kaupapa of building
a better Aotearoa New Zealand. We’re
always looking for ways to make home
better for the customers we connect to
energy, broadband and mobile.
Through our Good Plans, more than
100,000 households are now doing
good by their wallet and good by
the planet, by using power off peak.
In fact, since our Good Plans launched
in August 2021, our customers have
enjoyed over 151 million hours of f ree
power through these plans. As more
Kiwis see the benefits of making a
small change to make a big difference,
we expect to see these numbers grow.
More than 400,000 customers
now choose Contact to connect
their homes and businesses with
electricity, gas, broadband, mobile
or a combination of all four. We have
grown 36,000 connections in the
past year while maintaining what
we believe is one of the lowest
retail cost to serve in the market.
For many customers, an outstanding
experience is one they can manage
themselves, where and when they
want. Over the past three years we
have invested in simplifying and
digitising our business to transform
our customer experience. Now,
80 percent of all service interactions
take place via our app, online services,
Messenger, or WhatsApp, compared
to only 35 percent three years ago.
And, we were delighted to receive
the Best Customer Experience
Transformation Award, at the Australia-
New Zealand CX Awards in November
2023 in recognition of our progress.
Contact customers are less likely
to switch providers, with our switch
rate of 17.7 percent percent which is
1.3 percent below the market average.
Our brand tracking research shows
we are third for brand trust amongst
New Zealand energy suppliers.
We were awarded Best Value
Broadband provider, and Best
Bundled Plan at the NZ Compare
Awards in November 2023. And we
were finalists (for the second year in
a row) in the 2024 Energy Excellence
Awards for Energy Retailer of the Year.
The rapid growth in customer numbers
this year has led to high call volumes
and longer wait times for some
customers using our contact centres.
As a result, our Net Promoter Score
(the number of customers who would
recommend us, versus those who
wouldn’t) has dropped to +37, f rom +41
last year. We want to do better for our
customers and we’re working hard to
make improvements. To increase our
ability to support our customers more
quickly, we are bringing in more team
members to our Levin and Dunedin
contact centres – and have created
a new contact centre hub in our
Wellington office.
35
INTEGRATED
REPORT 2024
GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS
All in Good time
Decarbonisation, demand flexibility
and electrification
Over 100,000 Kiwi households
are now using our Good Plans,
which offer free or discounted
energy during off-peak hours.
Our first Good Plan – Good Nights –
launched in 2021 offering f ree power
f rom 9pm until midnight every night.
Since then, we’ve introduced Good
Charge, focused on EV owners, with
half-price power f rom 9pm until 7am,
and now Good Weekends with f ree
power f rom 9am to 5pm on Saturday
and Sunday.
Customers are making small changes
to their behaviour – setting the timer
on the dishwasher to start during the
Good Plan hours, charging the EV
overnight, or saving the laundry until
the weekend – to make the most of
off-peak use.
And it’s paying off. “Some of our Good
Nights customers have moved more
than a third of their daily energy
usage to the f ree period,” says Matt
Bolton, Contact’s Chief Retail Officer.
“When combined with the f ree hours
enjoyed by customers on our Good
Weekends plans, that’s around
151 million hours of f ree power f rom
these two plans alone between
11 August 2021 and 30 June 2024.”
Decreasing energy demand during
peak hours can help reduce our
reliance on non-renewable energy
generated by fossil fuels.
To continue encouraging positive
energy habits that benefit the
environment, in April we started a
staged roll out of Hot Water Sorter –
a programme to switch off hot water
cylinders when there is a high demand
for electricity, and thermal generation
is most likely to be required.
Hot water cylinders retain heat for
long periods of time, so powering
them 24/7 can be a waste of energy.
With Hot Water Sorter, customers
don’t need to do anything, we make
data driven decisions based on each
customer’s actual energy usage.
During a three-month trial in 2023,
most customers found no difference
in their hot water supply.
We now have 6,200 customers
onboard which is helping manage
demand during peak hours and
reducing the need for fossil fuel
generation. Importantly, we have
seen approximately 9MWh of energy
usage a day move f rom peak to off
peak.
In our latest brand campaign,
Nigel the penguin encourages
his flatmates to use electricity
during off peak times.
Showers, clothes dryer, and
heaters (in winter) are used
mostly after 9pm. This has
made a huge difference
to having extra money.
‘Anything that uses heat
use after 9pm’ is all I have
to remember. My family
has been better off for sure.
It’s brilliant and I dread the
day you stop it. Thank you.
Maxine
Good Nights customer
36
INTEGRATED
REPORT 2024
GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS
Free energy for
families with
new babies
In November 2023 we ran our third
cycle of Fourth Trimester, offering
three months of f ree energy to
families with a new baby.
Since running the pilot in April 2022,
more than 2,680 Kiwi families with
Contact have been gifted over
5.8 million hours of f ree energy.
Easing our money worries
Mum of two, Bailey Teal, had her
second child Brock in February
(pictured right).
“Things were tough financially after
Brock was born. We needed to pay
quite a lot of money to fix our car
unexpectedly,” says Bailey.
“Fourth Trimester was a lifesaver for
us. We wouldn’t have been able to
pay for these additional expenses if
we had power bills too. The initiative
really helped to ease the mental
load at what was an already stressful
time closed.” Bailey Teal, Contact
customer.
Bailey says she saved around
$400 a month on power over the
three months.
“Fourth Trimester helped ease our
financial worries. It felt like having
a warm hug. Instead of losing sleep
over money, the only thing that kept
me up were snuggles with Brock in
the middle of the night in my warm,
dry house.”
It’s good to be
home, for all of us
In April we launched a new brand
campaign to share what Contact
is doing to ensure it’s good to be
home for all New Zealanders, both
now and in the future. The campaign
shows our shared home of Aotearoa
New Zealand and gives us the
opportunity to demonstrate how we
are improving quality of life through
sustainability and environmental
responsibility for everyone who calls
New Zealand home.
Through our committed investment
in renewable energy projects and
emissions reduction initiatives we
are not only meeting today’s energy
needs but safeguarding Aotearoa
New Zealand for future generations
with the goal of achieving net zero
energy generation by 2035.
Campaign results show it is
resonating with New Zealanders
who say they like it and associate
it with the Contact brand.
37
INTEGRATED
REPORT 2024
GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS
Support in the
tough times
Energy wellbeing and equity
We believe everyone should
have a warm, dry, safe home
and we’re working hard to
support New Zealanders’
energy wellbeing.
We recognise times are tough for many
New Zealanders, so we have a range
of options for customers f rom taking
advantage of f ree or discounted power
during off-peak periods through our
Good Plans, to getting personalised
help f rom our dedicated team.
Our Energy Wellbeing team works
alongside customers in need to
support their individual circumstances.
That could include a payment plan,
moving to prepay or smooth pay,
offering wellbeing credits where
appropriate, and making referrals to
agencies including Work and Income
New Zealand (WINZ), MoneyTalks for
budgeting advice, and EnergyMate,
the Electricity Retailers' Association
of New Zealand (ERANZ) in-home
coaching and community hui to help
whānau get the most of their energy
consumption.
In 2023 we created Hand Up, enabling
our Energy Wellbeing team to work
with customers who need help to get
through a difficult period by creating
a plan that suits their circumstances.
Over the past year 1,250 customers
received Hand Up to help them get
back on track.
A newly appointed Customer
Wellbeing Manager will continue our
work with social agencies including
Women’s Refuge and Good Shepherd
enabling us to target meaningful
support to those who need it most.
Last year we joined six other retailers
in a 12-month pilot called Connect Me.
The ERANZ industry-wide programme
connects customers with a poor
credit history to a post pay account
and access to wrap-around services.
While we await the pilot results, we
are doing our own analysis to identify
lessons we can apply to our services.
We have been communicating
with customers impacted by the
regulated removal of the low fixed
charge tariff. Although all households
are expected to benefit over the long
term, some households that have
been low users of electricity may see
an increase in their bills. We have
been encouraging these customers
to contact us, so we can offer a $110
credit f rom the industry-funded
power credits scheme.
A language translator trial with The
Hello Co is underway to improve the
experience for customers in-need
whose first language is not English.
Through this trial our team members
can quickly access a translator – in
over 300 languages – and conference
them into a customer call.
In January 2025, the Electricity
Authority’s new Consumer Care
guidelines will become mandatory
for all operators in our industry.
We are fully compliant with the
current guidelines.
To support the Northland community
impacted by the outages caused by
the Transpower pylon failure in June
2024, we donated $100,000 to several
community groups including food
banks and a community funding
organisation. We quickly reimbursed
fixed line charges to our affected
residential and small business
customers who were impacted by
the power outage.
Fixing our
billing error
Customer wellbeing and trust
In October 2023 we let the
Commerce Commission know
about a billing error which led to
customers paying by card being
incorrectly charged. The majority
of impacted customers were
overcharged by less than one dollar.
As soon as we realised the error,
we went about putting it right by
refunding customers. The Commerce
Commission was satisfied with
our timely and comprehensive
investigation and remediation
process and took no further action.
AA Smartfuel
closure
In September 2023 AA Smartfuel
announced its programme would be
closing. Contact customers were able
to earn and redeem their Smartfuel
discounts until the programme
closed on 31 January 2024. We
are now exploring other ways to
recognise our customers’ loyalty
and the value they provide.
38
INTEGRATED
REPORT 2024
GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS
Financial
performance
39
INTEGRATED
REPORT 2024
GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS
Financial performance
In FY24 Contact demonstrated how its robust financial position and financial
performance is supporting new renewable investment.
Our geothermal power station at Tauhara
came online in May 2024 following accelerated
remediation works, providing new renewable
generation as gas supply tightened. Commissioning
is underway on the Te Huka 3 geothermal power
station. These plants will add 1.9TWh per annum of
baseload renewable output when full capacity is
reached.
Construction is now underway on a 100MW grid-
scale battery located at Glenbrook. Contact has
also committed to its first solar project through
its joint venture with Lightsource bp – a 168MWp
solar farm at Kōwhai Park, on Christchurch Airport
campus. Both are expected online in 2026.
These are examples of how Contact has made
strong progress on delivering to our Contact26
strategy, which is focused on leading New Zealand’s
decarbonisation by connecting customers with our
renewable development pipeline.
Hydro volatility characterised operating conditions
in FY24 and gas supply tightened, with flow-on
impacts to wholesale pricing f rom more thermal
generation. Contact increased contracted sales
volumes in anticipation of the geothermal power
station at Tauhara coming online and with its
delay to mid-2024 met this sales position through
a balance of additional thermal and acquired
generation. At the same time, Contact has
executed well on its channel mix and pricing
strategies.
Contact reported net profit of $235 million in FY24
and operating earnings (EBITDAF) of $675 million.
Reported figures include a net movement in
the provision relating to the Ahuroa Gas Storage
facility (AGS) onerous contract of $12 million within
EBITDAF ($5 million within net profit after tax
and interest). Excluding the movement in the
provision, underlying net profit is up 9 percent
on FY23 to $230 million and EBITDAF is up
16 percent to $663 million.
The improved operating result was driven by closer
alignment of channel pricing to the wholesale
market and greater thermal efficiency, partially
offset by lower hydro generation, and reduced
steam revenue following the closure of Te Rapa.
Net profit was impacted by one-off write-offs of
$36 million after tax relating to damage to peaker
assets, remediation work required at the Tauhara
geothermal power station and software projects
not continuing as planned.
Operating f ree cash flow of $470 million is up
67 percent on the prior year on the improved
operating result, relatively lower levels of working
capital due to higher thermal generation and
reflecting the continued capitalisation of interest
on Tauhara borrowings. In FY24, growth capital
expenditure was $470 million as Contact invested
twice its net profit for the year into renewable
development.
An interim ordinary dividend of 14 cents per share
was paid in March 2024, and in August 2024 the
Board approved a final ordinary dividend of
23 cents per share (imputed by up to 21 cents per
share for qualifying shareholders). This will be paid
to investors on 27 September 2024. This means we
are delivering investors a 37 cents per share annual
dividend, up 6 percent on FY23. The dividend policy
targets a pay-out ratio of between 80 percent and
100 percent of the average operating f ree cash
flow of the preceding four financial years. We are
actively investing in renewable development
projects to grow our business as New Zealand
decarbonises and expect the dividend to increase
with operating cash flow over time. We have a clear
strategy and a strong balance sheet enabling us to
deliver on opportunities to continue to drive value
for our shareholders.
Final dividendInterim dividend
FY20
16
39
23
FY21
14
35
21
FY22
14
35
21
14
35
21
14
37
23
FY23FY24
Dividends (cps) – declared
40
INTEGRATED
REPORT 2024
GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS
The last five years in review
For the year ended 30 JuneUnit20202021202220232024
Revenue$m2,0732,5732,3872,1182,863
Operating expenses$m1,6272,0201,8201,6132,188
EBITDAF$m446553546460675
Profit/(loss)$m125187182127235
Profit per share – basiccps17.525.323.416.329.9
Operating f ree cash flow$m290371330282470
Operating f ree cash flow per sharecps40.450.242.436.059.8
Dividends declaredcps3935353537
Dividends paid$m280274272273275
Total assets$m4,8965,0285,1665,8086,208
Total liabilities$m2,2752,1012,3263,0043,589
Total equity$m2,6212,9272,8402,8042,619
Gearing ratio%3123283642
41
INTEGRATED
REPORT 2024
GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS
Enabling
our
strategy
Strong ESG practices,
transformative ways of working
and operational excellence are
enabling us to deliver on our
Contact26 strategy.
This section details how we are performing
against these three enablers and tracks progress
against our strategic metrics. Three years into
the Contact26 strategy, we are delivering
performance and growth, while maintaining
our commitment to doing the right thing by
New Zealand and being a good neighbour.
42
INTEGRATED
REPORT 2024
GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS
Strategic theme FY24 resultMaterial theme IndicatorTargets
Environment
Reduction of 229 ktCO2e
(reduced 19 percent)
Generation
emissions
Emissions f rom generation Reduce Scope 1 and 2 GHG emissions by 45 percent
by 2026 compared to a 2018 base year (SBTi target)
Achieve net zero Scope 1 and 2 emissions by 2035
Reduction of 0.025 tCO2e/MWh
(reduced 19 percent)
Emissions intensity f rom
generation
Reduce Scope 1 GHG emissions by 37 percent per
MWh by 2030 compared to a 2018 base year
16,579ML discharged
(increased by 605ML f rom FY23)*
FreshwaterGeothermal fluid discharge
to rivers
Significantly reduce operational discharges of
geothermal fluid to Waikato River by 2026
51,212 trees planted in FY24, 201,825
trees planted since target set in FY21
Biodiversity Number of trees planted Plant 100,000 native trees around our generation
sites by 2024
Social
113 organisations supportedCommunity
wellbeing
Number of community
organisations supported
Support 100 community initiatives and
organisations each year
59 percent reconnected within 24 hours
Energy
wellbeing
Percentage reconnected 50 percent of customers disconnected for debt
reconnected within 24 hours
94 percent without Prepay, 96 percent
with Prepay
Percentage of customers
accepted
Sign up 96 percent of new customers, increasing
energy accessibility for those with poor credit history
Ref reshed our Supplier Code of Conduct
and implemented a new procurement
policy and f ramework, putting greater
focus on modern slavery risks
Sustainable
procurement
Modern slavery commitmentCommitted to understanding and removing
modern slavery f rom our supply chain
98 percent pay equity for Contact
employees
WorkforcePay equity is monitored
and reported on
Ensure all Contact employees and contractors are
paid a fair and equitable wage
Governance
Continue to make progress to embed
at all levels
Workforce
Gender splitMinimum of 40:40:20 female:male:open
through all levels of our company
Signed up to Pride PledgeInclusion Maintain commitment to Pride at Contact
Issued A$400 million Green Australian
Medium-Term Notes. 100 percent of debt
certified as green
Percentage green debtCertify all debt as green
* Discharge numbers restated due to recategorisation of evaporation and land soakage as consumption, rather than discharge. For more info, see our website.
Tracking against our strategic metrics
Three years into execution we continue to make good progress.
Complete/On-track
Minor delay and/or cost increase
Major delay and/or cost increase
43
INTEGRATED
REPORT 2024
GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS
Strategic theme FY24 resultMaterial theme IndicatorTargets
Operational
excellence
Digital programme accelerated including
trading optimisation and geothermal
modelling
Digital capability
Continuously improve operations through
innovation and digitisation
Trade deal capture delivered
Damage to gas peaker GT22 incurred in
September 2023. Return of spare engine
f rom US accelerated by 6 months
Hydro refurbishment underway
Achieved ISO 55000 Asset Management
certification
Transformative
ways of
working
Some sites have undergone a ref resh to
support Contact’s ways of working
Workforce
Creating better workspaces
Create a flexible and high-performing environment
for Aotearoa New Zealand’s top talent
Sustained focus on wellbeingWellbeing strategy
14,744 courses completedContact University
Mau Taniwha Mauri Ora Leadership
Development programme launched
Leadership Capability
Complete/On-track
Minor delay and/or cost increase
Major delay and/or cost increase
44
INTEGRATED
REPORT 2024
GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS
Environment, social
and governance (ESG)
Doing right by our communities, the
environment, and our people is helping
create long-term value, and building a
legacy to pass on to future generations.
Our vision to build a better Aotearoa New Zealand
means being good stewards of the environment,
being a good neighbour to help our communities
thrive, and creating collaborative respectful
partnerships with tangata whenua. It means
ensuring our customers have access to clean,
reliable, affordable electricity and support when
needed. And it means working with our people
to create a fair, equitable, and caring workplace
where they’re empowered to do their best work.
With a relentless focus on our
environment and the people and
places where we operate, we strive
to make decisions that will make
things better for future generations.
Mike Fuge
Contact CEO
Our commitment to creating a truly sustainable
business is measured through the ESG f ramework
which enables us and others to assess our business
practices and performance on sustainability and
ethical issues.
In the past year external agencies in New Zealand
and globally have recognised and rewarded our
ESG commitments through the Deloitte Top 200
Awards, the Hydropower Sustainability Alliance,
and the Dow Jones Sustainability Index. This shows
us we’re on the right track and energises us to
accelerate this work.
Sustainability Leadership
Winning the Sustainable Leadership category in the
2023 Deloitte Top 200 Awards recognised our team’s
collective hard work towards building a better,
cleaner, more sustainable Aotearoa New Zealand.
The judges acknowledged our commitment to
creating long-term value through sustainable
practices, in support of our Contact26 strategy,
which include:
+ Our investment of over $1.2 billion in renewable
generation projects
+ Our systematic and planned transition
f rom thermal to renewable generation
+ Our approach to create genuine relationships
with our iwi partners
+ Our long-term commitment to be a good
neighbour in our communities
+ Our relationship with Women’s Refuge,
based on shared values and a desire to
make a real difference
+ Our careful consideration of energy affordability,
security, and reliability.
In a video played at the Awards ceremony, judge
Katie Beith, Head of ESG at Forsyth Barr, said:
“Contact is taking its sustainability agenda and
role in decarbonising Aotearoa New Zealand very
seriously with thoughtful and credible ESG
Contact's sustainability team on a biodiversity walk
with our community partners Greening Taupō.
45
INTEGRATED
REPORT 2024
GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS
commitments. The organisation is taking on
significant projects to decommission assets that
create electricity f rom fossil fuels, whilst building
a pipeline of assets that focus on geothermal,
hydro, wind and solar electricity generation.
“Contact’s decarbonisation f ramework has galvanised
its people right across the national business. Contact’s
partnership with the Women’s Refuge, Board level
engagement with local iwi and hapū and careful
consideration of energy affordability, security and
reliability demonstrates their thoughtful approach to
building a more sustainable Aotearoa New Zealand.”
Achieving a silver standard
In April 2024 we became the first hydropower
company in Oceania to receive silver certification
in the global Hydropower Sustainability Alliance
Standard for our Clyde and Roxburgh dams in
Central Otago.
This certification is external validation of our
commitment to operational sustainability and
governance in the hydropower sector, and we’re
one of the few companies in the world to earn it.
Dow Jones Sustainability Index
For the second year in a row, in 2023 we were
included in the Dow Jones Sustainability Index
(DJSI) Asia Pacific.
Focusing on international best practice and
feedback given in last year’s DJSI, we have
increased our efforts across all categories.
This resulted in Contact achieving the highest
score of any New Zealand company in the DJSI
in December 2023.
We know the bar is raised each year, so we’re
committed to continually seeking greater
outcomes as we measure our impact on a
global scale through the DJSI.
Reducing greenhouse gas
emissions and measuring our
impact
Our strategy of leading decarbonisation means
cutting emissions f rom our own operations and
helping our retail and business customers to
cut theirs (see Create outstanding customer
experiences and Grow demand).
With a deep commitment and respect for science,
we use the Greenhouse Gas (GHG) Protocol to
measure and report on our Group emissions. This
globally recognised protocol uses standardised
f rameworks to measure and manage GHG
emissions: Scope 1 emissions are direct emissions
f rom our operations, Scope 2 f rom the purchase
and use of electricity, and Scope 3 are created
throughout our value chain.
In 2018 we established ambitious science-based
targets, which were updated in 2021 to:
+ reduce absolute Scope 1 and 2 emissions
45 percent by 2026 f rom a 2018 base year
+ reduce absolute Scope 1 and 3 emissions f rom
all sold electricity 45 percent by 2026 f rom
a 2018 base year
+ reduce Scope 3 emissions f rom use of sold
products 34 percent by 2026 f rom a 2018 base year.
We are making good progress overall towards
these targets. Although year-on-year fluctuations
will occur, they will not put at risk our long-term
ambition of being net zero in our generation
operations for Scope 1 and Scope 2 emissions
by 2035.
1,250,000
1,000,000
750,000
500,000
250,000
0
FY18FY19FY20FY21FY23FY24FY22
Emissions from electricity generation (tCO
2
e)
1,250,000
1,000,000
750,000
500,000
250,000
0
FY18
Total greenhouse gas emissions by Scope
(tCO
2
e) for Contact and Western Energy
Scope 1 – produced directly through our operations
Scope 2 – emissions f rom purchased electricity
Scope 3 – emissions in our wider supply chain
FY23FY24
46
INTEGRATED
REPORT 2024
GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS
During the year, less rain than previous years
impacted our hydro generation and storage
volumes in Clyde and Roxburgh. Combined with
a delay in commissioning our new geothermal
power station at Tauhara meant a greater reliance
on thermal generation f rom our TCC plant.
This plant produced 1,395GWh over the year,
which included 69GWh for Meridian, and 29GWh
for other market participants.
As a result, Scope 1 emissions were greater
in 2024 than 2023. See Our 2035 net zero goal.
While there will always be uncertainties due to the
complex nature of Scope 3 emissions, we’re increasing
our focus on opportunities to understand this area
which, along with our assurance engagements,
will help with continuous improvement and
accelerate the reduction of our Scope 3 emissions.
Compared to our 2018 base year, in FY24:
+ our Scope 1 and 2 emissions were 19 percent lower
+ our Scope 3 emissions were 49 percent lower
Although generation emissions were higher this year
than last, our targets were set with consideration for
short-term fluctuations based on weather patterns.
We remain confident and committed to achieving our
2026 targets. Targets will be reviewed in 2025 in line
with Science Based Target initiative guidelines.
We’re also continuing to look beyond our own
business by actively contributing to research and
analysis for the good of the country overall.
+ As a member of The Aotearoa Circle – a public
private partnership whose purpose is to restore
natural capital in New Zealand – we have
participated in the Energy Sector Climate Change
Scenario Analysis. This report will help the energy
sector consider the impacts of climate change
and will inform strategy development. We also
participated in the Taskforce on Nature-related
Financial Disclosures (TNFD).
+ We continue to be active members of the
Climate Leaders Coalition which aims to build
momentum towards a zero-carbon future.
Financial implications of climate change
Safe and resilient infrastructure
Contact has been preparing for the risks and
opportunities presented by climate change for
over 10 years. We have been measuring our Scope 1
GHG emissions since 2012, and our total emissions
since 2018. Climate scenario analysis has been part
of our practice for many years, and in FY24 we took
this process to the next level by undertaking a
deep analysis, based on established international
and domestic data sources, to update our climate
scenarios and the risks and opportunities arising.
This year, we published our first Climate Statement.
In preparing for this Statement, we led a robust
process to examine the risks and opportunities
related to climate change. In line with the Aotearoa
New Zealand Climate Standards, we developed
three climate change scenarios:
+ Coordinated decarbonisation (<1.5 ̊C at 2100
(called +1.3 ̊C)
+ Disorderly decarbonisation (~2.5 ̊C)
+ Hot house (>3 ̊C)
This process, which involved stakeholders across
our business, resulted in a comprehensive set
of climate-related risks and opportunities which
helped us understand the impacts of climate
change on our assets, generation, and operations.
As a result, we have identified actions to build
resilience and make adaptations that will flow
through to our enterprise risk management and
asset management systems. This scenario analysis
helped us better understand how Contact might
perform under different climate future states. It
challenged our business-as-usual assumptions and
benefited f rom the diverse internal group involved.
For its first-year reporting under the New Zealand
Climate Standards, Contact has chosen to take
adoption provisions 1 & 2: Current and Anticipated
financial impacts. These provisions provide an
exemption f rom this disclosure requirement in
an entity’s first reporting period. Between FY2020
and FY2023 Contact modelled impacts to EBITDAF
under each of its selected climate scenarios in a
standalone financial model. In FY25, we will be
incorporating the ref reshed climate scenarios
into Contact's wholesale electricity price path
modelling to enhance integration and support the
future assessment of financial impacts. For further
information please refer to the Metrics and targets
section of the 2024 Climate statement.
Continuing progress in sustainable finance
leadership
We established our first green borrowing
programme in 2017 and have continued our
commitment to sustainable finance.
Our hydropower assets have been verified and meet
the requirements of the Climate Bonds Hydropower
Criteria now forming eligible assets in our Green
Borrowing Programme. This ensures eligible
investments in climate change mitigation are
consistent with the 1.5 ̊C warming limit in the Paris
Agreement. In October 2023, international experts
visited Contact sites to undertake a hydropower
sustainability assessment of our ESG performance
and benchmarked our hydro schemes against
good international practice (see Achieving a silver
standard). This eligibility has f reed up an additional
NZD $1.7 billion for future green borrowing.
In November 2023, we invited institutional investors
to participate in an offer of medium-term note
green bonds in Australia. The seven-year fixed rate,
unsecured, unsubordinated green bond offer is our
largest to date at AUD $400 million. The proceeds
will be used to finance and refinance renewable
generation and other eligible green assets in
accordance with our Sustainable Finance Framework.
Our $850 million syndicated sustainability-linked
loan, announced in December 2022, met its
sustainability performance targets. This meant
we achieved the maximum pricing discount
possible for the 2023 year.
47
INTEGRATED
REPORT 2024
GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS
Safer How, Safer When
Contact is helping enable Women's
Refuge to change the conversation and
understanding of family violence with
stakeholders in New Zealand.
Led by the National Collective of
Independent Women's Refuges Research
Unit, Safer How, Safer When, with support
f rom Contact, is a multi-phase project. The
first of its kind in New Zealand, it looks at the
risks women and children face because of
family violence, and what makes a difference
when building genuine, sustained safety for
them after family violence.
The first and second phases of the study
are now complete, after interviewing
3,500 women who had experienced family
violence, and then the wider community.
The findings show the depth and extent of
violence experienced by women at the time
they come into a refuge.
The findings are being used in multiple
ways, including:
+ Submissions on multiple bills before
parliament
+ Developing resources for f rontline workers
+ Training for primary and secondary
healthcare workers
+Awareness-building workshops with young
people
+ Media articles demystifying the realities of
family violence risk
+ Social media content to show the trade-
offs victims make when managing risk and
safety.
Our partnership with
Women’s Refuge
Two and a half years in, our partnership with
Women’s Refuge is going f rom strength to
strength and we are committed to the long-term.
We’re continuing to provide f ree energy and
broadband for all 70 women’s refuges and
safe houses across Aotearoa New Zealand.
Our fundraising support has enabled Women’s
Refuge to connect with more New Zealanders,
increasing donations by 68 percent on the
previous year.
By working together on policy initiatives, we have
supported a groundbreaking research project that
is delivering insights on the invisible risks of family
violence.
We have added ‘Shielded’ functionality to our
website to enable victims of domestic violence
to find information about how they can get help
without leaving a trail for an abusive partner to follow.
And we’re focused on supporting women
impacted by financial abuse. We have removed
the poor credit rating barrier enabling women
to get connected with energy and broadband,
and we offer support for the first few months
with our Hand Up programme. To date, 25 survivors
have benefited.
It is no exaggeration to say our
partnership with Contact has been
transformative for our 40 refuges and the
clients they work with. From the outset,
Contact has demonstrated a remarkable
commitment to collaboration and
understanding our mahi as well as the
broader context of family violence. In
my experience, this level of engagement
is rare in corporate partnerships.
Dr Ang Jury
ONZM, CEO Women’s Refuge, April 2024
Mike Fuge, Contact CEO
and Dr Ang Jury, CEO of
the National Collective of
Independent Women's
Refuges.
48
INTEGRATED
REPORT 2024
GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS
Simplifying electricity emissions
reporting
Sustainable procurement
Simply Energy, part of the Contact group, is
helping businesses accurately report their
electricity emissions in half-hour blocks, through
a carbon accounting tool called Carbon iQ.
The tool’s underlying data and methodology has
recently been approved by Toitū Envirocare which
means any business can now easily report a more
accurate view of its electricity emissions through
the Toitū carbon certification programme.
Thanks to this tool, businesses can proactively
reduce their emissions by shifting electricity use to
periods when renewable electricity generation is
high, if they have the ability to do so.
Managing risks in our supply chain
Sustainable procurement
We purchase a wide variety of goods and services
to help us maintain our power stations, support
our customers, and run our offices. Our responsible
procurement f ramework helps us identify and
manage risks in our supply chain, including
modern slavery, and allows us to work with
suppliers to align their practices with our goals.
Read more on our Responsible Procurement
webpage.
Over the past year we have stepped up our
focus on identifying, managing, and mitigating
the risks of modern slavery in our business and
supply chain. We analysed key risk areas, began
to map our supply chain and carried out desktop
reviews of suppliers in higher-risk areas. A survey
of our third-party labour hire providers gave us
insights into the way our direct suppliers are
managing their supply chains. New procurement
processes have also bolstered our modern slavery
approach, clarifying the behaviours we expect f rom
suppliers. We delivered modern slavery training
to core business teams, raising awareness . We
also engaged external consultants to review our
approach to modern slavery and are putting their
recommendations into action. We are developing
our understanding of other impacts, and any
further tools and systems we need to have in place.
Our Modern Slavery Statement is in our list of
policies on our website.
Being a good neighbour
Community wellbeing
As a company we are an integral part
of daily life in New Zealand and we’re
acutely aware that our every action,
good and bad, has a marked impact
on the wellbeing of our communities –
today and in the future.
Mike Fuge
Contact CEO
All Contact Energy sites have a community
engagement plan where our overriding principle
is to do the right thing in each community by
avoiding or mitigating adverse impacts. Our
Stakeholder Engagement Policy outlines our
approach to community engagement.
We apply the International Association of
Participation spectrum in designing engagement
for different circumstances i.e. where close
neighbours may experience nuisance associated
with noise, dust, visual or odour issues we consult
with them and in other circumstances we inform
through email, letterbox drops or in person.
We do not have formal grievance processes,
instead we assess any issues on a case-by-case
basis. When there are important updates, we
have a range of ways for local communities to
engage with us including community meetings,
drop-in information sessions and by providing
online updates. Where neighbours may be directly
affected by an activity we engage proactively
including, in some cases, meeting them in person.
We follow the Resource Management Act 1991
(RMA) resource consent process and complete
an Assessment of Environmental Effects
(AEE) which is the New Zealand legislative
equivalent of environmental and social impact
assessments. More information can be found in
our Environment and Social Impact Assessments
overview and reports are available on request f rom
relevant local and regional councils.
Our community stakeholder engagement
activities have increased over the year in line with
our development activities, particularly with the
construction and commissioning of the Tauhara
and Te Huka Unit 3 power stations.
For residents and businesses near those operations,
there has been a temporary increase in noise and a
visual impact of steam during some construction,
testing and commissioning works. We regularly
communicate with our closest residential
neighbours via email and have held an information
drop-in sessions to inform them about upcoming
activity, as well as listen to their feedback and
mitigate what we can. One example of this is the
noise and disruption created f rom the TH32 well
test in 2022, where we recently installed a 56-tonne
permanent silencer to help reduce noise at the
source. We also have a 24-hour 0800 community
line which community members can call with any
queries or concerns.
We’re focused on long-term conservation efforts
in the areas around our operations through
the Haehaeata Natural Heritage Trust and the
Alexandra Blossom Festival in Central Otago,
Taranaki Kiwi Trust, and Wingspan in the
central North Island which saw two Kārearea
49
INTEGRATED
REPORT 2024
GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS
(New Zealand falcon) released into the wild
this year. Our partnership with Greening Taupō
celebrated its tenth anniversary in 2023, with more
than 200,000 native plants added to the local
landscape over the decade. And we marked
65 years of our generation plant in Wairakei by
donating 65 traps to Predator Free Taupō.
Our commitment to building a better Aotearoa
New Zealand means we get involved at a community
level by supporting swimming lessons in Taupō and
Taranaki, the new Roxburgh pool in central Otago,
and supporting Taradale Primary School students
in the world robotics competition (pictured).
In Lake Dunstan, we have worked with the local
community to co-design improvements to the Old
Cromwell area in response to community concerns
about the visual amenity and sedimentation of the
lakef ront. This work began in 2023 and will continue
as we work together on a revitalised waterf ront.
We’ve spent $1,400,547 on our communities this
year and supported 113 organisations through
sponsorship, donations, partnerships and staff
volunteering.
Biodiversity
Protecting and restoring biodiversity and other
natural treasures
Given our reliance on natural resources, we take
seriously our responsibility to do the right thing.
That means minimising any direct impacts our
operations may have on biodiversity, and to
protect, enhance and restore areas of indigenous
biodiversity in and around our sites.
We have identified nine International Union for
Conservation of Nature (IUCN) Red List species
that reside in areas we operate. Our focus is to
understand whether we impact these species and
how we can enhance, restore or protect them. We
focus on the mitigation hierarchy under the RMA
to avoid, minimise, remedy or offset our impact.
We will work with stakeholders to develop options
to help improve those species’ survival for future
generations to enjoy.
We also look for opportunities to engage and
support other landowners, tangata whenua and
community groups, such as Greening Taupō, to
further protect biodiversity on land surrounding
our operations that Contact does not own.
Protecting and restoring biodiversity and other
natural treasures is an important sustainability
issue and material topic for Contact and one we
know our stakeholders care about too. We are
developing an approach to nature in line with the
TNFD to ensure we play our part in tackling the
issue of biodiversity loss and heading towards a
nature-positive future.
Our biodiversity commitment and details of
individual biodiversity projects, mitigation and
ecological enhancement actions can be viewed
on our website.
Commitment to the Wairakei
Environment
Our significant operations in Wairakei means we
have a deep and enduring commitment to the area.
Through the Wairakei Environmental Mitigation
Charitable Trust (WEMCT) we are investing
in four multi-year projects to enhance and
protect geothermal environments including the
Broadlands Geothermal Area, Maungakaramea
Scenic Reserve, Taupō District Council Geothermal
Reserves, and Karapiti Craters of the Moon.
The Wairakei Relationship Group, established
between Contact and Wairakei hapū last year,
continues its important mahi to restore the
environmental, cultural and spiritual health and
wellbeing of the Wairakei steamfield. See Building
relationships.
Level of extinction risk
Total number of IUCN
Red List species
Critically endangered 2
Endangered4
Vulnerable2
Near threatened 1
Least concern8
Not evaluated>5
Note: The breakdown of extinction risk levels has been adapted
f rom the New Zealand Threat Classification (NZTCS) categories which
are in line with DOC’s conservation status and the methodology we
categorise by. See our NZTCS breakdown on our website.
50
INTEGRATED
REPORT 2024
GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS
Sustainable water resources
Freshwater system health
Generating renewable electricity relies on our
natural resources, such as water, but it can also
interrupt what nature intended. For example,
a hydro dam can block the natural migration
path of native f reshwater fish such as tuna (eels)
and kanakana (lamprey). That’s why we run
initiatives as part of our Native Fish Management
Programme, like the annual trap-and-transfer
programme on the Clutha Mata-Au river in the
South Island.
Young tuna, or elver, make their way up the
purpose-built ramps at the Roxburgh dam, where
we relocate them above the dam throughout the
upper Clutha Mata-Au. We also give the adult
tuna a helping hand to migrate to the Pacific
Ocean (often as far as Tonga). This year we have
been investigating a trap-and-transfer system for
kanakana so we can support their migration too.
We collaborate with the Department of
Conservation (DoC) and the National Institute
of Water and Atmospheric Research (NIWA) to
develop and continually improve these passage
systems. In FY24, 95.5 kilogram of elver were
successfully trapped and transferred above the
Roxburgh dam. This number is down on previous
years, which our data suggests may be due to
lower river water temperatures.
This year we established the Clutha Mata-Au
Sportsfish and Habitat Trust to help us meet
our consent conditions for the Roxburgh Dam.
The purpose of the Trust is to commission
a programme to establish a self-sustaining
population of salmon, a target spawning run of
approximately 5000 adult salmon to the lower
Clutha, and to enhance the sports fish habitat
in the lower river and tributaries.
This agreement with Contact is a huge
step forward. Tens of thousands of
salmon used to run up the Clutha River
in the 1940s and 50s and that migration,
along with upstream and downstream
movements of other introduced and
native fish species, was interrupted by
the dam projects. We’re grateful that
Contact has acknowledged that loss
to anglers and is making good on it.
Ian Hadland
Chief Executive, Otago Fish & Game
Our areas of operation across the country,
according to the World Wildlife Fund (WWF)
Water Risk Filter, are considered as ‘very low risk’.
WWF Water Risk Filter is a screening tool used
by corporate and portfolio-level companies, and
investors, to help identify, prioritise, understand
and take action in water-stressed areas.
Water impacts at Wairakei
Freshwater system health
Although our geothermal sites rely on water
for cooling and drilling, we avoid impacts on
biodiversity where possible. In line with our
consent requirements, at Wairakei we will stop
discharging cooling water into the Waikato River
no later than 2031. As we develop plans for the
long-term operation of the Wairakei steamfield
beyond June 2026 (see Decarbonise our portfolio),
we will undertake a number of environmental
improvements, including ceasing the discharge of
separated geothermal water to the Waikato River.
Our Water Commitment, documenting our
approach to water and the process behind our
mahi, is available on our website.
We engage suitably qualified and experienced
experts to undertake the appropriate
environmental assessments relating to our
discharges and the impacts these may have on
the environment. Controls (or consent conditions)
are imposed on Contact, including ongoing
monitoring and sampling, to ensure we manage
our discharges to an appropriate level.
In June 2024, power was lost to the Wairakei site
auxiliary plant, which includes the Bioreactor.
The Bioreactor contains bacteria that remove
hydrogen sulphide (H
2
S) f rom the cooling water
discharged f rom the Wairakei Power Station.
As a result of the power failure, the cooling
water discharge bypassed the Bioreactor and
directly entered the Waikato River resulting
in an exceedance of H
2
S being discharged.
During the outage, Contact kept Iwi (including
Tūwharetoa Māori Trust Board, Ngāti Tahu
Ngāti Whaoa Rūnanga, Ngā Kaihautū, Wairakei
hapū, Tauhara Hapū) and the Waikato Regional
Council (WRC) informed of the progress to restore
the power supply and undertook regular H
2
S
monitoring.
Contact will be instigating an investigation and
Learning Event to review and assess the incident.
Iwi will also be invited to attend the Learning Event.
The incident is still under investigation by WRC.
51
INTEGRATED
REPORT 2024
GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS
Building relationships
Meaningful relationships with tangata whenua
In striving to be a good neighbour, Contact
acknowledges both our people and our place.
Tangata whenua, the people of the land, are
fundamental to both, with their deep knowledge of
how we can collectively care for our home and the
resources within it. We are committed to working
collaboratively with tangata whenua to achieve
mutually beneficial outcomes and have a positive
impact on all New Zealanders and the place we
call home.
This year we invested time to ref resh our
understanding of what matters most to our
iwi, hapū and hapori neighbours. Kaitiakitanga
(protection of the environment), creating shared
value, working in partnership, and growing
Contact’s cultural capability emerged as key
focus areas to enhance our relationships.
Existing hydro operations and new development
projects in Te Wai Pounamu (South Island) have
increased our engagement and involvement
with Ngāi Tahu, the landscape and region.
Through collaboration with Papatipu Runaka and
Te Rūnanga o Ngāi Tahu we have established
an agreement that will guide us to grow and
strengthen the way we work together.
Key to our work with Ngāi Tahu has been the role of
Te Ao Marama Inc (TAMI) and Aukaha, the consenting
entities whose expertise and facilitation ensure
Contact’s relationship with mana whenua identifies
and addresses the cultural impacts of consenting.
The Cultural Impact Assessment (CIA) completed
for Southland Wind Farm strengthened our
understanding of the important cultural values
for Papatipu Rūnaka and the role they can play
alongside us in protecting and sustaining the
environment for future generations.
In our hydro operations, the Cultural Values
Assessment (CVA) has highlighted opportunities
to ensure our consent conditions for the
Bannockburn inlet consider the important aspects
of place and people in the Landscape and Visual
Amenity Management Plan (LVAMP).
This year we made progress with the Mata-Au
Trust to represent mana whenua interests in the
Clutha Hydro scheme. Three new Trustees were
appointed, and the current focus is on building
the Trust’s capacity to create a work programme
to advance the five key areas of importance to
mana whenua. Contact have committed additional
funding for the Trust to employ a project manager,
ensuring appropriate work plans and goals are set
and monitored.
Further North, at Wairakei, the Wairakei
Relationship Group made significant progress
in their kaitiaki aspirations. The addition of a
dedicated project manager funded by Contact
has contributed to an overarching Taiao Plan
aimed at restoring the environmental, cultural,
and spiritual health and wellbeing of the Wairakei
Geothermal Reservoir including cultural sites of
significance and geothermal vegetation on private
land. Medium and longer-term ecological goals
have been set by hapū and regular hui ensure we
continue to work towards these goals.
Across the Waikato River, at Tauhara we are
making good progress on reaching an agreement
with Ngā Hapū o Tauhara which has an intrinsic
connection to the Tauhara geothermal field,
taonga and tupuna through whakapapa. Even
though the ongoing mitigation negotiations have
yet to reach a mutually beneficial agreement,
we value the many hours Tauhara members and
advisors have dedicated and we are optimistic of
concluding an enduring and intergenerational
agreement with them.
At Ohaaki, we continue to draw strength f rom
the deep and respectful relationship foundations
established through working with the Ngati Tahu
Landowner Collective over the years. Together,
we are seeking new ways of being in partnership to
address the subsidence impacts of our operations
on their whenua (land). For the first time, we
opened the gates of the Ohaaki plant to Ngāti
Tahu whānau to see our operations firsthand and
the work we do with their taonga. Hapū members
commented on the positive whanaungatanga and
whakapapa at the whānau day as a relaxing way
for whānau to connect, see the power station and
enjoy Contact’s manaakitanga (hospitality).
Moving west to Stratford, we continue to grow
our relationship with Ngāti Ruanui and Ngāti
Maru through our existing operations and as
we explore new renewable energy projects in
the region. We have formed a Kaitiaki Roopu of
representatives f rom Ngāti Ruanui and Ngāti Maru
which will become an active partner in managing
the environment and cultural impacts of our
operations.
Effectiveness is measured by the success of the
relationships. Over the past twelve months we
have been working towards developing a Tangata
Whenua Framework. This has been both an
introspective look at what we do well and where
we need to improve, but also have included hui
and kōrero with tangata whenua in making sure
that we are building a effective and progressive
f ramework that recognises their aspiration
alongside our own.
We are growing our understanding of what it
means to be a good neighbour, standing on the
whenua with iwi, hapū and hapori. We are proud
of the openness and transparency we bring to
these kōrero and are committed to ensuring that
we create mutual benefit f rom our relationship
together.
Mā pango mā pango, ka oti ai te mahi.
Working together will get the job done.
52
INTEGRATED
REPORT 2024
GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS
Operational Excellence
Asset management
Safe and resilient infrastructure
Our growth is anchored in the foundation of
robust business-as-usual operations and asset
management. We take seriously our responsibility
to monitor, manage, and maintain the $4.9 billion
in fixed assets under our stewardship as we add
our newest geothermal assets at Tauhara and
Te Huka 3. We will continue to grow through
new and existing assets as we deliver on our
commitment to lead the decarbonisation of the
country.
This year, we gained ISO 55000 certification for all
our wholesale assets covering our diverse range
of thermal, hydro, and geothermal stations.
Achieving the ISO 55000 asset
management certification for all our
sites and corporate operations is an
important step in our journey to
become world-leading in both our
asset management and the way
we do business.
Mike Fuge
Contact CEO
Investing in asset resilience and
sustainability
It is critical for our environment, local communities,
and the public that Contact’s inf rastructure
remains safe and resilient. We ensure safety
requirements are met throughout each asset’s
operational life, identifying opportunities for cost
savings and efficiency improvement as well
as putting in place measures to prevent harm.
Our rolling programme of technical risk assessment
considers climate change and continuous
improvement of process safety as fundamental
to ensuring safe and reliable operations.
Continuing a theme raised last year; we expect
wholesale electricity price volatility to increase as
New Zealand builds more intermittent electricity
generation. This has been exacerbated over the
past year by recent gas supply shortages.
In response to these factors, we are three years
into a five-year programme of accelerated stay-in-
business capital expenditure that is designed, in-
part, to provide enhanced reliability and resilience
of our generation assets.
We have continued our programme of hydro
station renewal at both Clyde and Roxburgh.
At our Clyde station we are planning to install
two more transformers over the next two years.
At our Roxburgh hydro station, the transformer
replacement programme is complete with the last
two transformers installed. We are also replacing
four of the eight turbines at Roxburgh that will see
a 44GWh uplift in hydro generation (under mean
hydro conditions) delivering more renewable energy
to New Zealand homes. The four new units will be
installed progressively over the next two years, with
the first scheduled for completion in late 2024.
Our gas peaking plant at Stratford remains a key
component of the New Zealand electricity system,
providing fast-start electricity supply in the periods
of highest demand. Two peakers sustained engine
damage during the year, and we’re working
with the manufacturer to get them repaired and
returned to our plant as quickly as possible. In the
meantime, we have altered the way we operate the
peakers to ensure they are reliable and available
when New Zealand needs them most.
Investing in spare components is a critical part of
ensuring generation asset reliability and resilience.
As we have built the new Tauhara and Te Huka 3
geothermal power stations, we have drawn on
experience f rom our existing sites to best balance
availability of the new stations against the cost of
holding spares. Fleet-wide, we evaluate site specific
spares risks f rom supply chains, ageing equipment
and obsolescence to ensure our generation sites
can return to service quickly should a failure occur.
This year we have also invested in enhancing
the sustainability of our geothermal operations.
Ellie Krause, Senior Drilling Engineer
at 2024 NZ Geothermal Week.
53
INTEGRATED
REPORT 2024
GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS
We have carbon capture and reinjection technology
fully operational at our Te Huka 1 and 2 power
stations, and it is also part of our new plant at
Te Huka 3. We are developing a roadmap for further
carbon capture and reinjection applications across
the geothermal portfolio. Attention has now turned
to the development of a commercial opportunity
at Ohaaki, for the capture and processing of
carbon for the domestic supply of food grade CO
2
.
See Grow demand.
Digitisation
Over the past three years, we have transformed
our retail business to give customers more control
and streamline and improve our operations.
Now, 80 percent of all service interactions take
place through our digital channels (compared
with 35 percent in 2021). This has enabled us to add
36,000 new customer connections in the past year
while maintaining what we believe is one of the
lowest retail cost-to-serve in the market.
Using the confidence and capability we have
developed for our customer-facing retail business,
we are now well down the path of digitalising
our trading business. This year we are focused
on automating our energy trading operations by
rolling out a trade deal capture platform – the first
major generator to complete this in New Zealand.
This system allows us to manage our trading
commitments for electricity, gas and carbon in one
centralised platform while paving the way for new
requirements like Power Purchase Agreements
and other contracts we see coming to the future
New Zealand market.
In our generation business, we are digitising
our geothermal operations, by deploying advanced
analytics to provide real-time data on the condition
of our wells and production output. Our new
Tauhara and Te Huka 3 power stations are using
these models, with Wairakei and Te Mihi coming on
next. Over time, we will monitor all our assets within
this f ramework, which will enable us to manage
maintenance and production to optimise the
performance of each asset without additional cost.
We are making good progress with Artificial
Intelligence (AI), with our AI strategy approved by
the Board, AI governance established, and use cases
delivered across several areas of the business. An AI
hackathon in March 2024 saw 41 ideas generated
across the business, with six finalists working with
Amazon Web Services. The winning concept in the
hackathon uses machine learning and AI to predict
geothermal well maintenance to improve efficiency
and asset health. We have also provided Contact
employees with access to AI tools in a secure
environment in which to experiment and learn.
Securing sensitive information
We take great care to protect the personal
information entrusted to us, which is one of our
key information security goals. As a result of an
audit this year against internationally recognised
standards, we have extended our ability to
dynamically classify confidential and personal
information. We have measurably improved
our information protection and our ability to
respond and recover f rom malicious activity.
As well as implementing technical controls to
protect information, we have also focused on
information management governance. Our
ongoing security improvement plan aims to:
+ improve the resilience and security of our
organisation and the information, systems
and services we provide
+ target key areas for ongoing improvement
+ increase our security maturity through our
annual cybersecurity programme.
Protecting privacy
We take seriously our responsibility to protect and
respect all the personal information we manage.
We continuously monitor and test our privacy
settings to ensure they provide the optimal level
of protection for our customers. During FY24
we updated our customer privacy policy and
careers privacy policy for greater clarity, and we
ref reshed our online privacy training module for
our people. This is augmented by regular in-
person privacy training sessions for our customer
service representatives to maintain a high level of
awareness.
Our Privacy Committee ensures we have a
coordinated approach to governing and managing
privacy across the business. Led by Chief Corporate
Affairs Officer Chris Abbott, the committee
comprises senior leaders f rom People Experience,
Retail, ICT and Legal. It meets every two months to
review privacy and drive a privacy-focused culture.
It convenes immediately to plan a response for any
breaches deemed moderate or greater.
54
INTEGRATED
REPORT 2024
GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS
Transformative
ways of working
We’re creating a workplace where all
our people can thrive. A big part of
that is making sure we put our energy
where it matters, which is building
a better Aotearoa New Zealand and
being a leader in the decarbonisation
of our country.
Our regular people experience survey shows we’re
making good progress. In June 2024, employee
engagement increased f rom 8.3/10 to 8.4/10 and
our employee Net Promoter Score (a measure of
those who would recommend working at Contact)
increased to +55 f rom +51 last year. This puts us in
the top quartile of all energy and utilities businesses
around the world.
“It’s a great work culture, helpful colleagues and
engaging leaders, flexible work arrangements,
and we’re encouraged to speak our mind,” says
Contact employee in the people experience survey.
Growing your whānau
A thriving workforce
Now in its second year, our Growing Your Whānau
parental leave policy is having a positive impact
through supporting our team members who are
starting or adding to their whānau.
Around 52 team members have taken up the policy
as the primary carer this year, with a further nine
enjoying the partner benefits.
This comprehensive policy supports anyone
who is the primary caregiver for a child under six,
f rom the early days through to returning to work.
The benefits for primary carers include:
+ salary top-up for the 26-week parental leave period
+ 3 percent KiwiSaver employer contributions for
the duration of parental leave
+ 6 months working 80 percent of their normal
hours with 100 percent salary
+ $5,000 (before tax) childcare koha
+ 10 days paid special leave for pregnancy-related
appointments
+ 3 months f ree electricity through our Fourth
Trimester scheme
+ pre-prepared meals on the arrival of baby.
And for partners:
+ four weeks paid leave which can be taken
flexibly over 13 months
+ 3 months f ree electricity through our Fourth
Trimester scheme
+ pre-prepared meals on the arrival of baby.
Growing your Whānau won the Wellbeing Award at
the 2023 Energy Excellence Awards, with the judges
commenting:
“The policy is extraordinary in its empowerment of
whānau. It enables flexibility and choice for families
to design a support system that works for them.
It also seeks to address the stigma and potential
career implications for women choosing to have kids.”
Jordan Dodwell
Head of Planning and Prioritisation,
Generation and trading
When Jordan was expecting her third child,
she and her husband knew the challenges
of a single income. Contact’s Growing Your
Whānau policy took the pressure off.
“It was an instant relief. Being on my full salary
for six months meant we could continue the
older children’s activities, and not cut back.”
“All the little things – food packages, the f ree
power for three months – felt like Contact was
as excited as I was about the baby. I felt very
supported.”
The week Micah was born, Jordan was offered
another job at Contact, which was kept open
for her while she was on parental leave.
“When I came back it was a huge help working
80 percent of my normal hours while getting
paid for full time. It’s such a big adjustment
returning f rom parental leave. Now I’m full
time, I’m grateful for the flexibility to work f rom
home when needed, to help with the juggle of
three kids.”
55
INTEGRATED
REPORT 2024
GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS
Inclusion and Diversity
A thriving workforce
To achieve our vision to build a better Aotearoa
New Zealand, we need to reflect the diversity of
our customers and communities. To do this we
are building a culture where inclusion is deeply
embedded as part of our Tikanga, through our
Inclusion and Diversity Policy and related strategy,
so our people can truly be themselves.
Over 350 team members are now involved in
our four employee networks (Women, Māori and
Pasifika, Pride, and Wellbeing).
The Women’s Network runs a monthly speaker
series to inspire and educate Contact women on
their career journey, while the Māori and Pasifika
network provides a safe and supportive space
for members to create belonging and celebrate
culture and identity.
Among the many initiatives run by the Wellbeing
network is coffee roulette, focused on creating
connections across Contact for team members
who may otherwise never meet.
Our Pride network participated in Sweat with Pride
this year, raising $12,572 to directly support the
wellbeing of rainbow communities, through the
Burnett Foundation Aotearoa which funds projects
in partnership with RainbowYOUTH, OutLine, and
InsideOUT. The next step in our journey to support
our Rainbow+ community has seen us move to the
Pride Pledge this year. The Pride Pledge will help
us deepen our work in inclusion and belonging,
building on a strong foundation established
through five years of Rainbow Tick accreditation.
Our diversity statistics suggest our workforce may
lack diverse voices, and some of our communities
may be under-represented. We continue to focus
on making targeted improvements to build a
diverse and inclusive team to better represent our
communities.
1 Individuals can choose to identify multiple ethnicities. Data is for
Contact only, Western Energy does not track ethnicity data.
2 Af rican, Middle Eastern & Latin American.
Ethnicity
1
Māori
0
250
50
200
300
400
150
100
350
450
500
550
Pasifika
Asian
European
Other
AMELA
2
Undisclosed
2024 2023
Following extensive engagement with our people
through our networks, contact centres and site
meetings, we’re now well down the path of
reimagining our inclusion and diversity strategy.
Our new strategy will look at how we meaningfully
support our team across various life stages – new-
to-work, mid-life, and approaching retirement,
acknowledging the diverse opportunities and
challenges posed at each of these stages. We’ll
also consider accessibility and disability, as well as
continuing our work with Women, the Rainbow+
community, and Māori and Pasifika.
Our Women's Network celebrated International
Women's Day across the motu.
56
INTEGRATED
REPORT 2024
GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS
Gender Balance
A thriving workforce
We partner with Global Women on the Champions
for Change reporting initiative which monitors
the progress of participating organisations
towards our shared goal of gender balance which
is 40:40:20 (representing the percentage of
men:women:open).
Of our seven-strong Board, three are women. In our
leadership team, two of the 10 are women. While
we acknowledge we have improvements to make,
we are pleased to see an increase of women in
senior management
1
roles f rom 26 percent in
FY23 to 31 percent this year, and an increase
to 45.3 percent women in our overall workforce.
Mind the Gap, which measures the median pay
gap between men and women, has found we –
along with the rest of the energy industry – face a
long-term challenge. At Contact our median pay
gap has decreased to 42.2 percent, but the gap still
reflects the composition of our workforce which is
predominantly female in our contact centre and
predominantly male in our power station sites with
many highly skilled, highly paid roles, which you can
read more about in Contact’s pay reporting. We are
focusing our diversity and inclusion initiatives to help
close this gap and we are collaborating across the
industry to try and address the challenge together.
Developing our people
A thriving workforce
We have a strong focus on leadership development
in recognition of leaders’ deep impact on our
people’s overall experience at work.
Our Mau Taniwha, Mauri Ora Leadership Development
programme, co-designed with leaders for leaders,
launched in early 2024. The nine-month programme
has two pathways: one for early career and emerging
leaders, and the other for more experienced senior
leaders. Thirty-two leaders are taking part in the two
pilot cohorts, and we have plans for an additional
48 leaders to join new cohorts during the year.
Early feedback on the programme has been positive.
It was so amazing to know I am not
alone facing these challenges.
Contact participant on pilot programme
Contact University, our online learning portal, is
available to all team members offering academies,
courses, webinars, podcasts and videos. In the last
12 months, 14,744 courses have been completed by
Contact, Simply Energy, and Western Energy team
members.
Building our pipeline of future
talent
A thriving workforce
To build a strong pipeline of future talent we need
to understand the current skills and expertise
within our business and build strong talent
communities in areas where we have critical skills
gaps and opportunities.
We remain focused on creating opportunities for
people early in their careers, and we’re getting
noticed. In February 2024, graduate recruitment
specialist Prosple named Contact the most sought-
after energy and utilities employer for graduates
and second overall in New Zealand.
Eleven new graduates, including six women, joined
our team in 2024 spanning engineering, data
science, communications, economics, statistics,
and software development. Our ref reshed graduate
programme is now in its fourth year, enabling
recent graduates to gain skills by rotating across
different areas of the business over an 18-month
period before settling into their permanent role.
To date 27 recent graduates have taken part in our
graduate programme.
We hired four apprentices into our generation and
trading team this year, and 10 summer interns.
Contact’s graduate programme is a
great stepping stone to get into the
renewable energy industry after leaving
university. The programme has allowed
me to learn different aspects in the
geothermal world not only limited to
my degree, while receiving plenty of
support along the way.
Flavia Purnomo
Engineering graduate
Gender
(Contact and Western Energy)
Gender
Board and Leadership Team
Age diversity
(Contact and Western Energy)
FY24FY23FY24FY23
Men
53.3%
Men
53.5%
Women
45.3%
Women
45.4%
Undisclosed
1.4%
Undisclosed
1.1%
FY23FY24
Under 30
18%
Under 30
18%
30–50
50%
30–50
51%
Over 50
31%
Over 50
30%
Undisclosed
1%
Undisclosed
1%
FY24FY23
Women
4
Men
3
Board
Leadership Team
Women
3
Men
4
Men
8
Men
8
Women
2
Women
2
1
Senior management is as per the Diversity Reporting Framework
which has been developed by Global Women which facilitates
Champions for Change and is used by Champion organisations.
57
INTEGRATED
REPORT 2024
GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS
As part of our strategy to grow our diversity and
increase our representation of women, Māori
and Pasifika at Contact, we have partnered with
charity First Foundation and will be sponsoring a
First Foundation scholar this year. First Foundation
supports bright young Kiwis whose circumstances
make it harder to attend university, by providing
financial assistance, paid work experience, and
a dedicated mentor. It is a four-year programme
that helps rangatahi navigate the final year of
school, transition into university and then on to
a meaningful career. The charity’s purpose is to
improve each student's opportunities in life, giving
them the support and professional networks many
of us take for granted.
Health and safety
A thriving workforce
Health and safety is deeply embedded into the
culture at Contact and it is everyone’s responsibility
to think about how to complete their work safely
and find ways of making it even safer.
As part of our commitment to continuously improve
our safety culture, we’re halfway through a three-
year safety leadership and citizenship programme
for all leaders and team members in generation and
trading. Around 320 participants have completed
the programme so far. With a focus on developing
skills to take control of our own safety and leading
a safe culture, the programme has been a hit,
with 99 percent of participants saying they learned
something they could immediately apply to their role.
In late 2023, we launched Protect@Contact, a
mobile-f riendly website to host our safety-critical
documentation. Created following workshops
with our sites, it helps overcome the document
overload our team members and contractors often
experienced. Written in plain language, it enables
users to quickly and easily find the material they
need based on the safety critical work they’re doing.
We encourage contractors to access Protect@
Contact through QR codes at our sites and our
people also have the QR code on their hard hats.
Using QR codes means contractors can quickly
scan to find the information they need.
We presented the website to WorkSafe who
commented it is a “step change in approach to
making important information accessible when
it’s needed at the work f ront.”
Protect@Contact was a finalist in the Safeguard
New Zealand Workplace Health & Safety Awards
2024. At the same awards, our Tauhara team was
recognised for their approach to wellbeing at the
Tauhara project site. Their win recognised the
team’s holistic and proactive approach to wellbeing
which ensured everyone who worked on the
project was aware and had access to the wellbeing
services they needed.
Health and Safety was represented in the Contact-
wide AI hackathon in March 2024. Work continues
to find ways of using AI to make connections
between multiple systems leading to greater
insights and improvement opportunities.
Process safety
Safe and resilient infrastructure
At Contact, process safety means thinking about
what can go wrong, building barriers to stop major
events occurring, and continuously checking to
see that these barriers remain in place.
This year we have been working with other
generators and Transpower to prepare for
significant solar weather events which could
impact the electrical distribution grid. These
preparations were put to the test earlier than
planned with the solar storm in April 2024,
which the industry successfully navigated.
Our Safe to Run programme continues to evaluate
our generation stations and implement programmes
of work to improve process safety. This year we:
+ Completed the design of process safety
improvements for Te Mihi, which will be installed
in November 2024
+ Received regulatory approval for our safety case
for the Te Huka binary power station, including
the new Te Huka 3 power station
+ Worked with the industry through StayLive, and
authored an industry standard approach for
the implementation of the bowtie risk analysis
toolset for New Zealand generators
+ Updated the bowtie risk analysis for all thermal
and hydroelectric sites using the updated
StayLive toolset. The geothermal sites will be
reviewed in this way in FY25.
FY20FY21FY22FY23FY24
Tier 100000
Tier 222304
Tier 32449402840
Tier 1 – a significant loss of containment of hazardous material
or energy.
Tier 2 – a lesser loss of primary containment or a significant
degradation of barriers.
Tier 3 – learning event where issues have been identified in our
process safety barriers or controls.
Note: This table represents the number of process safety incidents
across our operations.
Process safety
58
INTEGRATED
REPORT 2024
GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS
Simply Integration
A thriving workforce
Simply Energy – focused on helping commercial
and industrial businesses move to a low carbon
future – amalgamated into the Contact business
f rom 1 April 2024, after being a wholly-owned
subsidiary since 2020.
Contact welcomed over 50 Simply Energy team
members with specialist skills in commercial
electrification, business development, modelling,
business-to-business marketing and more. A small
number of roles were disestablished where
efficiencies were achieved f rom Contact's support
services and due to a narrowing focus of Simply’s
business areas to focus on higher value market areas.
Simply Energy, now part of Contact, will retain
its name and brand but will no longer trade as a
separate legal entity.
Wellbeing
A thriving workforce
Since receiving the Wellbeing Tick accreditation
in 2023, our efforts have focused on building
initiatives based on employee insights, which gives
us confidence we’re doing the things that really
matter to Contact people.
We have reduced the stigma around mental health
by promoting the app and counselling support
offered by our partner Clearhead which has resulted
in more of our people seeking help when they need
it. Now eight percent have used the counselling
services (a six percent increase since launch in
November 2022).
This year we have also:
+ Launched modules for our leaders to build
their skills in having open conversations about
wellbeing challenges
+ Empowered the Wellbeing network to run events
and create resources to build wellbeing across
the Contact team
Surveys show our efforts are making a difference,
with our results improving year-on-year and sitting
above the industry benchmark.
“Offering Clearhead makes me feel Contact
understands that sometimes our role, along with
other things, can take a toll on us. The fact that they
enable us to use a service like this shows they care.”
Contact employee in the people experience survey
In August 2024 the Wellbeing Tick organisation will
assess Contact once again, enabling us to track our
progress and map the next set of activities.
Mau Taniwha, Mauri Ora
We’re now two years into our enterprise
prioritisation programme Mau Taniwha, Mauri
Ora, which broadly translates to Harness Energy,
Create Wellbeing. The Mau Taniwha processes
and f ramework ensure we have the capacity and
capability to deliver on our Contact26 strategy for
sustained growth through focused execution.
We now have a strong prioritisation and delivery
capability, with every initiative in the business
aligned with our strategic goals, sponsored by a
leadership team member with allocated budget
and resource to ensure progress can be tracked.
Each quarter our leadership team reviews our
committed initiatives, with the ability to flex
activity up or down based on new demands or
opportunities.
Workstream leads across Contact have been
instrumental in embedding Mau Taniwha,
helping team members understand the ways
of working, and ensuring we’re making best use
of all resources across the business in line with
our strategy.
Janie Evans, coaching
conversation lead, Levin
Contact offers f ree skin checks to all team
members as part of our Wellbeing programme.
In the first two years, these skin checks have
found six early malignant melanomas, and three
squamous cell carcinomas. Here’s Janie’s story.
About 18 months ago I noticed a small lesion
on my face. Two skin checks by medical
professionals found it was nothing to worry about.
A few months later, I noticed it changed shape
a little, so I went to Contact’s f ree skin check.
The specialist had a really detailed look and
said, ‘I don’t like the look of that, I’d like to send
you to get it fully checked.’
Two weeks later I had an appointment at the
skin cancer centre in Levin who told me it was
a basal cell carcinoma.
When the plastic surgeon removed it, I ended
up with 40 stitches and a skin graft – the size of
the scar would have distorted my face without
the graft.
I’m super grateful to Contact for offering the
f ree skin checks, otherwise I’d probably still have
it on my face, and it would have kept growing.
59
INTEGRATED
REPORT 2024
GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS
About us
60
INTEGRATED
REPORT 2024
GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS
60
INTEGRATED
REPORT 2024
60
Our Board
In the Governance matters section of this report we include a matrix setting out the Board’s expertise across a range of strategic skills.
You can also find profiles of the directors on our website.
Our directors bring broad knowledge, deep understanding and strong experience across the boardroom table.
Their governance sets our strategic course and enables Contact to thrive, succeed, and navigate risk-taking. They ask the
hard questions until they are satisfied with decisions, help us to seize the right opportunities, and ensure we balance the
interests of all our stakeholders.
Rob McDonald
INDEPENDENT NON-EXECUTIVE CHAIR
Appointed director November 2015
Member of the People Committee
Sandra Dodds
INDEPENDENT NON-EXECUTIVE DIRECTOR
Appointed director September 2021
Chair of the Audit and Risk Committee
David Gibson
INDEPENDENT NON-EXECUTIVE DIRECTOR
Appointed director February 2024
Member of the Audit and Risk Committee
Jon Macdonald
INDEPENDENT NON-EXECUTIVE DIRECTOR
Appointed director November 2018
Chair of the People Committee
Rukumoana Schaafhausen
INDEPENDENT NON-EXECUTIVE DIRECTOR
Appointed director March 2021
Member of the Health, Safety and
Environment Committee, and People
Committee
David Smol
INDEPENDENT NON-EXECUTIVE DIRECTOR
Appointed director October 2018
Member of the Health, Safety and
Environment Committee, and Audit and
Risk Committee
Elena Trout
INDEPENDENT NON-EXECUTIVE DIRECTOR
Appointed director October 2016
Chair of the Health, Safety and
Environment Committee
61
INTEGRATED
REPORT 2024
GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS
Our leadership team
You can find full profiles of our leadership team on our website.
Our leadership team implements the strategy approved by the Board. They also ensure the Board receives accurate and
timely information about Contact’s operations, performance, legal obligations, reputation, financial conditions and prospects.
They demonstrate strong and clear leadership inside Contact and to our external stakeholders. They manage the day-to-day
operations of our people and our resources to ensure we operate effectively and efficiently.
Mike Fuge
CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER
Joined 2020
Chris Abbott
CHIEF CORPORATE AFFAIRS OFFICER
Joined 2019
Joined leadership team Dec 2021
Jack Ariel
MAJOR PROJECTS DIRECTOR
Joined Apr 2021
Jan Bibby
CHIEF PEOPLE EXPERIENCE OFFICER
Joined 2019
Matt Bolton
CHIEF RETAIL OFFICER
Joined 2009
Joined leadership team Mar 2021
John Clark
CHIEF GENERATION OFFICER
Joined 2018
Joined leadership team Feb 2022
Dorian Devers
CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER
Joined 2018
Iain Gauld
CHIEF INFORMATION OFFICER
Joined 2017
Joined leadership team Sep 2021
Jacqui Nelson
CHIEF DEVELOPMENT OFFICER
Joined 2004
Joined leadership team Jul 2020
Tighe Wall
CHIEF TRANSFORMATION AND
DIGITAL OFFICER
Joined 2020
Joined leadership team Sep 2021
62
INTEGRATED
REPORT 2024
GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS
External influences
Our ability to create value for our
shareholders is affected by global
influences, such as economic conditions
and climate change, as well as local
factors including the cost of living and
New Zealand’s regulatory environment.
The energy trilemma
The World Energy Council’s Energy Trilemma is a
set of objectives to guide energy policy, and it’s a
useful reference for making sure we’re putting our
energy where it really matters.
The Energy Trilemma comprises:
+Energy Security – ensuring the security and
reliability of energy supplies.
+Energy Sustainability – decarbonising energy
production.
+Energy Affordability – minimising the cost of
energy to consumers.
New Zealand continues to rate well in this index
with a AAA score (an ‘A’ for each metric above), and
an overall ranking of ninth in the world. However,
globally, the World Energy Council’s 2024 report
has found the aftermath of Covid-19 lockdowns
and Europe’s energy crisis have contributed to
deteriorating energy security worldwide.
“Like other countries, New Zealand’s security score
was downgraded in the 2024 report and this can
be attributed partly to our gas sector on the brink
of a shortfall and the electricity sector grappling
with rising peak demand and blackout risks.
To enhance security, New Zealand must diversify
energy sources beyond fossil fuels and invest in
resilience. Transparency on our climate target
costs is also crucial.” Tina Schirr, Energy Council
Executive Director, BusinessNZ.
The energy sector around the world is grappling
with enhancing energy security, navigating risks,
and balancing those risks with new opportunities.
Here in New Zealand as a business and as an
industry we have a duty of care to look after our
customers and ensure everyone can rely on a
continuous supply of electricity when they need it.
We also have a responsibility to deliver affordable
electricity, and to look after the most vulnerable,
as we decarbonise electricity generation.
At Contact we are working hard with customers,
and industry, to move energy use off peak and
help with a more resilient energy system as we
transition to an electric economy.
Regulatory Environment
Resource management reform
The New Zealand Government has started on a
reform programme of the Resource Management
system. A new Fast Track Approvals Bill is currently
before Select Committee, and there have been two
proposed amendments to the RMA this year alone.
Contact is broadly supportive of these changes.
A more supportive consenting environment will be
necessary to keep up with the expected growth in
demand for electricity as the economy decarbonises.
This does not change our commitment to be a
responsible long-term partner and environmental
steward in the regions we operate, including
continuing to engage in good faith with local
people, mana whenua and other stakeholders.
Fuel security
Recent updates f rom the Gas Industry Company
have indicated that New Zealand’s gas reserves are
declining at a faster rate than expected, and that
“insufficient gas is available to meet all contracted
demand”.
1
In the coming year Contact is confident we have
sufficient gas to cover our generation needs, but
the change in supply will have a wider impact on
the electricity industry and is expected to affect
availability of gas to the end of the decade. We are
working with suppliers to ensure we have adequate
supply available f rom 2026 onwards.
We are working constructively with government
on how best to navigate a change in gas reserves,
with a focus on ensuring ongoing security of
electricity supply.
Lines company charges
In May the Commerce Commission released its
draft decision on the revenue caps for Transpower
and local distribution companies f rom 2025 to 2030.
The draft decision signals significant increases
in allowable revenue of around 24 percent for
electricity distribution businesses and 15 percent
for Transpower in the first regulatory year, and
smaller changes in the following four years.
If the final decisions are consistent with the draft
decisions, the Commission estimates the transmission
and distribution component of a household’s
electricity bill will increase, on average, by $15 per
month for affected networks in 2025. This represents
an additional $180 per year on average across most
of New Zealand.
This is in line with Contact’s expectations and these
changes are reflected in our forecasts and plans.
Other regulation
We continue to stay engaged with the government
and regulators on topics with a longer-term horizon,
including proposals regarding the Emissions Trading
Scheme, work on the Customer and Product Data
Bill, and the work of the Electricity Authority.
1
https://www.gasindustry.co.nz/assets/DMSDocumentsOld/
quarterly-reports/Quarterly-Report-March-2024.pdf
63
INTEGRATED
REPORT 2024
GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS
Contact26 – Building a better Aotearoa New ZealandCapitals
Nature
Grow demand for renewable electricity
Relationships
Decarbonise our portfolio
People
Grow renewable development
Assets
Enable our strategy through strong ESG practices,
transformative ways of working, and operational
excellence
Finance
Create outstanding customer experiences
Creating value
We’re putting our energy where it matters most;
to create a better Aotearoa New Zealand.
Nature
Using, caring for and
managing natural resources
and environmental assets are
fundamental parts of Contact’s
business. This includes water,
biodiversity, geothermal
steam/fluid, gas, air quality,
land, carbon, pest control
and ecosystem impacts.
People
The expertise, competence
and passion of everyone f rom
our Board and Leadership
Team through to those in our
offices and sites underpin our
operations. Our approach is
embodied in our Tikanga.
This includes how we work
together, manage risks, look
for improvements and treat
each other with respect.
Relationships
Our social licence to operate
relies on myriad relationships
within and between our
communities, stakeholders
and networks. It relies on
building goodwill and earning
trust with all our stakeholders
including tangata whenua,
customers, communities,
investors, regulators, media,
suppliers and our own people.
Finance
We have a pool of funds that
we deploy to produce and
deliver energy, serve our
customers and undertake all our
other activities. This has been
generated through our business
activities, investors and debt
arrangements, and relies on
us delivering on our strategy.
Assets
We use many physical and
intellectual assets to deliver
reliable, affordable and
environmentally sustainable
electricity. These include power
stations, offices, vehicles,
transmission/distribution
connectivity, our reputation,
website and application
software, IT systems, customer
databases, brands, licences and
internal ‘know-how’.
At Contact, we create value by:
+ Using resources (or capitals) including nature, people, relationships, finances, and assets
+ Factoring in external environmental influences
+ Running our business activities in a way that is true to our Tikanga (principles),
vision and strategy, and overseen by good governance
+ Delivering outcomes that align with our strategy.
We depend on various forms of capital for our success and the stocks of these increase, decrease or change during our business activity.
S
u
s
t
a
i
n
a
b
i
l
i
t
y
A
c
c
e
s
s
i
b
i
l
i
t
y
R
e
l
i
a
b
i
l
i
t
y
S
t
r
a
t
e
g
y
N
g
ā
T
i
k
a
n
g
a
G
o
v
e
r
n
a
n
c
e
S
t
a
k
e
h
o
l
d
e
r
s
E
n
v
i
r
o
n
m
e
n
t
64
INTEGRATED
REPORT 2024
GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS
Identifying what matters most
We use the GRI standards and the Integrated
Reporting Framework to report on material ESG
activities, and provide a balanced view of our
performance. This year, Contact has published
our first Climate Statement under the Aotearoa
New Zealand Climate Standards. In addition, we
follow the Taskforce on Nature-related Financial
Disclosures TNFD – a market-led, science-based
and government-supported global initiative.
Our first disclosures under TNFD will be in 2025.
In 2022 we followed the GRI 3: Material Topics 2021
process, worked with independent consultants
Proxima to determine high and medium impacts,
and reported these in our 2022 Integrated Report
(pages 18 to 22).
In 2023 Proxima helped us understand a wide range
of stakeholder views and we adjusted our material
topics accordingly. This saw us consolidate the
topics, Renewable Energy Supply and Generation
Emissions into one theme, Grow Renewable
Development and reviewing our High and Medium
Impact topics (see page 65 of our 2023 Integrated
Report for more detail). Following best practice
guidance f rom ThinkStep and after internal review,
we determined these material topics are still
relevant for 2024. We will continue to review
this each year.
What we heard
Key themes f rom internal and external
conversations in 2023 continue to shape our
strategy and engagement. These include:
+ Contact can take a leadership role to help
address energy hardship.
+ Trust is growing in Contact’s ability to lead and
innovate, and stakeholders are hungry for more.
+ Contact’s community presence can be better
aligned with community expectations.
+ Risks f rom climate change impacts on energy
supply should be top-of-mind.
+ Expectations are growing for Contact to act
on broader biodiversity impacts.
Contact’s leadership team has reviewed this
work and approved the continuation of the 2023
material topics outlined below.
Material topics 2024
Generation emissions and renewable energy supply
Decarbonisation, demand flexibility and electrification
Freshwater systems health
Meaningful relationships with tangata whenua
Community wellbeing
Energy wellbeing and equity
Reliable energy supply
Protecting and restoring biodiversity and other
natural treasures
Safe and resilient inf rastructure
A thriving workforce
Customer wellbeing and trust
Sustainable procurement
Material topics
This report covers high and medium impact,
or material topics, which means we have used
the feedback f rom our external and internal
stakeholders to consider:
+How harmful or beneficial the impact is for
the stakeholders affected
+How widespread the impact is – how many
places or people are affected
+How long the effects last and how easily
they can be remediated
+How likely and severe are potential impacts.
65
INTEGRATED
REPORT 2024
GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS
Our operationsOur connections
Connections
by product type**
Volume sold
to customers*
Connections
by account type
575k
535k
46k49k
73k70k
109k
86k
5k6k
2.6
444k
434k
5.1
Electricity
Electricity TWh
Residential
Natural gas
Natural gas PJ
BusinessOther*
Telco
1,273
employees
FY23 1,242
625k
total customer connections
at 30 June 2024
At 30 June 2023 589k
56k
shareholders
FY23 58k
+
37
Customer Net Promoter
Score (Contact only)
FY23 +41
98%
gender pay equity
FY23 96%
947k
tCO
2
e Scope 1
Group emissions
FY23 527k
0
tier 1 process safety incidents
(Contact only)
FY23 0
9TWh
contracted electricity sales
(GXP vol)
FY23 8TWh
$2.6b
net assets
FY23 $2.8b
37c
per share dividend
FY23 35c
81%
renewable generation
FY23 93%
$97m
tax paid
FY23 $105m
$1.4m
spent in communities
(Contact only)
FY23 797k
2024
2023
* Relates only to volume sold to retail and commercial industrial
customers
** These connection figures include Simply Energy connections.
2.4
5.3
666666
INTEGRATED
REPORT 2024
GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS
2024 generation output by station and type*
Contact delivers
20 percent of
the country’s
electricity
generation.
***
3,628
(GWh)
1,620(GWh)
8.6TWh
total generated
Offices and call centres
Contact sites
Subsidiary
Geothermal power station
Hydroelectric power station
Storage lake
Simply Energy
CompleteUnder construction
Thermal power station
Battery storage
Solar
Western Energy
Where we are
Dunedin
Kōwhai
Park
Roxburgh
Clyde
Hawea
Wellington
Levin
Stratford
Auckland
Glenbrook
Whirinaki
Tauhara
Ohaaki
Te Mihi
Simply
Energy
Simply
Energy
Western
Energy
Wairakei
Te Huka
Te Huka
3
Poihipi
20%
Te Mihi
(155 MW)
Wairakei (124 MW)
Poihipi (53 MW)
Ohaaki (41 MW)
Te Huka (27 MW)
Tauhara** (174 MW)
Te Huka 3 (51 MW) Under construction
1,405
1,064
274
316
203
127
HydroelectricGeothermal
Roxburgh (320 MW)
Clyde (464 MW)
2,034
1,594
Stratford – Peakers (202 MW)
Stratford – CCGT (377 MW)
Whirinaki (158 MW)
Total renewable generation 7,016GWh
Total non-renewable generation 1,620GWh
1,395
1
223
This graph shows the relative size of generation output from each station during the FY24 year.
3,388
(GWh)
* Our capacity numbers are net capacity. ** First steam in May. *** Based on EMI data for generation by the market.
Thermal
67
INTEGRATED
REPORT 2024
GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS
1. We generate
We own and operate 11 power
stations and produce the majority
of our electricity from our
renewable hydro and geothermal
stations. Our natural gas and
diesel-fired power stations
operate to ensure the lights stay
on for New Zealanders when
intermittent renewable plants
cannot operate.
2. We trade
We sell the electricity we generate on
the wholesale market. We purchase
goods and services from more than
1,500 suppliers. We also trade
a range of financial products to
manage our risk and create value.
3. We innovate
We create smart solutions that
are good for people (tiaki tangata)
and the environment (tiaki taiao)
to help customers, partners,
suppliers and communities have
a better quality of life. We are
an innovative, safe and efficient
generator, actively working with
our customers, partners and
suppliers to improve energy
efficiency, reduce emissions
and fight climate change.
4. We sell and serve
As a retailer we sell products
and services to individuals and
businesses to meet their energy
and broadband needs. We have
around 625,000 connections.
Our supply chain
Our
impacts
Generation
Lines
companies
Corporate activities Operational presenceCustomer service
Generation emissions and
renewable energy supply
Protecting and restoring
biodiversity and other natural
treasures
Freshwater systems health
Decarbonisation, demand
flexibility and electrification
Safe and resilient infrastructure
Customer wellbeing and trustA thriving workforce
Customer wellbeing and trust
Sustainable procurement
Meaningful relationships with
tangata whenua
Generation emissions and
renewable energy supply
Decarbonisation, demand
flexibility and electrification
Community wellbeing
Energy wellbeing and equity
Safe and resilient infrastructure
Freshwater systems health
Protecting and restoring
biodiversity and other natural
treasures
Community wellbeing
Safe and resilient infrastructure
Decarbonisation, demand
flexibility and electrification
Energy wellbeing and equity
Reliable energy supply
HIGH
MEDIUM
National
Grid
68
INTEGRATED
REPORT 2024
GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS
Governance matters
69
INTEGRATED
REPORT 2024
GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS
Governance matters
Good corporate governance protects the interests of all stakeholders and
enhances short-term and long-term value.
We regularly review our corporate governance
systems and always look for opportunities to improve.
We comply with the recommendations of the NZX
Corporate Governance Code in all material respects.
You can see our full reporting in our Corporate
Governance Statement on our website.
Our board
The Board's role and responsibilities
The Board is responsible for Contact’s governance,
direction and performance.
Specific responsibilities include:
+Setting and approving Contact’s strategic
direction
+Approving major investments
+Monitoring financial performance
+Appointing the CEO and monitoring CEO and
senior management performance
+Identifying and controlling significant risks
+Ensuring appropriate systems to manage risk
are in place along with approving Contact’s risk
capacity and tolerance
+Reviewing and approving compliance systems
+Overseeing our commitment to our Tikanga,
sustainable development, the community and
environment, and the health and safety of our
people.
Board composition
Contact’s Board comprises seven directors, with
a wide variety of skills, experience and points of
view. More information on the Contact Board,
including appointment dates and committee
memberships, and short biographies setting out
skills and experience of each director is available on
our website.
The Board considers all of the current directors,
including the Chair, to be independent in that they
are not executives of the company and do not have
a direct or indirect interest, position, association
or relationship that could reasonably influence
in a material way, their decisions in relation to
Contact. In making this assessment, the Board has
considered the NZX Listing Rules and the factors
in the NZX Corporate Governance Code that may
affect director independence.
To assist with succession planning and ensure the
appropriate skills and experience are represented,
the Board has developed a director skills matrix.
The matrix shows the areas in which the Board
considers director capability is required to enable
Contact’s success, and the expertise held by
current directors.
The matrix reflects the directors’ assessment of the
current skills held by the Board. It’s not expected
that every director will be an expert in every area,
but all skills in the matrix should be represented
on the Board as a whole. The matrix shows a good
spread of expertise and secondary skills among
current directors.
Board performance
We recognise the value of professional
development and the need for directors to remain
current in industry and corporate governance
matters. Contact assists directors with their
professional development in a number of ways,
including an induction programme for new
directors, briefings to upskill the Board on new
developments, deep-dive workshops on key issues
and Board study tours.
In April 2024 the directors undertook an Australian
study tour to learn more about renewable energy
and gain insights into relevant developments in the
Australian market, engage with experts on ways to
support decarbonisation and better-understand the
evolution of electricity product trading.
We regularly review the performance of the Board to
ensure the Board as a whole, and individual directors,
perform to a high standard. Comprehensive reviews
are carried out around every two years and the last
review was undertaken in 2022. Preparations for
a full independent Board performance review are
currently underway, evaluating Board, committee
and Director performance.
Board committees
The Board has three core committees to perform
work and provide specialist advice in certain areas.
Our Board works to the principle that committees
should enhance effectiveness in key areas, while
still retaining Board responsibility.
The Audit and Risk Committee helps the Board
fulfil its responsibilities relating to Contact’s
external financial reporting, internal control
environment, business assurance and external
audit functions, and risk management.
70
INTEGRATED
REPORT 2024
GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS
Skills and experience categoryCapability
Strategy and Risk settings
Strategic oversight
Major projects oversight
Innovation and disruption oversight
Sustainability and environmental oversight
Mergers, acquisitions and divestments oversight
Technology, digital and data oversight
Risk management oversight
Stakeholders and People Leadership
Iwi and community relationships
Safety oversight
Energy Industry
Energy generation and markets
Energy/mass market consumers
Governance and Risk Management
CEO or (large scale) CxO experience
Financing/funding oversight
Corporate governance experience
Accounting and financial reporting oversight
Government and regulatory engagement oversight
Director skills matrix
Secondary
Primary
The Health, Safety and Environment Committee
supports the Board in relation to health, safety and
wellbeing (HSW) objectives and monitoring HSW
performance and provides governance oversight
of environmental sustainability matters.
The People Committee advises and supports
the Board in fulfilling its responsibilities across
all aspects of Contact’s people and capability
strategies, risks, policies and practices including
remuneration..
From time-to-time, the Board may create ad-hoc
committees to oversee specific areas on its behalf.
Contact does not have a Nominations Committee.
Instead, this responsibility is held by the full Board.
This reflects the importance all directors place on
ensuring the Board is performing well and has the
necessary skills.
The current members of the committees are:
CommitteeMembers
Audit and RiskSandra Dodds (Chair)
David Gibson
David Smol
Health, Safety and
Environment
Elena Trout (Chair)
David Smol
Rukumoana Schaafhausen
PeopleJon Macdonald (Chair)
Robert McDonald
Rukumoana Schaafhausen
Code of Conduct and policies
We expect all of our people to act honestly,
with integrity, in Contact’s best interests and
in accordance with the law, all the time. This
expectation, along with our Tikanga, is enshrined
in our Code of Conduct, which underpins our
corporate policy f ramework. Our corporate policies
address key risks and set expected standards
of behaviour for our people. Information about
how our key policies operate is in our Corporate
Governance Statement and the policies themselves
71
INTEGRATED
REPORT 2024
GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS
are on our website. Each of our corporate policies
give reference to international standards or
commitments where applicable. The Code of
Conduct was ref reshed and strengthened in FY24
to enshrine our Tikanga, incorporate our core
policies and set out key behavioural principles and
requirements.
Our Human Rights Policy applies to everyone
who works at Contact and its subsidiaries and sets
the expectation that our supply chain partners
will have similar policies in place, and/or meet
comparable standards.
Our compliance training f ramework governs
the way we allocate training on core policy areas
across the business. A range of management-level
committees has responsibility for specific policy
areas: for example, the Privacy Committee and the
Procurement Steering Group.
We implement our commitments through our
Procurement team processes – in particular,
the supplier management process and
implementation of the Supplier Code of Conduct.
Our mergers and acquisitions due diligence
approach includes responsible business practices.
We offer online training as well as tailored in-
person training to different business areas – for
example, Modern Slavery training for business
areas involved in higher risk areas. In FY24 we
developed an online Code of Conduct training
module which includes training on human rights
issues including wellbeing, health and safety,
bullying and harassment, and inclusion. We
developed an additional training module on health
and safety. Code of Conduct and Health and Safety
modules are mandatory for all Contact people.
Our Whistleblowing Policy which offers protections
for employees who disclose serious wrongdoing
in accordance with the process in the policy. Our
online whistleblower portal helps to ensure we’re
aware of any breaches of the Code of Conduct or
our policies, or any other illegal or unethical activity.
The portal is easily accessible and user f riendly –
anyone at Contact who is concerned about any
incident or behaviour can use the whistleblower
portal to report that matter, anonymously if they
choose. Whistleblower disclosures are reported
to the General Counsel and CEO and where
appropriate, to the Chair of the Board to investigate
and take appropriate action.
Our fourth Modern Slavery Statement sets out
the steps we have taken to identify, manage and
mitigate the specific risks of modern slavery in our
operations and supply chain. We did significant
work during FY24 to identify and review supply
chains in our higher-risk business areas, and we
established a modern slavery working group to
review and improve our processes across the
organisation. We also ref reshed our Supplier Code
of Conduct to better-clarify the behaviours we
expect f rom suppliers and outline the process
we will follow where expectations are not met.
Risk management and assurance
Risk management
Our enterprise risk management f ramework
ensures we have appropriate systems in place
to identify, assess, treat, monitor and report
on material risks. We assign responsibility to
individuals to own and manage identified risks
and we monitor any material change to Contact’s
risk profile. Risk is managed throughout the
organisation in accordance with the Board’s
risk appetite statements.
Contact’s enterprise risk management f ramework
is supported by a range of systems and tools that
help assess and report all risk types including
environmental, social, climate and governance
risks across the organisation.
The Contact26 Strategy has a strong focus on
ESG commitments to create long-term value.
A wide range of risks and environmental factors
is considered by the Board during the strategy
setting process including analysis into how actions
to limit the impacts of climate change could affect
delivery of our strategy.
Risk
Appetite
Strategic
Direction
Board
Approving
strategic direction,
monitoring of
performance
Governance
structures, policies
and objectives,
identification of
significant risk
Monitor the environment, respond to
stakeholder material issues, anticipate
long-term threats and opportunity
72
INTEGRATED
REPORT 2024
GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS
Our corporate governance model is vertically
integrated to ensure an appropriate level of support
and oversight of our key climate-related risks.
+ The full Board considers a wide range of risks
(including economic, environment, social, climate
and governance risks) when reviewing the business
strategy alongside a market update. Reporting
to the Board ensures their understanding of the
key risks and issues (such as climate change) and
contribute to their decision-making.
+ Top risks are reported to the Board Audit and
Risk Committee on a quarterly basis and are
actively monitored by the Leadership Team.
+ The Board Audit and Risk Committee has
formal oversight of climate related issues.
+ Risks rated high and above are regularly
monitored for active management by the
Leadership Team.
+ There is regular engagement with stakeholders
(including local communities and tangata
whenua as we aim to maintain our positive
relationships) to assess and communicate the
impacts of the changing environment.
+ People at all levels of the organisation (including
contractors) are encouraged to identify and
manage potential risks to Contact on a regular
basis throughout the year.
Critical concerns are presented at Board meetings
through written papers and oral presentations.
There were no critical concerns communicated to
the Board during the FY24 reporting period.
There has been one significant instance of non-
compliance with laws and regulations. Contact
breached the Fair Trading Act 1986 as a result
of our application of card processing fees to our
customers. Contact self-reported this breach
to the Commerce Commission. The Commerce
Commission took no further action, and no fine or
sanction was imposed. The non-compliance has
been reported as significant due to involvement
with the regulator and the incident receiving
national media attention.
See Creating outstanding customer experiences
for more.
The integrated nature of our operations means
that climate-related risks are regularly assessed as
part of our strategic, operational and emerging risk
assessments. Mitigation plans for material risks are
implemented to proactively manage the impact to
Contact.
Assurance
Our Business Assurance team fulfils our internal
audit function and provides objective assurance of
the effectiveness of our internal control f ramework.
The team is based in-house and draws on external
expertise where required.
The team brings a disciplined approach to
evaluating and improving the effectiveness of risk
management, internal controls and governance
processes. We use a risk-based assurance approach
driven by our risk management f ramework. The
team also assists external audits by making findings
f rom the internal assurance process available for the
external auditor to consider when providing their
opinion on the financial statements. The team has
unrestricted access to all departments, records and
systems of Contact, and to the Board Audit and Risk
Committee, external auditor and other third parties
as it deems necessary.
Auditors
We recognise the role of our external auditor is
critical for the integrity of our financial reporting.
EY commenced its appointment as the Group’s
external auditor on 1 July 2022. The Board Audit
and Risk Committee ensures that the audit partner
is changed at least every five years.
Our External Audit Independence Policy sets out
the f ramework we use to ensure the independence
of our external auditors is maintained and their
ability to carry out their statutory audit role is
not impaired. Under this policy, the external
auditor may not do any work for Contact that
compromises, or is seen to compromise, the
independence and objectivity of the external audit
process. In addition, the external auditor confirms
its continuing independent status to the Board
every six months.
The Chair of the Audit and Risk Committee
approved EY to perform assurance engagements
over our green borrowing programme, greenhouse
gas emissions and Global Initiative (GRI) indicators.
Representatives f rom the external auditor attend
Contact’s annual shareholder meeting, where
they’re available to answer shareholders’ questions
relating to the audit.
Board and Board Committees are provided with
ESG analysis and reporting
Management and staff across the business regularly
assess, review, analyse, monitor and report on all
risks (including ESG-related risks) within integrated
governance structures to ensure Contact takes a
proactive approach to mitigate risk impacts
The Leadership Team review all management
materials and address mitigation plans for key risks
73
INTEGRATED
REPORT 2024
GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS
Remuneration report
Dear fellow shareholders,
We believe our people are key to our success – especially during such an eventful
period, where we are growing into a host of new areas, like wind and solar
generation, along with grid-scale batteries. Remuneration is a key element in our
attraction and retention of great people.
Overall remuneration approach
We believe that the structure and components
of Contact’s remuneration continue to serve the
company well. We have worked to make some
small improvements to our LTI scheme rules,
which relate to executive retirement and company
change-of-control, and otherwise have not made
any major changes over the past year.
A detailed overview of employee remuneration is set
out in Contact employee remuneration. Given the
company’s financial performance over the past year,
along with progress on our Contact26 strategy, we
consider executive remuneration to be appropriate.
Remuneration reporting
Each year we consider how we might further
improve our reporting on Contact’s remuneration.
For our FY22 and FY23 reports, we provided
increased levels of detail on executive incentives.
We have extended this further in this report,
with additional information in a number of areas:
+ Improved transparency of the FY24 scorecard
metrics and results, which makes up 70% of the
Short Term Incentive (STI) available to executives
+ Inclusion of the FY25 scorecard metrics to
show the focus for the year ahead
+ Detail on the strategic measures used for the
equity Long Term Incentive (LTI)
+ More complete coverage of CEO remuneration
for both FY24 and FY25
Gender pay
We have provided comprehensive information
on Contact's gender pay gap and pay equity in
Gender pay reporting. This continues to be a focus
for us, and we appreciate that progress is slow but
steady in closing our pay gap. We are committed
to working both internally and externally as an
industry, on closing the gap across the energy
sector. We have made further progress against our
overall pay equity, improving f rom 96 percent at
the end of our last financial year to 98 percent as
of 1 September 2024.
Being a good employer
Beyond remuneration, we are continuously looking
for ways to improve as part of our commitment
to being a good employer. This year, our progress
in growing the capability of our team has been
particularly pleasing, with the development of the
Mau Taniwha Mauri Ora leadership programme,
and Contact employees completing over 14,000
online courses in our Contact University.
You can read more about our overall employee
value proposition in our strategic enablers section
Transformative ways of working.
Jon Macdonald
Chair, People Committee
74
INTEGRATED
REPORT 2024
GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS
DirectorsBoard fees
Audit
and Risk
Committee
Health,
Safety and
Environment
Committee
People
Committee
Development
Committee
Overseas
travelling
allowance
Ad hoc
committee
fee related
to major
projects
Total
Remuneration
Robert McDonald$312,000 $312,000
Victoria Crone
1
$62,083$10,417 $72,500
Sandra Dodds
2
$149,000$49,000 $8,944 $16,000$7,800$230,744
David Gibson
3
$53,806$9,028$62,833
Jon Macdonald$149,000 $28,000$9,010$177,000
Rukumoana
Schaafhausen
4
$149,000$15,972$14,000$5,056 $184,028
David Smol
5
$149,000$14,583 $14,000 $18,020$7,200$184,783
Elena Trout$149,000 $28,000 $9,010$9,000$186,000
Total$1,172,889$99,000$56,000$42,000$36,040$16,000$24,000$1,409,889
1
Victoria Crone resigned as a director f rom 15 November 2023.
2
Sandra Dodds ceased to be a member of the People Committee on 20 February 2024.
3
David Gibson was appointed a director and a member of the Audit and Risk Committee f rom 20 February 2024.
4
Rukumoana Schaafhausen ceased to be a member of the Audit and Risk Committee and was appointed a member of the People Committee on 20 February 2024.
5
David Smol was appointed a member of the Audit and Risk Committee f rom 15 November 2023.
Details of the total remuneration paid to each Contact director for FY24 are as follows:
Directors’ remuneration
The total directors’ fee pool is $1,500,000 per year.
It has not been increased since it was approved
by shareholders in 2008. Actual fees paid to
directors are determined by the Board on the
recommendation of the People Committee.
Between FY23 and FY24, fees for the Board and
Committee fees increased by around 4 percent.
Directors’ fees exclude GST, where appropriate.
In addition, Board members are reimbursed for
costs directly associated with carrying out their
duties, such as travel costs. Contact employees
appointed as directors of Contact subsidiaries do
not receive any director fees. Dane Coppell was a
non-executive director of Western Energy Services
Limited until 31 March 2024 and was paid $22,216
in director fees during FY24.
FY24
Chair
per annum
Member
per annum
Board of Directors$312,000*$149,000
Audit and Risk
Committee
$49,000$25,000
Health, Safety and
Environment Committee
$28,000$14,000
People Committee$28,000$14,000
Overseas director
travelling allowance
$16,000
Ad hoc committee fee
related to major projects
$1,200
per half day
* No additional fees are paid to the Board Chair for committee roles.
75
INTEGRATED
REPORT 2024
GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS
Contact employee remuneration
We’re committed to paying appropriate market
rates for all our roles, and ensuring our people are
rewarded for their performance and experience.
There are three parts to employee remuneration –
fixed remuneration, pay-for-performance
remuneration, and other benefits. These combine
to attract, reward and retain high-performing
employees.
Fixed remuneration
Fixed remuneration is based on the role
responsibilities, individual performance and
experience, and current market remuneration data.
Contact targets fixed remuneration at the median
of the market range.
Pay-for-performance remuneration
Pay-for-performance remuneration recognises and
rewards high-performing senior employees and
comprises short-term incentives (cash and deferred
share rights) and long-term incentives (performance
share rights).
Short-term incentives (STI)
STIs are designed to recognise and reward high
performance with cash incentives and deferred
share rights through Contact’s equity scheme for
our higher-level roles and key talent. STIs have
a maximum potential level set reflecting the
person’s role grade, and are based on performance
measured against key performance indicators
(KPIs), which generally consist of company and
individual objectives. The Board reserves the right
to adjust STI awards if company targets are not met.
Long-term incentives (LTI)
Contact provides awards of performance share
rights through Contact’s equity scheme to our
senior people in our higher-level roles. This aims
to encourage and reward longer-term decision-
making and align participants’ interests with
Contact’s shareholders. These are subject to
performance hurdles.
Equity scheme
At 30 June 2024 there were 81 participants in
Contact’s equity scheme. For further details on the
equity scheme and the number of performance
share rights and deferred share rights granted,
exercised, lapsed and on issue at the end of the
reporting period, see note E8 of the financial
statements.
We have amended the plan rules for equity
grants f rom October 2024, to allow for proration
of allocations and Board discretion in change of
control situations.
Other benefits
We know that rewards mean more than just money,
so we offer our people a range of other benefits
too, including ‘Growing Your Whānau’, our policy
to support primary and secondary caregivers,
and ‘Good to Be Home’, a $400 after-tax payment
for setting up a home office or putting towards
wellbeing, and enhanced KiwiSaver benefits.
Some of our other benefits include: discounts for
home energy and broadband; employer-subsidised
health insurance; an employee share ownership
plan called ‘Contact Share’ (see note E8 in financial
statements for more detail).
Chief Executive Officer and
Executive Team remuneration
The CEO and Executive Team remuneration is
reviewed by our Board each year. The Board works
closely with and is advised by Contact’s People
Committee. We also consider market remuneration
data benchmarks, look at the achievement of
performance goals and factor in creating long-term
sustainable shareholder value.
The total remuneration is made up of a fixed
remuneration component, which includes cash
salary and other employment benefits, and pay
for performance remuneration containing short
term incentives (cash and equity awarded through
deferred share rights) and long-term incentives
(equity awarded through performance share rights.
76
INTEGRATED
REPORT 2024
GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS
The CEO and Executive Team variable remuneration for FY24 was structured as follows:
Scheme Description Performance measures Potential
Cash STICash STI is a discretionary scheme
based on achievement of KPIs.
70% based on corporate shared KPIs (results on next page):
• 40% financial results (EBITDAF*, Totex)
• 20% safety targets
• 40% strategy delivery and key operational milestone targets
30% based on individual KPIs.
Executive Team individual KPIs are a mix of shared objectives and
goals specific to each individual.
The CEO individual KPIs for the year ending 30 June 2024
including leadership performance of Contact’s key strategic
initiatives, leadership of the executive team and stakeholder
engagement.
Executive Team maximum potential 35% of
base salary.
CEO maximum potential 50%
of base salary.
Equity STI (awarded as
deferred share rights)
Equity STI allows the participant
to acquire shares at a $0 exercise
price subject to the time-bound
exercise hurdle being achieved.
The participant’s performance rating influences the Equity STI
awarded by the Board.
The exercise hurdle to receive these is to remain employed
by Contact 2 years f rom the grant date.
Executive Team maximum potential 30% of
base salary.
CEO maximum potential 30% of base salary.
Equity LTI (awarded as
performance share rights)
Equity LTI allows the participant
to acquire shares at a $0 exercise
price subject to the exercise
hurdle being achieved.
The exercise hurdles to receive these are:
• 50% Contact’s relative total shareholder return (TSR) ranking
within an energy industry peer group of other New Zealand
NZX50 listed utilities companies.
• 50% based on the achievement of Contact's strategic priorities.
For FY24 this included renewable generation development,
stimulation of electricity demand flexibility and
a reduction in Scope 1 and 2 Greenhouse gas emissions.
Tested once, at year 3. See page 80 for more details on LTI hurdles,
that links to our new disclosure.
Executive Team set at 20% of base salary.
CEO set at 35% of base salary.
* EBITDAF is a non-GAAP (generally accepted accounting practice) measures. Information regarding the usefulness, calculation and reconciliation of these measures is provided within note A2 to the
financial statements.
77
INTEGRATED
REPORT 2024
GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS
78
FY23 Corporate Scorecard result was 36.6%
1
Underlying EBITDAF is adjusted for AGS provision changes.
2
EBITDAF assessed as “Good” given the proximity to target, strong operating performance, and excellent recovery of the timeline for Tauhara construction.
3
Totex is defined at cash opex and cash SIB capex.
FY24 Corporate Scorecard results
The table below outlines corporate performance metrics and outcomes for FY24. These are used to determine the payout for the corporate component of the STI
for the CEO and leadership team.
KPI
Weighted
Target Good (50%)Great (75%)Outstanding (100%)Actual Result
Actual
Weighted
Result
Financial40.0%27.5%
EBITDAF
1
25.0%669704739Underlying: 663
2
Reported: 675
12.5%
Totex
3
15.0%(387)(378)(369) (363)15.0%
Safety & Wellbeing20.0%18.0%
Shift our Safety Culture with Sentis
Safety Leadership and Safety
Culture – Coaching sessions
completed by participant Leaders
4.0% 3 (60% attendance)4 (70% attendance)5 (80% attendance)62% attendance of
3 sessions out of 5
2.0%
Safety Citizenship attendance by
agreed participants
4.0%>60%>70%>80%82%4.0%
Understand and Grow our Safety
Capacity
TRIFR (Controlled)4.0%65.44.50.94.0%
Process Safety and Occ H&S Events4.0%> 12 learning team events
following up on Safety events
Good + 67% of leadership team
attend and observe at least one
learning team following Safety
events
Great + 75% of all agreed
actions f rom PSE learning
teams completed within due
date for the relevant year
22 learning team
events + Full LT
attendance + 89%
Actions Complete
4.0%
Create Safe Work Outcomes
Safety Observations2.0%>500 observations Cintellate
mobile up and running (ROAM)
Good + Additional 1,000
observations
Great + Additional 1,000
observations
2,404 Observations
+ ROAM live
2.0%
Contact Leadership Walkarounds
(CEO & Direct Reports)
2.0%Minimum of 18Minimum of 27Minimum of 36722.0%
Strategic/Performance40.0%23.3%
Tauhara Online10.0%29 Feb 202420 Jan 20241 Jan 2024July 20240%
Renewable Development10.0%Board assessment of progress against the approved FY24 Development pipelineGood5.0%
Operational Uptime10.0%95.997.599.097.998.3%
Multi Product Customers10.0%133,000136,000138,000139,50010.0%
Total100.0%68.8%
78
INTEGRATED
REPORT 2024
GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS
FY23 Long-term incentive scorecard results
DescriptionPerformance MeasureResult
Percentage
Achieved
FY23
Allocated October 2020
Tested October 2023
Performance Share Rights with 1 test date at the 3rd year
Volume weighted average price of $6.14 on grant
Relative TSR*
Relative TSR* based on performance against specific NZX peer group (Contact
Energy Limited, Genesis Energy Limited, Meridian Energy Limited, Mercury
NZ Limited, Trustpower Limited (Manawa Energy), Vector Limited)
100%100%
Trustpower was included in the peer group on grant, however was replaced with Manawa Energy prior test date
* TSR looks at both share price and dividend yield data at the test date for Contact and each company in the TSR peer group. Based on their respective TSRs, Contact and each of the companies
in the TSR peer group is given a percentile rank. This percentile ranking then determines how many shares will vest.
– SHARE PRICE DATA: is the volume weighted average price (VWAP) on the NZX over the 3 calendar months preceding the grant date and test date.
– DIVIDEND DATA: are the dividends that are re-invested.
79
INTEGRATED
REPORT 2024
GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS
Long-term Incentive scorecards
DescriptionPerformance MeasureMetric
FY26
Allocated October 2023
Tested October 2026
Performance Share Rights with
1 test date at the 3rd year
Volume weighted average price
of $8.24 on grant
Relative TSR – 50% weighting
Relative TSR* based on performance against specific NZX peer group (Meridian, Genesis, Mercury, Vector and Manawa)
Progress on strategic initiatives – 50% weighting
Demand growth. Any new electricity demand growth via signed contracts, e.g. coal and gas fired boiler replacement,
data centres, other process heat substitution, space heat substitution, additional capacity f rom major industrials but
excludes any thermal substitution of existing electricity generation
1.4 TWh
Final Investment Decision on renewable generation over 1 July 2021 base.
1.6 TWh
Scope 1 and 2 Greenhouse gas emissions reduction targets
100 ktCO
2
e
FY25
Allocated October 2022
Tested October 2025
Performance Share Rights with
1 test date at the 3rd year
Volume weighted average price
of $7.66 on grant
Relative TSR – 50% weighting
Relative TSR* based on performance against specific NZX peer group (Meridian, Genesis, Mercury, Vector and Manawa)
Progress on strategic initiatives – 50% weighting
100MW Demand Flex contracted with customers (which enables them to automatically reduce consumption when
electricity demand is high).
Yes/No
Final Investment Decision on renewable generation over 1 July 2021 base.
1.0 TWh
Te Huka delivered at or near the business case (base case) economics as measured by the net present value of the
project. The discount rate, price path, cost of carbon units, and tax rate are held in line with the business case as they
aren’t controllable items but all other items are updated. The purpose is to reflect changes due to controllable items such
as the amount of capex, output of the plant, timing of completion of the project.
Yes/No
FY24
Allocated October 2021
Tested October 2024
Performance Share Rights with
1 test date at the 3rd year
Volume weighted average price
of $8.23 on grant
Relative TSR – 50% weighting
Relative TSR* based on performance against specific NZX peer group (Meridian, Genesis, Mercury, Vector and Manawa)
Progress on strategic initiatives – 50% weighting
Demand Growth. Any new electricity demand growth via signed contracts e.g. coal and gas fired boiler replacement,
data centres, other process heat substitution, space heat substitution, but excludes any thermal substitution of existing
electricity generation
460 GWh
Final Investment Decision on renewable generation
0.5 TWh
Tauhara delivered at or above the business case (base case) economics as measured by the net present value of the
project. The discount rate, price path, cost of carbon units, and tax rate are held in line with the business case as they
aren’t controllable, but all other items are updated. The purpose is to reflect changes due to controllable items such as
the amount of capex, output of the plant, timing of completion of the project.
Yes/No
* TSR looks at both share price and dividend yield data at the test date for Contact and each company in the TSR peer group. Based on their respective TSRs, Contact and each of the companies
in the TSR peer group is given a percentile rank. This percentile ranking then determines how many shares will vest.
– SHARE PRICE DATA: is the volume weighted average price (VWAP) on the NZX over the 3 calendar months preceding the grant date and test date.
– DIVIDEND DATA: are the dividends that are re-invested.
80
INTEGRATED
REPORT 2024
GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS
CEO remuneration
The following table details the nature and amount of remuneration paid to Mike Fuge for his time
as CEO during the year.
CEO remuneration for the period ended 30 June 2024
Position
$
Fixed remunerationPay-for-performance remuneration
Total
remuneration
Salary
paidBenefitsSubtotalCash STIEquity STIEquity LTI Subtotal
FY241,241,17348,229
1
1,289,402441,625
2
265,000
3
437,500
4
1,144,1252,433,527
Three-year CEO remuneration summary
Financial
year
Total
remuneration
paid
5
Percentage
Cash STI
awarded
against
maximum
Percentage
vested Equity
STI against
maximum
Span of
Equity STI
performance
period
Percentage vested
Equity LTI against
maximum
Span of Equity
LTI performance
period
FY24$2,433,52771%75%2021–2023100%1 July 2020 –
30 June 2023
FY23$2,127,21449%50%2020–20220%N/A
FY22$2,128,60357%0%N/A0%N/A
-10%
-20%
30 June 202330 June 202430 June 202030 June 202130 June 2022
0%
10%
20%
30%
40%
Five-year summary TSR
6
performance graph
CompanyNZX50Peer group
7
$0
$500,000
$1,000,000
$1,500,000
$2,000,000
$2,500,000
$3,000,000
Fixed
remuneration
Scenario chart
The scenario chart below demonstrates the elements
of Mike Fuge’s CEO remuneration design for FY24.
Maximum
potential
remuneration
On-plan
remuneration
Base salary & benefits
Cash STI
Equity LTI
Equity STI
1 Benefits include 3% Kiwisaver contribution calculated on
remuneration amounts including cash STI, and health insurance.
2 Cash STI for FY24 period 71% of maximum potential, calculated on
base salary, paid in FY25 (September 2024).
3 Equity STI, 71% of maximum potential, based on fair value allocation.
To be granted October 2024 and tested October 2026.
4 Equity LTI is based on fair value allocation. To be granted October
2024 and tested October 2027.
5 Total remuneration paid includes salary, benefits, Cash STI, and
value of STI and LTI Equity (paid in shares).
6 TSR is calculated using the volume-weighted average price for
the 3 months prior to year end.
7 Peer group is a simple average of Meridian, Genesis, Mercury,
Vector and Manawa, with Manawa only in the group f rom FY18.
81
INTEGRATED
REPORT 2024
GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS
Breakdown of CEO’s pay-for-performance
DescriptionPerformance measures
Percentage
achieved
Cash STI• Maximum potential 50% of base salary
• Discretionary cash STI scheme
• 70% based on corporate shared KPIs (results on 78 page)
• 30% based on individual KPIs, including his leadership of:
– key aspects of Contact’s strategy, including renewable generation, electricity demand
agreements and customer sentiment
– Contact’s health and safety transformation
– culture and teamwork within Contact
– Contact’s engagement across all stakeholders
68.8%
75%
Equity STI
• Maximum potential 30% of base salary
• Awarded as deferred share rights
• Share rights issued 1 October 2024
The participant’s performance rating is set by the Equity STI awarded by the Board71%
Equity LTI
• 35% of base salary.
• Awarded as performance share rights
• Share rights issued 1 October 2024
• 50% relative TSR ranking within an energy industry peer group
• 50% progress on strategic initiatives (see page 80)
CEO’s long-term performance incentives
LTI TranchePerformance PeriodGrant Year
Number of share
rights issued on
grant
Value of share rights
on grant date
1
Number of share
rights vested
2
Value of shares
transferred
3
FY261 July 2023 – 30 June 2026202383,260$418,524To be determined
after vesting date
To be determined
on transfer date
FY251 July 2022 – 30 June 2025202282,041$402,505To be determined
after vesting date
To be determined
on transfer date
FY241 July 2021 – 30 June 2024202171,339$402,510To be determined
after vesting date
To be determined
on transfer date
FY231 July 2020 – 30 June 2023202035,756$140,87935,756$285,333
1
Value of share rights on grant is based on Fair Value.
2
Vesting is subject to the performance hurdles being met. See page 80 for the performance hurdles.
3
Value of share rights on transfer is based on volume weighted price.
82
INTEGRATED
REPORT 2024
GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS
FY25 corporate scorecard
The table below outlines corporate performance metrics for FY25. These are used to determine the payout for the corporate component of the STI for the CEO
and leadership team.
KPI
Weighted
Target UnitGood (50%)Great (75%)Outstanding (100%)
Financial40.0%
EBITDAF
1
25.0%$740770785
Totex
2
15.0%$(406)(391)(384)
Health, Safety & Environment20.0%
Transforming H&S Culture4.0%%>70% invited participants complete
Safety Citizenship Program
>50 Leadership Walkarounds
>80% invited participants complete
Safety Citizenship Program
>75 Leadership Walkarounds
>90% invited participants complete
Safety Citizenship Program
>100 Leadership Walkarounds
Operational Excellence4.0%#>800 Raised Observations>1,200 Raised Observations>1,600 Raised Observations
Critical Risk Control Management (CRC)4.0%#Events with CRC absences, failures and
near misses are identified
Events with CRC absences, failures
and near misses are identified and
investigated
Failed or Absent CRCs are identified
and a plan in place for strengthening
TRIFR (Controlled)4.0%#<5<3</=1
Environmental Incidents4.0%#No tier 1 incidents; and
Max 1 Tier 2 incidents; and
10 or less Tier 3 incidents
No tier 1 or 2 incidents; and
8 or less Tier 3 incidents
No Tier 1 or 2 incidents; and
5 or less Tier 3 incidents
Strategic/Performance40.0%
Execution Pipeline 10.0%Board assessment of progress against the agreed plans for Te Huka 3 and Battery projects
Development Pipeline 10.0%Board assessment of progress against the agreed Development pipeline
Operational Uptime
3
10.0%%>95>96>97
Multi Product Customers 10.0%#146,000148,000149,000
Total100.0%
1
Underlying EBITDAF is adjusted for AGS provision changes.
2
Totex is defined as opex and cash SIB capex.
3
Includes scheduled outages.
83
INTEGRATED
REPORT 2024
GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS
FY25 CEO remuneration structure
The Board has elected, in the interests of transparency, to disclose in advance the structure and package that will apply for FY25.
Fixed RemunerationPay-for-performance remuneration maximum potential
$Base salaryBenefitsSubtotalCash STIEquity STI Equity LTI Subtotal
Maximum Potential
Total Remuneration
FY251,300,00048,2971,348,297672,750390,000455,0001,517,7502,866,047
Benefits include 3.5% Kiwisaver contribution calculated on remuneration amounts including cash STI, and health insurance.
84
INTEGRATED
REPORT 2024
GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS
Group employees who earn
over $100k
The table shows the number of our people
(including any who have left) who received
remuneration and other benefits during
FY24 of at least $100,000 for the year ended
30 June 2024. The value of remuneration
benefits analysed includes:
+fixed remuneration including allowance/overtime
payments
+employer superannuation contributions
+short-term cash incentives relating to FY23
+performance but paid in FY24 (Contact and
Simply Energy)
+the value of equity-based incentives at fair value
allocation received during FY24 (Contact)
+the value of Contact Share received during
FY24 (Contact)
+redundancy and other payments made on
termination of employment.
The figures do not include amounts paid after
30 June 2024 that relate to the year ended
30 June 2024.
Table of employees who earn over $100,000
Remuneration bandNumber of employees
$100,001–$110,00053
$110,001–$120,00065
$120,001–$130,00060
$130,001–$140,00059
$140,001–$150,00072
$150,001–$160,00064
$160,001–$170,00066
$170,001–$180,00070
$180,001–$190,00037
$190,001–$200,00022
$200,001–$210,00029
$210,001–$220,00018
$220,001–$230,00020
$230,001–$240,00020
$240,001–$250,0008
$250,001–$260,0006
$260,001–$270,0003
$270,001–$280,0006
$280,001–$290,0006
$290,001–$300,0004
$300,001–$310,0004
$310,001–$320,0004
$320,001–$330,0004
$330,001–$340,0002
$340,001–$350,0002
$350,001–$360,0002
$360,001–$370,0003
$380,001–$390,0004
$390,001–$400,0005
Remuneration bandNumber of employees
$400,001–$410,0003
$410,001–$420,0002
$420,001–$430,0001
$450,001–$460,0002
$460,001–$470,0001
$510,001–$520,0001
$540,001–$550,0001
$560,001–$570,0001
$620,001–$630,0001
$690,001–$700,0001
$710,001–$720,0001
$720,001–$730,0002
$730,001–$740,0001
$760,001–$770,0001
$850,001–$860,0001
$990,001–$1,000,0001
$2,430,001–$2,440,0001
1
Grand Total740
1
Total remuneration for CEO is based on Cash STI to be paid in
FY25 (September 2024) whereas all other employee earnings
is based on Cash STI paid in FY24 (September 2023).
85
INTEGRATED
REPORT 2024
GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS
Gender pay reporting
Contact’s commitment
One of the principles of our Tikanga (our moral
compass) is to put our energy into things that
matter. Being inclusive, encouraging diversity and
expressions of ideas and opinions is a key focus of
that. We are committed to building a workforce
that reflects, and is inclusive of, the diverse
communities of Aotearoa.
Understanding our pay reporting
Pay reporting is broadly defined as:
Gender parity – when men and women are equally
represented at all levels at Contact.
Gender pay gap – the gap between the pay of
women and the pay of men.
Pay gap calculation:
average male hourly rate –
average female hourly rate
average male hourly rate
Closing the gender pay gap typically relies on
addressing all these elements. Pay equity (equal
pay for equal work) will typically not close the
overall gender gap especially if genders are
not equally represented at each level of the
organisation.
Gender pay equity – equal pay for equal work –
that is people undertaking the same work (roles
requiring a similar level of skills, knowledge, and
accountabilities) being paid the same regardless of
gender. (Note: Equal pay is a legal requirement in
New Zealand. We have processes and monitoring
in place to ensure our people are treated and paid
fairly, meeting both our legal and moral obligations.)
Pay equity calculation:
average female
(fixed remuneration/midpoint of salary range)
average male
(fixed remuneration/midpoint of salary range)
Contact’s pay reporting
We recognise and respect that gender is not binary.
For this reporting we have calculated our gender pay
equity and pay gap only as the difference between
those who identify as Women and Men (around
1.5 percent of our people identify as gender diverse).
Contact has made positive progress in closing
our gender pay gap, with the average pay gap
(including Simply Energy) sitting at 31.1 percent
(was 34.1 percent) and the median gap sitting at
42.2 percent (down f rom 47.3 percent). There are
two key drivers of our gender pay gap. The first is
a higher proportion of women in our customer
channels and the second is a lower proportion of
women in highly skilled energy roles. Over the last
12 months, we have increased the number of
women in our higher grades which has helped in
closing our pay gap. Continued focus on improving
our gender balance will lead to further reductions
in the future.
Contact’s pay equity sits at 98 percent at the end
of the financial year. We assess all roles at Contact
based on the skills, capability and experience
required for the role. We then use market data
to apply an appropriate remuneration range for
each role. Roles are then grouped into pay bands,
which cluster similar-sized roles together.
The bands contain different roles that may be filled
by people with a range of experience. This can
include people recently promoted into higher roles
or bands, and who sit at the lower end of the range.
Each year, as part of our annual salary review,
we review all our data to ensure that we are
maintaining our commitment to gender pay
equity, and make adjustments if required.
We remain committed to achieving more
balance of gender across all levels at Contact.
Additional Contact remuneration
disclosures
+ CEO-to-employee pay ratio, 24:1. The ratio
between the total annual compensation of the
CEO and the median employee compensation.
+CEO-to-employee pay increase ratio, 0.98:1.
The ratio of the percentage increase in annual
total compensation for the CEO to the median
percentage increase.
+Contact does not implement any clawback
practices on employee remuneration other than
in situations permitted by Aotearoa New Zealand
legislation (e.g. for correction of overpayments).
+Contact does not have a share ownership
requirement for the CEO or Executive Team.
+The notice period for Mike Fuge in his role as
CEO is six months.
Career level
Workforce demographicPay gap (hourly rate)
Female
population
Male
populationMedianAveragePay equity
Executive0.2%0.7%-7.5%12.1%N/A
Strategic Senior Management1.5%3.3%10.2%5.1%100.1%
Operational Management/National Specialist6.2%13.9%1.2%1.9%100.9%
Team Leader/Technical Specialist16.8%27.6%16.9%13.1%100.0%
Team Member22.5%7.4%3.7%2.1%99.0%
Overall47.2%52.8%42.2%31.1%97.9%
86
INTEGRATED
REPORT 2024
GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS
Statutory
disclosures
87
INTEGRATED
REPORT 2024
GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS
8787
Statutory disclosures
Disclosures of interests by directors
The table below lists the general disclosures of interest by directors of
Contact Energy Limited as at 30 June 2024 in accordance with section
140 of the Companies Act 1993.
Robert McDonald
Chartered Accountants Australia & New Zealand* Director
FleetPartners Group Limited Director
Fletcher Building Limited* Director
University of Auckland Business School Advisory Board Chair
University of Auckland Council Member
*Resigned as Director 30 June 2024
Sandra Dodds
Fletcher Building Limited and Fletcher Industries Limited Director
OceanaGold Limited (listed TSX) Director
Snowy Hydro Limited (Australian Government owned entity) Director
David Gibson
Freightways Limited Director
Goodman Property Services (NZ) Limited, Goodman Property
Aggregated Limited, GMT Bond Issuer Limited
Director
NZME Limited Director
Rangatira Limited Director
Jon Macdonald
Kiwibank Limited Director
Mitre 10 (New Zealand) Ltd and various subsidiaries Director
Sharesies Group Limited and various subsidiaries Director
Titan Parent New Zealand Limited (Parent company of
Trade Me Ltd).
Director
Rukumoana Schaafhausen
AgResearch Limited* Director
Alvarium Investments (NZ) Limited Director
Department of Internal Affairs Strategic Advisory Committee Member
Equippers Church Trust Trustee
KGS Limited Director
Kings Trust NZ Trustee
Kiwi Group Capital Limited Director
Ministry of Housing and Urban Development’s Strategic
Advisory Committee
Member
Miro (Hautupua) Limited Director
Pathfinder Asset Management Limited Trustee
Te Rau o te Korimako Director
Te Waharoa Investments Limited Director
Tindall Foundation Trustee
Water Governance Board, Waikato District Council* Director
*Term ended 30 June 2024
David Smol
Department of Internal Affairs’ External Advisory Committee Chair
GNS Science, Te Pū Ao (Institute of Geological and Nuclear
Sciences Limited)
Chair
Ministry of Housing and Urban Development’s Strategic
Advisory Committee
Member
Ministry of Social Development’s Risk and Audit Committee Chair
New Zealand Transport Agency Board Member
The Co-operative Bank Limited Director
Victoria Link Limited Director
Victoria University of Wellington Council Member
Elena Trout
Ara Ake Limited Independent Director
Callaghan Innovation Independent Director
Citycare Limited Independent Director
Energy Efficiency and Conservation Authority (EECA) Chair
88
INTEGRATED
REPORT 2024
GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS
Harrison Grierson Holdings Limited and various subsidiaries Independent Director
Kaikohe Berryf ruit GP Limited Independent Director
Motiti Investments Limited Director
Ngāpuhi Asset Holding Company Limited Independent Director
Opuha Water Limited Independent Director
Spencer Henshaw Limited Independent Director
Te Rāhui Herenga Waka Whakatāne Limited Independent Director
Waihanga Ara Rau (Construction and Inf rastructure)
Workforce Development Council
Co-Chair
WorkSafe's Audit, Risk and Finance Committee Independent Chair
Information used by directors
No director issued a notice requesting to use information received in his or her
capacity as a director that would not otherwise be available to the director.
Indemnity and insurance
In accordance with section 162 of the Companies Act 1993 and the constitution
of the company, Contact has continued to indemnify and insure its directors
and officers, including directors of subsidiaries, against potential liability or
costs incurred in any proceeding, except to the extent prohibited by law.
Directors’ security participation
The Board encourages directors to hold a minimum of 20,000 Contact shares
within three years of appointment to further align the interests of directors
with the interests of shareholders.
Securities of the company in which each director has a relevant interest
at 30 June 2024
DirectorOrdinary sharesBondsCapital Bond
Robert McDonald34,602100,000
Sandra Dodds20,085
David Gibson–
Jon Macdonald25,882 13,000 20,000
Rukumoana Schaafhausen1,295
David Smol22,674
Elena Trout23,770
Securities dealings of directors
During the year, Contact directors acquired/redeemed a relevant interest in
securities as follows. Consideration per share/bond is stated in NZD unless
otherwise specified.
Director
Date of
transaction
Nature of
transaction
Consideration
per share/
bond
Number
of shares/
bonds
Sandra Dodds 26 September
2023
Acquisition of ordinary
shares under DRP
$8.1981 398
20 October
2023
On-market purchase
of ordinary shares
AUD$7.4000 3,500
18 March
2024
Acquisition of ordinary
shares under DRP
$8.0626 335
Jon Macdonald 26 September
2023
Acquisition of ordinary
shares under DRP
$8.1981 570
18 March
2024
Acquisition of ordinary
shares under DRP
$8.0626 396
Rukumoana
Schaafhausen
13 November
2023
On-market purchase
of ordinary shares
$7.72 1,295
David Smol 26 September
2023
Acquisition of ordinary
shares under DRP
$8.1981 431
18 March
2024
Acquisition of ordinary
shares under DRP
$8.0626 298
Elena Trout 26 September
2023
Acquisition of ordinary
shares under DRP
$8.1981 524
18 March
2024
Acquisition of ordinary
shares under DRP
$8.0626 363
89
INTEGRATED
REPORT 2024
GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS
Shareholder statistics
Twenty largest shareholders at 30 June 2024
Number of
ordinary shares
% of ordinary
shares
HSBC Nominees (New Zealand) Limited 101,164,123 12.82
BNP Paribas Nominees NZ Limited Bpss40 58,432,098 7.4
Citibank Nominees (NZ) Ltd 50,669,037 6.42
Custodial Services Limited 49,211,061 6.24
HSBC Nominees (New Zealand) Limited 44,033,997 5.58
JPMORGAN Chase Bank 38,554,042 4.89
TEA Custodians Limited 37,171,314 4.71
Accident Compensation Corporation 32,732,506 4.15
FNZ Custodians Limited 28,102,846 3.56
New Zealand Superannuation Fund
Nominees Limited
27,919,982 3.54
Forsyth Barr Custodians Limited 20,995,887 2.66
JBWere (NZ) Nominees Limited 19,159,460 2.43
Premier Nominees Limited 14,231,167 1.8
New Zealand Depository Nominee 13,216,431 1.67
New Zealand Permanent Trustees Limited 12,733,675 1.61
Public Trust 8,068,287 1.02
Private Nominees Limited 7,009,744 0.89
JP Morgan Nominees Australia Pty Limited 6,032,910 0.76
Masfen Securities Limited 5,598,338 0.71
BNP Paribas Nominees NZ Limited 5,168,454 0.65
Total for top 20 580,205,359 73.51
Distribution of ordinary shares and shareholders at 30 June 2024
Size of holding
Number of
shareholders
% of
shareholders
Number of
ordinary shares
% of
ordinary
shares
1–1,000 24,188 43.07 15,905,960 2.02
1,001–5,000 26,229 46.7 48,634,702 6.16
5,001–10,000 3,279 5.84 23,244,358 2.95
10,001–50,000 2,181 3.88 42,123,710 5.34
50,001–100,000 181 0.32 12,595,328 1.6
100,001 and over 106 0.19 646,613,150 81.94
Total 56,164 100.00 789,117,208 100.00
Substantial product holders
According to notices given under the Financial Markets Conduct Act 2013,
the following persons were substantial product holders of the company as
at 30 June 2024:
Substantial product
holder
Number of ordinary shares in
which relevant interest is held
Date of notice
FirstCape Group Limited 49,142,094 30 April 2024
Milford Asset Management
Limited
47,603,648 26 January 2022
The total number of voting securities of Contact at 30 June 2024 was
789,117,208 fully paid ordinary shares.
90
INTEGRATED
REPORT 2024
GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS
Bondholder statistics
Twenty largest CEN050 bondholders at 30 June 2024
Number of
CEN050 bonds
% of CEN050
bonds
Custodial Services Limited 21,614,000 21.61
TEA Custodians Limited 13,725,000 13.73
FNZ Custodians Limited 10,072,000 10.07
BNP Paribas Nominees NZ Limited Bpss40 6,692,000 6.69
Citibank Nominees (Nz) Ltd 6,614,000 6.61
BNP Paribas Nominees (Nz) Limited 6,000,000 6
Forsyth Barr Custodians Limited 5,423,000 5.42
Investment Custodial Services Limited 4,581,000 4.58
Bank Of New Zealand Wellington Treasury Operations 3,026,000 3.03
Forsyth Barr Custodians Limited 2,935,000 2.94
JBWere (NZ) Nominees Limited 2,027,000 2.03
FNZ Custodians Limited 1,946,000 1.95
HSBC Nominees (New Zealand) Limited 1,800,000 1.8
JBWere (NZ) Nominees Limited 1,257,000 1.26
Mt Nominees Limited 1,241,000 1.24
Woolf Fisher Trust Inc 950,000 0.95
Dunedin City Council 750,000 0.75
NZX WT Nominees Limited 684,000 0.68
JBWere (NZ) Nominees Limited 600,000 0.6
Investment Custodial Services Limited 550,000 0.55
Total for top 20 92,487,000 92.49
Distribution of CEN050 bonds and bondholders at 30 June 2024
Size of holding
Number of
bondholders
% of
bondholders
Number of
bonds% of bonds
1,001–5,000 4 2.42 20,000 0.02
5,001–10,000 37 22.42 361,000 0.36
10,001–50,000 83 50.3 2,196,000 2.2
50,001–100,000 18 10.91 1,386,000 1.39
100,001 and over 23 13.94 96,037,000 96.04
Total 165 99.99 100,000,000 100.00
Twenty largest CEN060 bondholders at 30 June 2024
Number of
CEN060 bonds
% of CEN060
bonds
Forsyth Barr Custodians Limited 67,737,000 30.11
JBWere (NZ) Nominees Limited 36,817,000 16.36
Custodial Services Limited 30,271,000 13.45
New Zealand Permanent Trustees Limited 17,522,000 7.79
HSBC Nominees (New Zealand) Limited 14,480,000 6.44
FNZ Custodians Limited 10,966,000 4.87
Forsyth Barr Custodians Limited 5,643,000 2.51
Investment Custodial Services Limited 2,916,000 1.3
Forsyth Barr Custodians Limited 2,347,000 1.04
Commonwealth Bank Of Australia 1,905,000 0.85
Adminis Custodial Nominees Limited 1,899,000 0.84
Francis Horton Tuck 1,640,000 0.73
Forsyth Barr Custodians Limited 1,437,000 0.64
FNZ Custodians Limited 1,000,000 0.44
Fletcher Building Educational Fund 900,000 0.4
Custodial Services Limited 713,000 0.32
JBWere (NZ) Nominees Limited 700,000 0.31
Jml Capital Limited 650,000 0.29
JBWere (NZ) Nominees Limited 600,000 0.27
Bank Of New Zealand Wellington Treasury Operations 598,000 0.27
Total for top 20 200,741,000 89.23
Distribution of CEN060 bonds and bondholders at 30 June 2024
Size of holding
Number of
bondholders
% of
bondholders
Number of
bonds% of bonds
1,001–5,00075 9.31 375,000 0.17
5,001–10,000226 28.04 2,211,000 0.98
10,001–50,000400 49.63 10,391,000 4.62
50,001–100,00051 6.33 4,066,000 1.81
100,001 and over54 6.7 207,957,000 92.43
Total806100.00225,000,000100.00
91
INTEGRATED
REPORT 2024
GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS
Twenty largest CEN070 bondholders at 30 June 2024
Number of
CEN070 bonds
% of CEN070
bonds
Custodial Services Limited 82,587,000 33.03
Forsyth Barr Custodians Limited 39,451,000 15.78
FNZ Custodians Limited 23,578,000 9.43
JBWere (NZ)) Nominees Limited 18,902,000 7.56
Investment Custodial Services Limited 11,917,000 4.77
Forsyth Barr Custodians Limited 5,788,000 2.32
HSBC Nominees (New Zealand) Limited 5,760,000 2.3
Citibank Nominees (Nz) Ltd 4,040,000 1.62
HSBC Nominees (New Zealand) Limited 3,240,000 1.3
Pt (Booster Investments) Nominees Limited 2,880,000 1.15
FNZ Custodians Limited 2,384,000 0.95
ANZ Wholesale NZ Fixed Interest Fund 2,050,000 0.82
Dunedin City Council 1,900,000 0.76
JP Morgan Chase Bank 1,280,000 0.51
BNP Paribas Nominees NZ Limited Bpss40 1,208,000 0.48
Fletcher Building Educational Fund 1,100,000 0.44
Private Nominees Limited 961,000 0.38
TEA Custodians Limited 950,000 0.38
MMCLimited 915,000 0.37
NZX WT Nominees Limited 863,000 0.35
Total for top 20 211,754,000 84.70
Distribution of CEN070 bonds and bondholders at 30 June 2024
Size of holding
Number of
bondholders
% of
bondholders
Number of
bonds% of bonds
1,001–5,00075 8.16 375,000 0.15
5,001–10,000161 17.52 1,528,000 0.61
10,001–50,000525 57.13 13,756,000 5.5
50,001–100,00083 9.03 6,468,000 2.59
100,001 and over75 8.16 227,873,000 91.15
Total919100.00250,000,000100.00
Twenty largest CEN080 bondholders at 30 June 2024
Number of
CEN080 bonds
% of CEN080
bonds
Custodial Services Limited 93,115,000 31.04
Forsyth Barr Custodians Limited 53,153,000 17.72
FNZ Custodians Limited 31,174,000 10.39
HSBC Nominees (New Zealand) Limited 24,290,000 8.1
Citibank Nominees (Nz) Ltd 8,600,000 2.87
BNP Paribas Nominees NZ Limited Bpss40 7,593,000 2.53
Forsyth Barr Custodians Limited 6,924,000 2.31
JBWere (Nz) Nominees Limited 6,785,000 2.26
JBWere (Nz) Nominees Limited 4,830,000 1.61
Premier Nominees Ltd Armstrong Jones Secure
Income Fund
4,700,000 1.57
Investment Custodial Services Limited 4,450,000 1.48
ANZ Wholesale NZ Fixed Interest Fund 3,600,000 1.2
Tea Custodians Limited 3,386,000 1.13
Mmc Limited 3,130,000 1.04
NZ Permanent Trustees Ltd Grp Invstmnt Fund
No 20
2,394,000 0.8
Rodney Keith Deppe & Marianne Caroline Deppe 1,896,000 0.63
FNZ Custodians Limited 1,877,000 0.63
HSBC Nominees (New Zealand) Limited 1,601,000 0.53
Custodial Services Limited 1,521,000 0.51
FNZ Custodians Limited 1,157,000 0.39
Total for top 20 266,176,000 88.74
Distribution of CEN080 bonds and bondholders at 30 June 2024
Size of holding
Number of
bondholders
% of
bondholders
Number of
bonds% of bonds
1,001–5,00021 4.34 105,000 0.04
5,001–10,00072 14.88 707,000 0.24
10,001–50,000274 56.61 8,256,000 2.75
50,001–100,00055 11.36 4,363,000 1.45
100,001 and over62 12.81 286,569,000 95.52
Total484100.00300,000,000100.00
92
INTEGRATED
REPORT 2024
GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS
Other disclosures
Directors of Contact Energy Limited and subsidiaries
The following people held office as directors of Contact Energy Limited as at
30 June 2024: Robert McDonald, Sandra Dodds, David Gibson, Jon Macdonald,
Rukumoana Schaafhausen, David Smol and Elena Trout. Victoria Crone
resigned f rom the Board with effect f rom 15 November 2023.
The below table lists the subsidiaries of Contact Energy Limited during FY24
and any changes to those subsidiaries and among the people who held office
as directors.
Company nameDirectorsFurther information
Simply Energy
Limited
Dorian Devers
James Flannery
Jacqui Nelson
Simply Energy Limited was
amalgamated into Contact Energy
Limited on 1 April 2024.
Western Energy
Services Limited
Dorian Devers
Michael Dunstall
Jacqui Nelson
Dane Coppell resigned as director
of Western Energy Services
Limited on 31 March 2024.
Contact Energy
Trustee Company
Limited
Jan Bibby
Kirsten Clayton
There have been no changes
among the people who hold office
as directors during FY24.
Contact Energy Risk
Limited
Antony Balfour Will
Dorian Devers
Mike Fuge
There have been no changes
among the people who hold office
as directors during FY24.
Contact Energy
Solar Limited
Kirsten Clayton
Saralaya Frost
Jacqui Nelson
There have been no changes
among the people who hold office
as directors during FY24.
Contact Energy
Solar Holdings GP
Limited
Kirsten Clayton
Saralaya Frost
Jacqui Nelson
There have been no changes
among the people who hold office
as directors during FY24.
NZX waivers
There were no waivers granted by NZX or relied on by Contact in the
12 months preceding 30 June 2024.
Stock exchange listings
Contact’s ordinary shares are listed and quoted on the NZX Main Board and
the Australian Securities Exchange (ASX) under the company code ‘CEN’.
Contact has three tranches of green retail bonds listed and quoted on the
NZX Debt Market under the company codes CEN050, CEN070 and CEN080,
and one tranche of green capital bonds listed and quoted on the NZX Debt
Market under the company code ‘CEN060’. Contact’s listing on the ASX is as
a Foreign Exempt Listing. For the purposes of ASX listing rule 1.15.3, Contact
confirms that it continues to comply with the NZX listing rules.
Exercise of NZX disciplinary powers
NZX did not exercise any of its powers under Listing Rule 9.9.3 in relation to
Contact during FY24.
Auditor fee
See auditor's remuneration note E2 of the financial statements.
Donations
In accordance with section 211(1)(h) of the Companies Act 1993, Contact
records that it donated $139,750 in FY24 including charitable donations,
and where we have given koha. Donations are made on the basis that the
recipient is not obliged to provide any service such as promoting Contact’s
brand and are separate f rom Contact’s sponsorship activity. No political
contributions were made during the year. Find out more about our other
community contributions in Being a good neighbour.
Credit rating
Contact Energy Limited has a Standard & Poor's long-term credit rating
of BBB/stable and short term rating of A-2.
The $100 million unsubordinated, unsecured fixed rate bonds issued in
March 2019 are rated BBB by Standard & Poor's.
The $225 million subordinated, unsecured, redeemable, fixed rate capital
bonds issued in November 2021 are rated BB+ by Standard & Poor’s.
The $250 million unsubordinated, unsecured fixed rate bonds issued
in October 2022 are rated BBB by Standard & Poor’s.
The $300 million unsubordinated, unsecured fixed rate bonds issued
in April 2023 are rated BBB by Standard & Poor’s.
The AUD $400 million unsubordinated, unsecured fixed rate bonds issued
in November 2023 are rated BBB by Standard & Poor’s.
93
INTEGRATED
REPORT 2024
GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS
Financial
statements
94
INTEGRATED
REPORT 2024
GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS
Financial statements
Contents
About these financial statements 96
Statement of comprehensive income 97
Statement of cash flows 97
Statement of financial position 98
Statement of changes in equity 99
Notes to the financial statements 100
A. Our performance 100
A1. Segments 100
A2. Earnings 100
A3. Free cash flow 102
B. Our funding 102
B1. Capital structure 102
B2. Share capital 102
B3. Distributions 103
B4. Borrowings 103
B5. Net interest expense 105
C. Our assets 106
C1. Property, plant and equipment and
intangible assets 106
C2. Goodwill and asset impairment testing 108
D. Our financial risks 109
D1. Market risk 109
D2. Liquidity risk 111
D3. Credit risk 111
D4. Hedging activities 111
D5. Change in fair value of financial
instruments in profit/(loss) 113
D6. Financial instruments at fair value 113
D7. Financial instruments at amortised cost 114
E. Other disclosures 114
E1. Tax 114
E2. Auditor’s remuneration 115
E3. Inventories 115
E4. Trade and other receivables 115
E5. Trade and other payables 116
E6. Provisions 116
E7. Profit to operating cash flows 117
E8. Share-based compensation 117
E9. Related parties 118
E10. New accounting standards 119
E11. Contingencies 119
E12. Subsequent events 119
95
GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS
INTEGRATED
REPORT 2024
About these
financial statements
For the year ended 30 June 2024
These financial statements are for Contact, a group made up of Contact Energy Limited,
its subsidiaries and its interests in associates and joint arrangements.
Contact Energy Limited is registered in New Zealand under the Companies
Act 1993. It is listed on the New Zealand Stock Exchange (NZX) and the
Australian Securities Exchange (ASX) and has bonds listed on the NZX debt
market. Contact is an FMC reporting entity under the Financial Markets
Conduct Act 2013.
Contact’s financial statements are prepared:
+in accordance with New Zealand generally accepted accounting practice
(GAAP) and comply with New Zealand equivalents to International Financial
Reporting Standards (IFRS) and IFRS as appropriate for a for-profit-entity
+in millions of New Zealand dollars (NZD) unless otherwise noted
+on a historical cost basis except for financial instruments held at fair value
+using the same accounting policies for all reporting periods presented
+with certain comparative amounts reclassified to conform to the current
year’s presentation.
Estimates and judgements are made in applying Contact’s accounting
policies. Areas that involve a higher level of estimation or judgement are:
+useful lives of property, plant and equipment and intangible assets (note C1)
+impairment testing of cash-generating units (note C2)
+fair value measurement of financial instruments (notes D1 and D6)
+provision for future restoration and rehabilitation obligations and the
Ahuroa Gas Storage facility (AGS) onerous contract provision (note E6).
The financial statements were authorised on behalf of the Contact Energy
Limited Board of Directors on 19 August 2024.
Robert McDonald Sandra Dodds
Chair Chair, Audit and Risk Committee
96
GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS
INTEGRATED
REPORT 2024
Statement of
comprehensive income
For the year ended 30 June 2024
$mNote20242023
RevenueA22,8632,118
Operating expensesA2(2,188)(1,613)
Net interestB5(40)(41)
Depreciation and amortisationC1(255)(224)
Asset impairment and write offsC1(50)–
Change in fair value of financial instrumentsD58 (63)
Profit before tax 338177
Tax expenseE1(103)(50)
Profit 235127
Items that may be reclassified to profit/(loss):
Change in hedge reserves (net of tax)D4(176)73
Comprehensive income 59200
Profit per share (cents) – basic and diluted 29.916.3
Statement of
cash flows
For the year ended 30 June 2024
$mNote20242023
Receipts f rom customers2,8632,117
Payments to suppliers and employees(2,165)(1,592)
Interest paid(21)(25)
Tax paid(97)(105)
Operating cash flowsE7580395
Purchase and construction of assets(506)(541)
Capitalised interestB5(74)(44)
Realised gains/losses on market derivatives(6)(27)
Investment in associates(10)(11)
Proceeds f rom sale of assets116
Deferred consideration for acquisition of
subsidiaries
– (11)
Investing cash flows (595)(618)
Dividends paidB3(248)(243)
Proceeds f rom borrowings5921,092
Repayment of borrowings(238)(650)
Financing costs(2)(4)
Financing cash flows 104195
Net cash flow89(28)
Add: cash at the beginning of the year140168
Cash at the end of the year229140
97
GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS
INTEGRATED
REPORT 2024
Statement of
financial position
At 30 June 2024
$mNote20242023
Cash and cash equivalents229140
Trade and other receivablesE4275249
InventoriesE33748
Intangible assetsC14333
Derivative financial instrumentsD168123
Total current assets 652593
Property, plant and equipmentC14,9334,615
Intangible assetsC1223202
InventoriesE340 37
GoodwillC2214214
Investments in associatesE94031
Derivative financial instrumentsD1106116
Total non-current assets 5,5565,215
Total assets 6,2085,808
Trade and other payablesE5356275
Tax payable3433
BorrowingsB4359384
Derivative financial instrumentsD115283
ProvisionsE6185
Total current liabilities 919780
BorrowingsB41,5541,172
Derivative financial instrumentsD1253159
ProvisionsE6294277
Deferred taxE1524589
Other non-current liabilities4527
Total non-current liabilities 2,6702,224
Total liabilities 3,5893,004
Net assets 2,6192,804
Share capitalB22,0211,988
Retained earnings773813
Hedge reservesD4(185)(9)
Share-based compensation reserveE81011
Shareholders’ equity 2,6192,804
98
GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS
INTEGRATED
REPORT 2024
Statement of
changes in equity
For the year ended 30 June 2024
$mNote
Share
capital
Retained
earnings
Hedge
reserves
Share-based
compensation
reserves
Shareholders’
equity
Balance at 1 July 2022 1,955 959 (82)8 2,840
Profit – 127 – – 127
Change in hedge reserves (net of tax)D4 – – 73 – 73
Change in share-based compensation reserveE8 2 – – 5 7
Share capital issuedB2 31 – – (2) 29
Dividends paidB3 – (273) – – (273)
Balance at 30 June 2023 1,988813(9)112,804
Profit – 235 – – 235
Change in hedge reserves (net of tax)D4 – – (176) – (176)
Change in share-based compensation reserveE8 5 – – 4 9
Share capital issuedB228 – – (5)23
Dividends paidB3 – (275) – – (275)
Balance at 30 June 2024 2,021 773 (185) 10 2,619
99
GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS
INTEGRATED
REPORT 2024
Notes to the financial statements
A. Our performance
A1. Segments
Contact reports activities under the Wholesale segment and the Retail segment.
The Wholesale segment includes revenue f rom the sale of electricity to the
wholesale electricity market, to Commercial & Industrial (C&I) customers and
to the Retail segment, less the cost to generate and/or purchase the electricity
and costs to serve and distribute electricity to C&I customers.
The results of Western Energy Services Limited is included in the Wholesale
segment. The results of Contact Energy Risk Limited have been allocated
across the operating segments based on fixed asset values, revenues, and
headcount.
The Retail segment includes revenue f rom delivering electricity, natural
gas, broadband, mobile and other products and services to mass market
customers less the cost of purchasing those products and services, and the
cost to serve and distribute electricity to customers.
‘Unallocated’ includes corporate functions not directly allocated to the
operating segments.
The Retail segment purchases electricity f rom the Wholesale segment
at a fixed price in a manner similar to transactions with third parties.
A2. Earnings
The table on the next page provides a breakdown of Contact’s revenue, expenses
and earnings before interest, tax, depreciation, amortisation, asset impairment
and write offs, and changes in fair value of financial instruments (EBITDAF) by
segment, and a reconciliation f rom EBITDAF to profit reported under NZ GAAP.
EBITDAF is used to monitor performance and is a non-GAAP measure.
The definition of EBITDAF has been updated this year to exclude asset
impairment and write off expenses f rom EBITDAF. Previously included in
operating expenditure, these are now presented separately as its own line
item in the Statement of Comprehensive Income and Segment results
(below EBITDAF). No amounts were recognised last year, therefore prior year
restatements are not required. The change was made to provide greater focus
on material asset impairment and write offs.
Within the segment results, change in fair value of financial instruments are
realised and unrealised fair value gains/losses on financial instruments that
are not designated in a hedging relationship, and excludes any realised gains/
losses on those financial instruments that are entered into by Contact for risk
management purposes which are included within EBITDAF. It also includes
hedge accounting ineffectiveness and the effect of credit risk.
Change in fair value of financial instruments in the Statement of Comprehensive
Income includes both ‘realised gains/(losses) on risk management derivatives
not in a hedge relationship’ and 'change in fair value of financial instruments’
f rom the segment results. A reconciliation is provided in note D5.
The key revenue categories are:
+Electricity, gas and steam
Electricity, gas and steam revenue (including mass market electricity,
C&I electricity and gas) is recognised when energy is supplied for customer
consumption.
+Wholesale electricity, net of hedging
Revenue received f rom electricity generated and sold through the
wholesale market, the net settlement of electricity hedges sold on the
electricity futures markets and to generators, other retailers and industrial
customers. Revenue is recognised as the energy is delivered.
+Electricity-related services
Revenue f rom the sale of complementary products and services to the
wholesale market for the provision of instantaneous reserves, f requency
keeping and other ancillary services. Revenue is recognised as the services
are provided.
+Telco
Broadband and mobile revenue are recognised as the services are provided.
Revenue recognition involves the calculation of unbilled revenue accruals for
mass market, C&I electricity and gas, as well as the recognition of contract
assets (note E4).
Other operating expenses within the segment results includes employee
benefits of $134 million (2023: $126 million).
100
INTEGRATED
REPORT 2024
GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS
Segment results
20242023
$m
WholesaleRetailUnallocated EliminationsTotal Wholesale Retail Unallocated Eliminations Total
Mass market electricity– 1,018 – (1)1,017 – 937 – (1) 936
C&I electricity – fixed price 252 – – – 252 243 – – – 243
C&I electricity – pass through47 – – – 47 23 – – – 23
Wholesale electricity, net of hedging 1,317 – – – 1,317 685 – – – 685
Electricity-related services revenue7 – – – 7 12 – – – 12
Inter-segment electricity sales561 – – (561)– 482 – – (482) –
Gas8 96 – – 104 5 90 – – 95
Steam3 – – – 3 35 – – – 35
Geothermal services12 – – – 12 6 – – – 6
Telco– 82 – – 82 – 66 – – 66
Other income 12 10 – – 22 8 9 – – 17
Total revenue2,219 1,206 – (562)2,863 1,499 1,102 – (483) 2,118
Electricity purchases, net of hedging (986)– – – (986)(479)– – – (479)
Electricity purchases – pass through(37)(1)– – (38)(16)– – – (16)
Electricity-related services cost(7)– – – (7)(6)– – – (6)
Inter-segment electricity purchases– (561)– 561 – – (482)– 482 –
Gas and diesel purchases(118)(23)– – (141)(53)(26)– – (79)
Gas storage costs(15)– – – (15)(139)– – – (139)
Carbon emissions costs(62)(7)– – (69)(26)(11)– – (37)
Generation transmission & levies(29)– – – (29)(27)– – – (27)
Electricity networks, levies & meter costs – fixed price (60)(449)– – (509)(55)(423)– – (478)
Electricity networks, levies & meter costs – pass through(7)– – – (7)(6)– – – (6)
Gas networks, transmission, meter costs & service costs(5)(51)– – (56)(5)(45)– – (50)
Geothermal service costs(6)– – – (6)(3)– – – (3)
Telco costs– (72)– – (72)– (60)– – (60)
Other operating expenses(129)(74)(51)1 (253)(121)(69)(44)1 (233)
Total operating expenses(1,461)(1,238)(51)562 (2,188)(936)(1,116)(44)483 (1,613)
Realised gains/(losses) on risk management
derivatives not in a hedge relationship– – – – – (45)– – – (45)
EBITDAF758 (32)(51)– 675 518 (14)(44)– 460
Depreciation and amortisation(255) (224)
Net interest expense(40) (41)
Asset impairment and write offs(50)–
Change in fair value of financial instruments8 (18)
Tax expense(103) (50)
Profit 235 127
101
INTEGRATED
REPORT 2024
GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS
A3. Free cash flow
Free cash flow is a non-GAAP cash measure that shows the amount of cash
Contact has available to distribute to shareholders, reduce debt or reinvest in
growing the business. A reconciliation f rom EBITDAF to NZ GAAP operating
cash flows and to f ree cash flow is provided below.
$mNote20242023
EBITDAFA2675460
Tax paid (97)(105)
Change in working capital, net of investing and
financing activities
31(55)
Non-cash items included in EBITDAF (8)120
Net interest paid, excluding capitalised interest (21)(25)
Operating cash flowsE7580395
Stay in business capital expenditure (110)(113)
Operating free cash flow 470282
Proceeds f rom sale of assets 116
Free cash flow 471298
Operating free cash flow per share (cents)B359.836.0
Stay in business capital expenditure is required to maintain our business
operations and includes major plant inspections and replacements of existing
assets.
B. Our funding
B1. Capital structure
Contact’s capital includes equity and net debt. Our objectives when managing
capital are to ensure Contact can pay its debts when they are due and to
optimise the cost of our capital.
To manage the capital structure, the Board may adjust the amount and nature
of distributions to shareholders, issue new shares and increase or repay debt.
Contact manages its capital structure to support an investment grade credit
rating and a gearing ratio suitable to our operating environment.
$mNote20242023
BorrowingsB41,913 1,556
Shareholders’ equity 2,619 2,804
Total capital funding 4,532 4,360
Gearing ratio 42.2%35.7%
Gearing ratio excluding subordinated debt 39.2%32.2%
B2. Share capital
Share capital is comprised of ordinary shares listed on the NZX and ASX.
Certain ordinary shares are held in trust on behalf of employees under the
Contact Share scheme (note E8). All shareholders are entitled to receive
distributions and to make one vote per share.
3,397,770 shares were issued during the year f rom the dividend reinvestment
plan (2023: 4,035,419). The remaining balance of shares issued relates to
employee share-based compensation.
NoteShares$m
Balance at 30 June 2023 784,963,4541,988
Share capital issued 4,153,75433
Balance at 30 June 2024 789,117,2082,021
102
INTEGRATED
REPORT 2024
GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS
B3. Distributions
Earnings and operating free cash flow per share
Weighted average20242023
Number of shares (basic)787,316,179783,046,136
Number of shares (diluted)788,537,322784,239,991
The basic earnings per share calculation uses the weighted average number
of shares on issue over the period.
The diluted weighted average number of shares considers the number
of performance share rights and deferred share rights that are currently
exercisable or will become exercisable depending on the likelihood of meeting
vesting conditions.
Dividends paid
Cents
per share$m
2022 Final21.0164
2023 Interim14.0109
30 June 2023 273
2023 Final21.0165
2024 Interim14.0110
30 June 2024 275
Comprised of:
Cash dividends248
Dividend reinvestment plan 27
In the prior year, cash dividends was $243 million and dividends reinvestment
was $30 million.
On 16 August 2024, the Board resolved to pay a 91% imputed final dividend
of 23 cents per share on 27 September 2024. On 19 August 2024, Contact had
$57 million (2023: $43 million) of imputation credits available for use in future
periods.
B4. Borrowings
Borrowings are recognised initially at fair value less financing costs and
subsequently at amortised cost using the effective interest rate method.
Some borrowings are designated in fair value hedge relationships, which
means that any changes in market interest and foreign exchange rates result
in a change in the fair value adjustment on that debt.
All borrowings other than leases are Green Debt Instruments under Contact’s
Green Borrowing Programme, which has been certified by the Climate Bonds
Initiative. At 30 June 2024 Contact remains compliant with the requirements
of the programme. Further information is available on the Sustainability
section on Contact’s website.
0
20
cps
40
60
Profit
(basic)
2024
2023
Operating free
cash flow
(basic)
Profit
(diluted)
16.329.936.059.816.3
29.9
103
INTEGRATED
REPORT 2024
GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS
Borrowings
$mMaturityCoupon20242023
Commercial paper < 3 months Floating
250
190
Drawn bank facilitiesVariousFloating
26
–
Lease obligations VariousVarious
47
49
USPP notes – US$22mDec 20234.19%
–
28
USPP notes – US$51mDec 20234.09%
–
64
USPP notes – US$42mDec 20233.63%
–
61
Retail bonds – CEN050Aug 20243.55%
100
100
USPP notes – US$58mDec 20254.33%
73
73
USPP notes – US$43mDec 20253.85%
62
62
Export credit agency facilityNov 2027Floating
25
32
USPP notes – US$15mDec 20273.95%
22
22
USPP notes – US$23mDec 20284.44%
29
29
USPP notes – US$30mDec 20284.51%
38
38
Capital bonds – CEN060Nov 20264.33%
225
225
Retail bonds – CEN070Apr 20285.82%
250
250
Retail bonds – CEN080Apr 20295.62%
300
300
AMTN – AUD$400mNov 20306.40%
434
–
Face value of borrowings
1,881
1,523
Deferred financing costs
(9)
(9)
Total borrowings at amortised cost
1,872
1,514
Fair value adjustment on hedged
borrowings
41
43
Carrying value of borrowings
1,913
1,556
Current
359
384
Non-current
1,554
1,172
Changes in borrowings
$m20242023
Borrowings at the start of the year1,5561,099
Net cash borrowed/(repaid)352442
Non-cash change in lease obligations532
Non-cash change in deferred financing costs2(4)
Non-cash change in fair value adjustment(2)(12)
Borrowings at the end of the year1,9131,556
Short-term funding
Contact uses bank facilities for general corporate purposes including to
manage its liquidity risk (note D2). While drawings under our bank facilities
are typically for periods of three months or less, the amounts drawn down can
be rolled for the term of the facility. Drawn facilities are classified as current
when the facility will expire within one year of the reporting period end.
Contact’s total bank facilities have a range of maturities as follows:
Maturity $m20242023
Between 1 and 2 years 150 150
Between 2 and 3 years 350 350
More than 3 years 350 350
850850
All of these bank facilities form part of Contact’s Green Borrowing Programme.
104
INTEGRATED
REPORT 2024
GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS
Lease obligations
Contact’s leases predominately relate to property and connections to the
national electricity grid. These assets are included in the carrying value of
property, plant and equipment (note C1).
Security
Contact’s Deed of Negative Pledge and Guarantee and its United States
Private Placement (USPP) note agreements restrict Contact f rom granting
security interest over its assets, subject to certain permitted exceptions.
Because of these restrictions, Contact’s borrowings are all unsecured, except
for lease obligations secured over the leased assets. The Deed of Negative
Pledge and Guarantee and the USPP note agreements contain various debt
covenants, all of which Contact complied with during the reporting period.
Cash and cash equivalents
Contact trades electricity price derivatives on the ASX market using a broker
that holds collateral on deposit for margin calls. At 30 June 2024, this collateral
was $87 million (2023: $51 million) and is included within cash and cash
equivalents.
B5. Net interest expense
$m
Note20242023
Interest expense on borrowings(105)(76)
Interest expense on finance leases (3)(1)
Unwind of discount on provisionsE6(14)(8)
Unwind of deferred financing costs (2)(2)
Other interest (1) (2)
Capitalised interestC174 44
Interest income11 4
Net interest expense (40)(41)
105
INTEGRATED
REPORT 2024
GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS
C. Our assets
C1. Property, plant and equipment
and intangible assets
Contact’s property, plant and equipment (PP&E)
and intangible assets include:
+Generation plant and equipment: hydro,
geothermal and thermal power stations and
geothermal wells and pipelines.
+Computer software: our SAP system that is
used for customer service and billing, finance
functions and generation asset management,
which has a carrying value of $129 million (2023:
$145 million) and a remaining life of 14 years.
All assets are recognised at cost less accumulated
depreciation or amortisation and impairments.
Generation plant and equipment acquired before
1 October 2004 is recognised at deemed historical
cost, which is the fair value of those assets at
1 October 2004, less accumulated depreciation
and accumulated impairment losses.
Software as a service contracts are recorded as
operating expenditure unless they meet the
requirements of an intangible asset or lease asset
(i.e. management can demonstrate control of
an asset).
Intangible assets includes capital work in progress
(CWIP) balance of $14 million relating to software
(2023: $24 million).
Property, plant and equipment
$m
Generation
plant and
equipment
Other land,
buildings,
plant and
equipment
Capital
work in
progress
Leased
assets Total
Cost
Balance at 1 July 20225,733149567516,500
Additions154353729723
Transfers f rom capital work in progress242 (26)– –
Transfers to assets held for sale(5)– – (5)
Disposals(28)(54)– (4)(86)
Balance at 30 June 2023 5,878 100 1,078 76 7,132
Additions11444654587
Transfers f rom capital work in progress856(91)– –
Disposals(37)– (36)– (73)
Balance at 30 June 20246,0401101,416807,646
Depreciation
Balance at 1 July 2022(2,266)(117)– (22)(2,405)
Depreciation(180)(5)– (4)(189)
Transfers to assets held for sale5 – – – 5
Disposals17 53 – 3 73
Balance at 30 June 2023(2,424)(69)–(23)(2,516)
Depreciation(216)(5)– (5)(226)
Disposals29– – – 29
Balance at 30 June 2024(2,611)(74)– (28)(2,713)
Carrying value
At 30 June 20233,454311,078534,615
At 30 June 20243,429361,416524,933
Included within additions for the year ended 30 June 2024 is capitalised interest of $74 million
(2023: $44 million) in relation to the build of the Tauhara, Te Huka 3 and GeoFuture power stations and
associated steamfield.
106
INTEGRATED
REPORT 2024
GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS
Intangible assets
$m
Software and
capital work in
progress
Carbon
emission
unitsOther
Total
Cost
Balance at 1 July 20225262718 571
Additions3778– 115
Disposals– (72)– (72)
Balance at 30 June 20235633318 614
Additions38 87 – 125
Disposals(6)(59)– (65)
Balance at 30 June 20245956118 674
Amortisation
Balance at 1 July 2022(342)– (2)(344)
Amortisation(33)– (2)(35)
Balance at 30 June 2023(375)– (4)(379)
Amortisation(27)– (2)(29)
Balance at 30 June 2024(402)– (6)(408)
Carrying value
At 30 June 20231883314235
At 30 June 20241936112266
Current– 43– 43
Non-current193 1812 223
During the year the following asset write offs were recognised:
+$36 million of CWIP within Property, Plant and Equipment relating
to the remedial works during Tauhara commissioning.
+$8 million within Generation plant and equipment, relating to damages
to one of the Peakers during the year.
+$6 million of CWIP within intangible assets, relating to software projects
which are no longer continuing in the form originally planned.
Capital commitments
$m20242023
Contracted capital expenditure209300
Carbon forward contracts120124
Closing balance329424
Due within 12 months195300
Due beyond 12 months134124
Cost
Contact capitalises the costs to purchase and bring assets into service.
When Contact develops an asset, employee time and other directly
attributable costs are capitalised and held as capital work in progress
until the asset is commissioned.
Contact capitalises costs to obtain resource consents and to drill geothermal
exploration wells. These costs are expensed if the existing area of operations
that they relate to is unsuccessful or abandoned. All other geothermal
exploration costs are expensed.
Carbon units are purchased to offset our emissions under the New Zealand
Emissions Trading Scheme (ETS). The units are recognised at cost and
are classified as current assets when they will be used to offset our ETS
obligations at balance date or obligations expected to be incurred within
one year of balance date.
Depreciation and amortisation
The cost of Contact’s assets is spread evenly over their useful lives (straight
line method) or, for certain thermal assets, over the equivalent operating
hours (EOH) those assets are expected to be of benefit to Contact.
Management estimates an asset’s useful life or EOH and this is reviewed annually.
Land, capital work in progress and carbon units are not depreciated or
amortised. The depreciation and amortisation rates for all other assets are:
AssetRate/hours
Generation plant and equipment
Straight line 1% – 50%
Equivalent operating hours1,900 – 22,000
Other buildings, plant and equipment 2% – 33%
Computer software 4% – 50%
107
INTEGRATED
REPORT 2024
GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS
C2. Goodwill and asset impairment testing
Contact has two cash-generating units (CGUs): Wholesale and Retail.
The Retail CGU includes goodwill of $179 million (2023: $179 million).
The Wholesale CGU includes goodwill of $35 million (2023: $35 million).
The recoverable amount of an asset or CGU is calculated as the higher of its value in
use and fair value less costs to sell. Every reporting period management estimates
the value in use expected to be recovered f rom Contact’s CGUs. An impairment
is recognised when the recoverable value is lower than the carrying value.
Determining value in use involves estimating future cash flows for each
CGU. These cash flows are based on a ten year projection, adjusted for future
growth rate of 2% (2023: 2%) based on RBNZ’s target inflation rate. This is then
discounted at a post-tax discount rate between 8% – 9% (2023: 7% – 8%) to
arrive at the present value, or value in use, of each CGU. A ten year cash flow
projection has been used as a longer term forecast provides a more accurate
valuation for Contact.
No impairments were recognised in the current or prior period.
The key inputs to CGU cash flows and their method of determination, are:
Retail CGU
Post-tax discount rate and inflationExternal WACC report prepared by PwC and implicit
inflation rate.
Customer numbers and churnActual customer numbers adjusted for historical
churn data and expected market trends.
Price per customerPrice per customer adjusted for expected market
changes.
Estimated future capital
expenditure and operating costs
Budgeted capital and operating expenditure,
reflecting historical levels and known differences.
Cost of purchased energy and
networks costs
ASX future electricity prices adjusted for location and
seasonal shape and estimated future network costs.
Fuel costsContracted gas and carbon prices, otherwise
Contact’s best estimate of future prices.
Wholesale CGU and future generation developments
Post-tax discount rate and inflationExternal WACC report prepared by PwC, and implicit
inflation rate.
Wholesale electricity price pathModelled wholesale prices based upon ASX future
electricity prices adjusted for location and seasonal
shape, and price estimates based on an analysis
of expected demand and cost of new supply for
periods not quoted on the ASX market.
Generation volume and mixGeneration strategy based on expected demand, hydro
volumes, planned outages and expected market pricing.
Estimated future capital
expenditure and operating costs
Budgeted capital and operating expenditure,
reflecting historical levels and known differences.
Fuel costsContracted gas and carbon prices, otherwise
Contact’s best estimate of future prices.
Sensitivities
The calculation of the value in use for the CGUs is most sensitive to the inputs
for wholesale electricity prices and the post tax discount rate.
Wholesale electricity prices are influenced by several factors that are difficult
to predict, in particular weather, which can impact short term prices.
Wholesale electricity prices may also be adversely affected by a reduction
in demand, the availability of fuel and generation capacity in the wholesale
electricity market, competitor and transmission system availability.
The post-tax discount rate is an estimate of Contact’s weighted average cost
of capital and is influenced by several external factors such as the risk-f ree rate
and inflation.
The sensitivity of the valuation model to the wholesale electricity prices and
discount rate, where all other inputs remain constant, is as follows:
Impact $m
Significant unobservable inputsSensitivity20242023
Post-tax discount rate- 0.5%+582+715
+ 0.5%-508-611
Wholesale electricity price path+ 10%+486+593
- 10%-486-593
The value in use exceeded the carrying value for all sensitivities carried out.
There is interrelation between the key inputs in the valuation. Any changes
in the price path and post-tax discount rate would not occur in isolation and
would drive other changes which could also impact the value in use.
108
INTEGRATED
REPORT 2024
GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS
D. Our financial risks
Contact’s financial risk management system mitigates exposure to market,
liquidity and credit risks by ensuring that material risks are identified, the
financial impact is understood and tools and limits are in place to manage
exposures. Written policies provide the f ramework for Contact’s financial risk
management system.
D1. Market risk
Interest rate risk
Contact has fixed and floating rate debt and is exposed to movements in
interest rates. For fixed rate debt the exposure is to falling interest rates as
Contact could have secured that debt at lower rates, while for floating rate
debt there is uncertainty of future cash interest payments.
Contact manages these risks through the use of interest rate swaps (IRS)
and cross-currency interest rate swaps (CCIRS) to ensure that the total debt
portfolio has an appropriate amount of fixed and floating rate exposure. The
risk is monitored by assessing the notional amount of debt on a fixed and
floating basis and ensuring this is in accordance with set policies.
Foreign exchange risk
Contact is exposed to movements in foreign exchange rates through its
commitments to pay certain suppliers and United States Private Placement
(USPP) and Australian medium-term note holders.
To mitigate this risk, forward foreign exchange contracts are used to fix future
cash flows in NZD terms. Foreign debt is hedged through the use of CCIRS,
which converts foreign currency principal and interest payments to NZD at a
fixed exchange rate.
Commodity price risk
Contact is exposed to electricity price risk through the sale and purchase of
electricity on the wholesale electricity market. Contact’s integrated Wholesale
and Retail businesses provide a natural hedge for most of this exposure.
Derivatives may be used to fix the price at which Contact buys or sells any
residual exposure to electricity price risks.
Contact is also exposed to natural gas price risk on purchases of natural
gas. Short and long term gas purchase contracts are used to fix the price
of gas. Related to this, Contact is exposed to carbon price risk on its carbon
obligations. Spot purchases, forward purchases and auction participation
are used to manage the price risk relating to carbon. These are not derivative
financial instruments as gas and carbon contracts are entered into for
Contact’s own use in operations.
109
INTEGRATED
REPORT 2024
GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS
Summary of derivative financial instruments
A summary of the exposures f rom derivatives and the impact on Contact’s financial position is provided below, grouped by type of hedge relationship.
Further information on hedging activities and fair value of derivatives is provided in notes D4, D5 and D6.
Fair value hedge
Cash flow and fair
value hedgeCash flow hedgeNo hedge relationship
IRSCCIRSIRSElectricity derivatives
Foreign exchange
contractsElectricity derivatives
$m 20242023Change20242023Change20242023Change20242023Change20242023Change20242023Change
Financial year of maturity
2025–292025–292026–312024–282025–312024–312025–392024–392025–262024–262025–282024–28
Notional amount of derivatives875875 6583761,8851,58514,644
GWh
14,128
GWh
741761,614
GWh
1,953
GWh
Carrying amount of hedged
borrowings
(862)(849) (712)(445)– – – – – – – –
Fair value adjustments to borrowings1326(13)(54)(69)15– – – – – – –– – – – –
Fair value of derivatives – asset6246174(13)4455(11)2278(56)13(2)402614
Fair value of derivatives – liability(20)(29)9(10)(7)(3)(11)(2)(9)(317)(152)(165)(3)(4)1(44)(46)2
Total movement – (1) (20) (221) (1) 16
Change in fair value of derivatives recognised in the statement of comprehensive income and profit/(loss) – unrealised
Fair value
hedge
Cash flow and
fair value hedgeCash flow hedge
No hedge
relationship
IRSCCIRSIRS
Electricity
derivatives
Foreign
exchange
contracts
Electricity
derivativesTotal
$m Note20242023202420232024202320242023202420232024202320242023
Change in fair values recognised in:
• Change in fair value of financial instruments
recognised in profit/(loss)
D5– (1)1– 48– – – – 62119
• Hedge effectiveness recognised in OCID4– – (2)– (14)12(189)14(2)(1)– – (207)25
• Premiums recognised in payables/(receivables) – – – – – – – – – – 10(13)10(13)
• Amounts reclassified to profit/(loss) or balance sheetD4– – – – (10)– (32)6112– – (41)63
Total unrealised movement – (1)(1)– (20)20(221)75(1)116(11)(227)84
Change in fair value of financial instruments recognised in profit/(loss) also includes realised gains/(losses). Cash flow hedge reserves and the total change in fair
value recognised in profit/(loss) and has been reconciled in notes D4 and D5.
110
INTEGRATED
REPORT 2024
GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS
Sensitivities
The table below summarises the impact on derivative valuations of possible
changes in forward wholesale electricity prices and forward interest rates.
The analysis assumes that all variables were held constant except for the
relevant market risk factor. If in a hedge relationship, these movements
would be offset elsewhere by an opposite movement on the hedged item.
$m
Favourable/(unfavourable) 20242023
Hedging impact on hedge reserves
Forward interest rates+100bps4028
-25bps(10)(7)
Forward electricity prices+10%(107)(88)
-10%10788
Forward foreign exchange rates+10%(5)(11)
-10%614
Hedging impact on post-tax profit/(loss)
Forward interest rates+100bps– –
-25bps– –
Forward electricity prices+10%23
-10%(2)(3)
D2. Liquidity risk
To manage liquidity risk, Contact maintains a diverse portfolio of funding, debt
maturities are spread over several years and any new financing or refinancing
requirements are addressed with an appropriate lead time. Contact maintains
a buffer of undrawn bank facilities over its forecast funding requirements to
enable it to meet any unforeseen cash flows.
Management monitors the available liquidity buffer by comparing forecast
cash flows to available facilities to ensure sufficient liquidity is maintained in
accordance with internal limits.
Information on contracted cash flows in the table below is presented on an
undiscounted basis.
CCIRS cash flows are included within Borrowings in the table below. US dollar
inflows on the CCIRS offset the US dollar outflows on the USPP notes.
$m
Total
contractual
cash flows
Less
than
1 year
1–2
years
2–5
years
More
than
5 years
2024
Trade and other payables(266)(266)–––
Borrowings(2,385)(359)(230)(859)(937)
Other liabilities(39)(2)(1)(4)(32)
Electricity price derivatives – net settled(381)(115)(67)(103)(96)
IRS - net settled181392(6)
Foreign exchange derivatives – inflow74704––
Foreign exchange derivatives – outflow(74)(70)(4)––
(3,053)(729)(289)(964)(1,071)
2023
Trade and other payables(207)(207) – – –
Borrowings(1,917)(429)(74)(590)(824)
Other liabilities(38)(4)(4)(1)(29)
Electricity price derivatives – net settled(147)10(28)(83) (46)
IRS – net settled3031021 (4)
Foreign exchange derivatives – inflow173149 22 2 –
Foreign exchange derivatives – outflow(176)(151)(23)(2)–
(2,282)(629)(97)(653)(903)
D3. Credit risk
Total credit risk exposure is measured by the financial instruments in an asset
position of $669 million (2023: $602 million). To minimise credit risk exposure,
Contact has a policy to only transact with credit worthy counterparties and
to not exceed internally imposed exposure limits to any one counterparty.
Where appropriate, collateral is obtained. Further information on customer
related credit risk is provided in note E4.
D4. Hedging activities
Contact has designated derivatives used to manage market risks into fair
value and cash flow hedge relationships. A hedge ratio of 1:1 is applied for
all hedge relationships, as the notional value of the derivative matches the
notional value of the hedged item.
111
INTEGRATED
REPORT 2024
GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS
Fair value hedges
Interest rate risk
The derivatives (IRS) Contact uses to manage its interest rate risk meet
the criteria for hedge accounting where they directly relate to issued debt.
The hedge is against future fair value movements in the debt and can be
for a portion of the debt.
Contact has designated $875 million of retail bonds into fair value hedge
relationships with receive-fixed, pay-floating IRS. The fixed interest rates
and other terms match the relevant bond to create an economic relationship.
At 30 June 2024, the average fixed interest rate that Contact receives for these
IRS is 5.4% (2023: 5.4%).
The bonds are recognised at amortised cost. Both the hedged risk and the
hedging instrument (IRS) are recognised at fair value. The change in the
fair value of both items is recognised in profit/(loss) and will offset to the
extent the hedging relationship is effective. There are no material sources
of ineffectiveness.
Cash flow hedges
The derivatives Contact uses to manage exposure to wholesale electricity
prices, floating interest rate risk and foreign exchange rates qualify for cash
flow hedge accounting. For cash flow hedges, the derivative is recognised
at fair value with the effective portion of all changes in fair value recognised
in the cash flow hedge reserve. Any ineffective portion is recognised
immediately in profit/(loss). Amounts recognised in the cash flow hedge
reserve are reclassified to profit/(loss) or the Statement of Financial Position
according to the nature of the hedged item.
The movement in hedge reserves is reconciled below.
$mNote 20242023
Opening balance (9)(82)
Effective portion of cash flow hedgesD1(207)25
Amortisation of hedge reserve 3 11
Transferred to revenue/balance sheetD1(41)63
Transferred to deferred taxE169(26)
Closing balance (185)(9)
The movement in hedge effectiveness mainly relates to the increase in
forward wholesale electricity prices compared to prior year.
Commodity price risk
Contact designates forecast electricity sales and purchases into cash flow
hedges with electricity price derivatives. Volumes are matched to create an
economic relationship. There are no material sources of ineffectiveness.
At 30 June 2024, the average price of these derivatives was $109/MWh
(2023: $104/MWh).
Interest rate risk
Contact designates a certain level of its floating rate exposure into cash flow
hedges with receive-floating, pay-fixed IRS in line with set internal policies.
At 30 June 2024, the average fixed interest rate that Contact pays for these
IRS is 3.9% (2023: 3.5%).
An economic relationship exists between the floating rate exposure and the
IRS based on the reference interest rate. Ineffectiveness arises due to IRS that
have been designated into hedge relationships part way through their term.
These IRS were designated on 1 July 2018 on adoption of NZ IFRS 9.
Combined fair value and cash flow hedges
Contact has designated all its USPP and Australian medium-term notes into
both fair value and cash flow hedge relationships with CCIRS, depending on
the component of the USPP note being hedged:
+For the fair value hedges the change in fair value of the notes are recognised in
profit/(loss) to offset the change in fair value of the relevant CCIRS component.
+For the cash flow hedges the change in fair value of the CCIRS component
is recognised in the cash flow hedge reserve.
+The cost to convert foreign currency cash flows under CCIRS is excluded
f rom the hedge relationship and recognised in the cost of hedging reserve.
At 30 June 2024, the average fixed interest rate that Contact receives for these
IRS is 6.1% (2023: 4.2%).
The CCIRS has converted the foreign currency principal of the notes at fixed
rates of USD 0.75 and AUD 0.92 (2023: USD 0.75).
An economic relationship exists based on the reference interest rates, exchange
rate and other terms. There are no material sources of ineffectiveness.
Cash flow hedge reserve balances relating to discontinued cash flow hedge
relationships are amortised to profit/(loss) over the original term if the cash
flows are still expected to occur. Otherwise, the balance is transferred to profit/
(loss) when the relationship is discontinued.
112
INTEGRATED
REPORT 2024
GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS
Derivatives not in hedge relationships
These are electricity price derivatives purchased and sold as part of a
requirement to participate in the ASX futures electricity market, electricity
derivatives entered into for profit making, financial transmission rights and
electricity price options. All changes in fair value of these derivatives are
recognised directly in profit/(loss).
D5. Change in fair value of financial instruments in
profit/(loss)
The following table provides a summary of the amounts recognised in change
in fair value of financial instruments within profit/(loss).
$mNote 20242023
Within EBITDAF:
Realised gains/(losses) on risk management
derivatives
A2– (45)
Below EBITDAF:
Realised gains/(losses) on market derivatives (3)(27)
Unrealised gains/(losses) on unhedged derivativesD162
Unrealised gains/(losses) – hedge ineffectivenessD157
Total below EBITDAFA18(18)
Change in fair value of financial instruments 8(63)
Except for the hedge ineffectiveness amount, the above relates to derivatives
not in a hedge relationship.
D6. Financial instruments at fair value
Fair value
Contact uses discounted cash flow valuations with market observable data,
to the extent that it is available, in estimating the fair value of all derivatives.
The key variables used in these valuations are forward prices (for the relevant
underlying interest rates, foreign exchange rates and wholesale electricity
prices) and discount rates.
All inputs are sourced or derived f rom market information except for forward
wholesale electricity prices which are:
+derived f rom ASX market quoted prices adjusted for Contact’s estimate of
the effect of location and seasonality, or
+when quoted prices are not available or relevant (i.e. long dated and large
contracts), Contact’s best estimate of the cost of new supply is used. This is
derived using key unobservable inputs, relevant wholesale market factors
and management judgement.
Additional key inputs and assumptions used to determine the fair value
of electricity derivatives include Contact’s best estimate of volumes called
over the life of electricity options and forward quoted commodity prices
(e.g. adjustments as a consequence of initial recognition differences).
The discount rate used for the valuations of electricity price derivatives is
between 5%–7% (2023: 6%–7%), which is a risk-f ree rate with credit adjustment.
The following table provides a breakdown of the fair value of derivatives by the
source of key valuation inputs:
$m20242023
Sourced f rom market data(30)9
Derived f rom market data7292
Electricity price estimates(273)(104)
(231)(3)
The electricity price derivatives most affected by estimates are reconciled
below:
$m20242023
Opening balance(104)(81)
Gain/(loss) in profit/loss:
• wholesale electricity revenue(7)28
Gain/(loss) in OCI(104)(73)
Instruments issued (58) 22
Closing balance(273)(104)
For these derivatives a 10% increase in the electricity price would result
in an unfavourable movement in fair value of $137 million (2023: $92 million)
and a 10% decrease would result in a favourable movement in fair value of
$137 million (2023: $92 million).
113
INTEGRATED
REPORT 2024
GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS
D7. Financial instruments at amortised cost
The value of financial instruments carried at amortised cost is provided in the
table below.
$m20242023
Cash and cash equivalents229140
Trade and other receivables266236
Trade and other payables(338)(239)
Borrowings (1,872)(1,514)
The fair value of borrowings is $1,923 million (2023: $1,566 million). This fair
value is derived f rom market data.
E. Other disclosures
E1. Tax
Tax expense is made up of current tax expense and deferred tax expense.
Current tax expense relates to the current financial reporting period while
deferred tax will be payable in future periods.
Tax is recognised in profit, except when it relates to items recognised directly in OCI.
$m20242023
Profit before tax338177
Tax at 28%(95)(50)
Tax effect adjustments:
Removal of tax depreciation on buildings*(8)–
Tax expense(103)(50)
Current(99)(103)
Deferred (4)53
* For income tax years beginning 1 July 2024, Contact will no longer be able to claim tax depreciation
on buildings with an estimated useful life of 50 years or more. This has resulted in an increased
deferred tax liability.
Contact’s deferred tax liability is calculated as the difference between the
carrying value of assets and liabilities for financial reporting purposes and the
values used for taxation purposes.
$m
PP&E and
intangible
assetsDerivativesOtherTotal
Balance at 1 July 2022(673)3423(616)
Recognised in profit/(loss)19 1 3353
Recognised in balance sheet (35)– 35–
Recognised in OCI – (26) – (26)
Balance at 30 June 2023(689)991(589)
Recognised in profit/(loss)2(3)(3)(4)
Recognised in balance sheet(9)–9–
Recognised in OCI–69–69
Balance at 30 June 2024(696)7597(524)
114
INTEGRATED
REPORT 2024
GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS
E2. Auditor’s remuneration
2024
$'000
2023
$'000
Review of interim financial statements7775
Audit of financial statements438425
Audit of subsidiary financial statements 1525
Total audit and review of financial statements530525
Assurance of Global Reporting Initiatives disclosures 5620
Assurance of Greenhouse gas inventory report7650
Assurance of Green Borrowing Programme2820
Assurance of Sustainability linked loan2139
Assurance of Sustainable finance f ramework–23
Total other assurance services181152
Total fees related to audit and assurance services711677
Remuneration surveys and benchmarking 5341
Immigration services–1
Total other services5342
Total fees for services provided by EY764719
Contact has an External Audit Independence Policy whereby all other
assurance and non-assurance services requires approval f rom the Audit & Risk
Committee Chair. Total fees for non-assurance services are limited to 50% of
the audit and review of financial statements fees.
The only non-assurance services provided by EY is for remuneration services
as they provide appropriate industry and role specific data for setting
remuneration at Contact. There are no audit independence concerns relating
to these services being provided by EY.
E3. Inventories
Contact’s inventories comprise gas in storage for use in thermal generation,
consumables and spare parts for power stations and diesel fuel for use in the
Whirinaki power plant. Inventory gas is measured at weighted average cost.
All other inventories are stated at cost.
The non-current portion relates to 4PJs of inventory gas in AGS that will not
be available for extraction until end of contract in 2033.
$m20242023
Inventory gas5867
Consumables and spare parts1413
Diesel fuel55
7785
Current3748
Non-current40 37
E4. Trade and other receivables
$m20242023
Trade receivables163157
Unbilled receivables103 83
Provision for impairment(2)(2)
Net trade receivables264238
Contract assets34
Prepayments86
Trade and other receivables275249
Trade and unbilled receivables are recognised net of discounts.
Unbilled receivables represent Contact’s best estimate of unbilled retail sales
at the end of the reporting period. The estimate uses smart meter data to
determine the relevant unbilled amount for the period. Consumption history
is used if smart meter data is not available.
Ageing of trade receivables past due but not impaired are:
$m20242023
Less than one month 99
Greater than one month33
1212
When Contact has been unable to collect amounts due f rom customers
those debts are written off. Trade receivables, net of recoveries, of $3 million
(2023: $2 million) were written off during the reporting period.
115
INTEGRATED
REPORT 2024
GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS
E5. Trade and other payables
$m20242023
Trade payables and accruals319225
Employee benefits2219
Interest payable129
Other liabilities322
Trade and other payables356275
E6. Provisions
Contact recognises restoration and environmental rehabilitation provisions for
the expected costs to abandon and restore geothermal wells and generation
sites and to remediate the environmental impacts of our operations, where
this can be reliably measured.
These provisions are based on estimates of future cash flows to settle
obligations or make good the affected sites at the end of the assets’ useful
lives and discounted to present value.
Restoration provisions for generation sites do not include the value that may be
received during decommissioning for scrap materials, which at 30 June 2024
has an estimated present value of $27 million.
$m
Restoration/
decomm-
issioning
Environment
rehabilitation
AGS
onerous
contract
Other
Total
Balance at 1 July 2023(137)(27) (116)(2)(282)
Created(35)(12)– – (47)
Released16135 – 52
Utilised11(23)–(21)
Unwind of discount(8)(1)(5) – (14)
Balance at
30 June 2024(163)(38)(109)(2)(312)
Current(1)(7) (10) – (18)
Non-current(162)(31)(99)(2)(294)
In FY23, Contact recognised an onerous contract provision relating to the
Ahuroa Gas Storage (AGS) contract. Contact continues ongoing discussions
with Flexgas in relation to the capacity and operations of the AGS facility.
The provision is calculated as the difference between the contract payments
and the estimated value received f rom access to available storage over the
remaining term of contract, discounted to present value using a discount rate
of 4.7% (2023: 4.7%).
The provision assumes that Contact has available storage of 2.1PJs (2023: 2.1PJs)
based on studies f rom the Technical Working Group in the prior year and
actual performance of the facility.
The estimated value received f rom access to AGS storage is based on
the ability for Contact to store gas in AGS, and extract this for generating
electricity when favourable to Contact.
Although the contract is onerous over the entire contract term, the estimated
value received f rom AGS exceeded contract payments in FY24, resulting in an
increase in the provision this period.
Sensitivity – AGS onerous contract
Impact on provision $m
Key inputSensitivity20242023
Estimated available storage+0.6PJs3627
-0.6PJs(36)(25)
Estimated value received+10%1316
-10%(13)(16)
Discount rate+0.5%24
-0.5%(1)(4)
116
INTEGRATED
REPORT 2024
GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS
E7. Profit to operating cash flows
A reconciliation of profit to operating cash flows is provided below.
$m20242023
Profit235127
Depreciation and amortisation255224
Amortisation of contract assets46
Change in fair value of financial instruments(8) 18
Movement in provisions(12)113
Non-cash interest expense1916
Bad debt expense43
Share-based compensation45
Asset write offs and impairments50–
Other– 4
Changes in assets and liabilities, net of non-cash,
investing and financing activities
Trade and other receivables(40)(10)
Inventories and intangible assets14(30)
Trade and other payables50(25)
Tax payable 1(3)
Deferred tax4(53)
Operating cash flows580395
E8. Share-based compensation
Equity Scheme
Contact provides an equity award to certain eligible employees made up
of performance share rights (PSRs) and deferred share rights (DSRs). If
performance hurdles are met, or there is a company change in control, the
awards vest and become exercisable. On exercise, PSRs and DSRs convert to
ordinary shares at no cost to the employee. There are no holding/retention
periods or ownership requirements for employees who exercise equity rights.
The awards lapse if the performance hurdles are not met or if an employee
voluntarily leaves Contact. The scheme continues on redundancy or retirement,
but the entitlements are adjusted. In exceptional circumstances, the Board
has discretion to continue or vest the awards if an employee leaves Contact.
Outstanding PSRs and DSRs
Number outstandingPSRsDSRs
Balance at 1 July 2022572,140713,201
Granted360,281348,226
Exercised – (212,520)
Lapsed(51,208)(31,720)
Balance at 30 June 2023881,213817,187
Granted406,919314,049
Exercised(189,304)(471,680)
Lapsed(108,078)(6,678)
Balance at 30 June 2024990,750652,878
PSRs had a weighted average remaining life 2 years and 7 months
(2023: 2 year and 3 months) and DSRs had 11 months (2023: 10 months).
Contact Share
Contact Share is Contact’s employee share ownership plan that enables eligible
employees to acquire a set number of Contact’s ordinary shares. The shares are
issued and legally held by a trustee company for a restrictive period of three
years, during which time the employee is entitled to receive distributions and
direct the exercise of voting rights that attach to shares held on their behalf.
At the end of the restrictive period the shares are transferred to the employee.
Employees who leave Contact due to redundancy, and in certain other
circumstances, may have their shares transferred at that time; all other
employees who leave Contact have their shares transferred to an unallocated
pool. Shares in the unallocated pool can be used by the trustee company for
future allocations under Contact Share.
Number outstandingContact Share
Balance at 1 July 2022243,901
Shares purchased77,212
Transferred to employees(68,552)
Balance at 30 June 2023252,561
Shares issued95,000
Transferred to employees(83,274)
Balance at 30 June 2024264,287
These shares have a weighted average remaining life of 1 year and 4 months
(2023: 1 year and 3 months).
117
INTEGRATED
REPORT 2024
GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS
Share-based compensation expense
Share-based compensation expense is based on the fair value of the awards
granted, adjusted to reflect the number of awards expected to vest. The fair
values of awards granted during the reporting period are:
Grant date
$ per shareOct 2023Oct 2022Oct 2021
PSRs – without internal hurdle3.963.974.61
PSRs – with internal hurdle6.886.427.27
DSRs7.256.757.65
Contact Share8.087.648.37
Key inputs in determining the fair values
Grant date
Oct 2023Oct 2022Oct 2021
Risk-f ree interest rate6%4%1%
Expected dividend yield5%5%5%
Expected share price volatility24%30%30%
Changes in Share-based compensation reserve
$mNote 20242023
Opening balance 118
Exercised share scheme awards (5)(2)
Lapsed share scheme awards(1) –
Share-based compensation expense 45
Deferred tax on share scheme E11 –
Closing balance 1011
E9. Related parties
Contact group entities
All entities below are based in New Zealand, other than Contact Energy Risk
Limited which is incorporated in the Cook Islands.
Name of entityPrincipal activityHolding
Subsidiaries
Western Energy Services LimitedGeothermal well services100%
Contact Energy Solar LimitedSolar activities100%
Contact Energy Solar Holdings GP LimitedSolar activities100%
Contact Energy Solar Holdings LPSolar activities100%
Contact Energy Trustee Company LimitedTrust for Contact Share100%
Contact Energy Risk LimitedCaptive insurance100%
Associates and joint arrangements
DrylandCarbon One Limited PartnershipInvestment in forestry16.5%
Forest Partners Limited PartnershipInvestment in forestry14%
Kōwhai Park I GP LimitedSolar activities50%
Kōwhai Park I LPSolar activities50%
Kōwhai Park P GP LimitedSolar activities50%
Kōwhai Park P LPSolar activities50%
Glorit Solar I GP LimitedSolar activities50%
Glorit Solar I LPSolar activities50%
Glorit Solar P GP LimitedSolar activities50%
Glorit Solar P LPSolar activities50%
During the year, Simply Energy Limited was amalgamated into Contact
Energy Limited. This had no impact on the group results.
Drylandcarbon One Limited Partnership and Forest Partners Limited
Partnership
Drylandcarbon and Forest Partners invest in afforestation projects on
economically marginal land in New Zealand to produce a stable supply
of carbon units which will offset Contact’s carbon obligations.
Drylandcarbon and Forest Partners are accounted for as associates, as
Contact has significant influence over both entities through its participation
118
INTEGRATED
REPORT 2024
GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS
in financial and operating policy decisions being equivalent to the other
investors.
Contact applies the equity method of accounting for its investments in
Drylandcarbon and Forest Partners. The initial investments are recognised at
cost and are subsequently adjusted for Contact’s share of the entity’s profits
or losses. Any distributions received are recognised against the investment.
Related party transactions
Contact’s related parties also include its Directors and the Leadership Team (LT).
Received/(paid) $m20242023
Forest Partners Limited Partnership
Capital contributions(9)(12)
Key management personnel
Directors’ fees(1)(1)
LT – salary and other short-term benefits*(7)(7)
LT – share-based compensation expense(2)(2)
Balances payable at end of the year
Key management personnel(2)(1)
* Salary and other short-term benefits is the cash amount paid in the year.
Members of the LT and Directors purchase goods and services f rom Contact
for domestic purposes on normal commercial terms and conditions.
For members of the LT this includes the staff discount available to all
eligible employees.
E10. New accounting standards
There are no new accounting standards issued but not yet effective which
materially impact Contact.
E11. Contingencies
In the normal course of business, Contact is subject to inquiries, claims and
investigations. There are no other material matters to disclose in this respect
at 30 June 2024.
In the prior reporting period, a contingent liability was disclosed relating to
obligations to a distribution company which was unknown at the time of
reporting. These obligations were fully settled during the 2024 reporting period.
E12. Subsequent events
Contact has entered into new electricity agreements with NZAS, which became
unconditional on the 3rd of July 2024.
The new agreement will see Contact supply 100MW of electricity to NZAS,
increasing to 120MW f rom 1 January 2025 for up to 20 years. From 1 January 2025,
an additional 25MW will also be supplied for the next two years. As part of the
agreements, NZAS will provide Contact with demand response of up to 46MW.
At the time of finalising the 30 June 2024 financial statements, accounting
considerations of the new contracts are still being finalised and therefore the
financial effect has not been quantified.
119
INTEGRATED
REPORT 2024
GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS
Combined Independent Auditor’s
and Limited Assurance Report
Assurance engagements performed by Ernst & Young
We have performed the following assurance engagements:
+audit of the Consolidated Financial Statements of Contact Energy Limited
on pages 95 to 119.
+limited assurance engagement in relation to Contact Energy Limited’s
Global Reporting Initiative disclosures as referenced on pages 127 to 132
of the Integrated Report (“GRI Disclosures”). In relation to these matters,
our limited assurance is restricted to the specific elements referred to and
unless otherwise stated we provide no assurance on other information on
the pages referred to.
Independent Auditor’s Report to the shareholders
of Contact Energy Limited
Report on the audit of the financial statements
Opinion
We have audited the consolidated financial statements of Contact Energy
Limited (the “Company”) and its subsidiaries (together the “Group”) on
pages 95 to 119, which comprise the consolidated statement of financial
position of the Group as at 30 June 2024, and the consolidated statement
of comprehensive income, consolidated statement of changes in equity and
consolidated statement of cash flows for the year then ended of the Group,
and the notes to the consolidated financial statements including material
accounting policy information.
In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements on pages 95 to 119
present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated financial position of
the Group as at 30 June 2024 and its consolidated financial performance
and cash flows for the year then ended in accordance with New Zealand
Equivalents to International Financial Reporting Standards and International
Financial Reporting Standards.
This report is made solely to the Company’s shareholders, as a body. Our audit
has been undertaken so that we might state to the Company’s shareholders
those matters we are required to state to them in an auditor’s report and for
no other purpose. To the fullest extent permitted by law, we do not accept or
assume responsibility to anyone other than the Company and the Company’s
shareholders, as a body, for our audit work, for this report, or for the opinions
we have formed.
Basis for opinion
We conducted our audit in accordance with International Standards on
Auditing (New Zealand). Our responsibilities under those standards are
further described in the Auditor’s responsibilities for the audit of the
financial statements section of our report.
We are independent of the Group in accordance with Professional and
Ethical Standard 1 International Code of Ethics for Assurance Practitioners
(including International Independence Standards) (New Zealand) issued
by the New Zealand Auditing and Assurance Standards Board, and we
have fulfilled our other ethical responsibilities in accordance with these
requirements.
We believe that the audit evidence we have obtained is sufficient and
appropriate to provide a basis for our opinion.
Please refer to the “Our independence and quality control” section of our
combined report below for details of the other services we have provided
to the Group.
Key audit matters
Key audit matters are those matters that, in our professional judgment,
were of most significance in our audit of the consolidated financial
statements of the current year. These matters were addressed in the context
of our audit of the consolidated financial statements as a whole, and in
forming our opinion thereon, but we do not provide a separate opinion
on these matters. For each matter below, our description of how our audit
addressed the matter is provided in that context.
We have fulfilled the responsibilities described in the Auditor’s responsibilities
for the audit of the financial statements section of the audit report,
including in relation to these matters. Accordingly, our audit included the
performance of procedures designed to respond to our assessment of the
risks of material misstatement of the financial statements. The results of
our audit procedures, including the procedures performed to address the
matters below, provide the basis for our audit opinion on the accompanying
consolidated financial statements.
120
INTEGRATED
REPORT 2024
GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS
Ahuroa Gas Storage (AGS) Provision
Why significant
How our audit addressed the key
audit matter
The Group has a contract to store
gas at Ahuroa Gas Storage Facility.
During the year ended 30 June 2023,
it was identified that the available
gas storage capacity was lower
than previously anticipated and
the Group recognised an onerous
contract provision reflecting the
difference between the estimate at
that time of the future payments
the Group was contractually
obligated to make and the value
expected to be received f rom
access to available gas storage over
the remaining term of contract,
discounted to present value.
As at 30 June 2024, the Group has
recorded a revised provision of $109m.
Significant judgements in the
provision calculation include
assessing the available storage
capacity over the period of the
contract and the estimated value
the Group will derive f rom the
storage capacity. The estimated
total storage capacity is based on
the findings of a technical working
group report f rom FY23. The
estimated value to the Group is
based on Contact’s ability to store
gas for generation using Contact’s
Peaker assets when electricity prices
are favourable.
Disclosures regarding the provision,
including key assumptions used
and sensitivities are included in note
E6 to the consolidated financial
statements.
In obtaining sufficient appropriate
audit evidence, we:
• Understood the contract payment
obligations and terms.
• Obtained the onerous contract provision
calculation and performed the following:
• Engaged our power and
utilities specialists to assess the
appropriateness of the model and
the future electricity price path
assumptions.
• Assessed the reasonableness of the
estimated available storage capacity
based on the technical working group’s
report and historical storage volumes.
• Assessed the reasonableness of the
assumed level of thermal generation
based on historical and budgeted heat
rates.
• Assessed the reasonableness of the
discount rate used.
• Performed sensitivity analysis for
changes in key assumptions in the
model.
• Assessed the appropriateness of the
Group’s disclosures in accordance
with NZ IAS 37 Provisions, Contingent
Liabilities and Contingent Assets and
whether they appropriately explain the
key judgements and estimates used.
Information other than the financial statements and
auditor’s report
The directors of the Company are responsible for the Integrated
Report, which includes information other than the consolidated
financial statements and auditor’s report.
Our opinion on the consolidated financial statements does not cover the
other information and we do not express any form of assurance conclusion
thereon, other than our limited assurance conclusion in relation to the
Group’s Global Reporting Initiative disclosures as described below.
In connection with our audit of the consolidated financial statements,
our responsibility is to read the other information and, in doing so,
consider whether the other information is materially inconsistent with
the consolidated financial statements or our knowledge obtained during
the audit, or otherwise appears to be materially misstated.
If, based upon the work we have performed, we conclude that there is a
material misstatement of this other information, we are required to report
that fact. We have nothing to report in this regard.
Directors’ responsibilities for the financial statements
The directors are responsible, on behalf of the Company, for the
preparation and fair presentation of the consolidated financial statements
in accordance with New Zealand Equivalents to International Financial
Reporting Standards and International Financial Reporting Standards,
and for such internal control as the directors determine is necessary to
enable the preparation of financial statements that are f ree f rom material
misstatement, whether due to f raud or error.
In preparing the consolidated financial statements, the directors are
responsible for assessing on behalf of the entity the Group’s ability to
continue as a going concern, disclosing, as applicable, matters related to
going concern and using the going concern basis of accounting unless the
directors either intend to liquidate the Group or cease operations, or have no
realistic alternative but to do so.
Auditor’s responsibilities for the audit of the financial statements
Our objectives are to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the
consolidated financial statements as a whole are f ree f rom material
misstatement, whether due to f raud or error, and to issue an auditor’s
report that includes our opinion. Reasonable assurance is a high level of
assurance, but is not a guarantee that an audit conducted in accordance
with International Standards on Auditing (New Zealand) will always detect
a material misstatement when it exists. Misstatements can arise f rom f raud
or error and are considered material if, individually or in the aggregate, they
could reasonably be expected to influence the economic decisions of users
taken on the basis of these consolidated financial statements.
121
INTEGRATED
REPORT 2024
GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS
A further description of the auditor’s responsibilities for the audit of the
financial statements is located at the External Reporting Board’s website:
https://www.xrb.govt.nz/standards-for-assurance-practitioners/auditors-
responsibilities/audit-report-1/. This description forms part of our auditor’s
report.
Independent Limited Assurance report on the Global
Reporting Initiative Disclosures
To the Directors of Contact Energy Limited
Conclusion
Based on the procedures we have performed and the evidence we obtained,
nothing has come to our attention that causes us to believe the Group’s GRI
Disclosures as referenced on pages 127 to 132 of the Integrated Report for the
year ended 30 June 2024 have not been prepared, in all material respects,
in accordance with the Global Reporting Initiative Reporting Standards 2021.
Criteria applied by the Group
In preparing the GRI Disclosures, the Group applied the Global Reporting
Initiative Reporting Standards 2021 (the “GRI Standards”). The methods,
assumptions and emissions factors adopted by Contact in applying the
Criteria are described throughout the report.
Information other than the GRI Disclosures and our limited assurance report
The directors of the Company are responsible for the Integrated Report,
which includes information other than the GRI Disclosures and the limited
assurance report.
Our limited assurance conclusion on the GRI Disclosures does not cover the
other information and we do not express any form of assurance conclusion
thereon, other than our audit opinion in relation to the Group’s financial
statements as described above.
In connection with our limited assurance engagement in relation to the GRI
Disclosures, our responsibility is to read the other information and, in doing
so, consider whether the other information is materially inconsistent with
the GRI Disclosures or our knowledge obtained during the engagement,
or otherwise appears to be materially misstated.
If, based upon the work we have performed, we conclude that there is a
material misstatement of this other information, we are required to report
that fact. We have nothing to report in this regard.
Management’s responsibilities
Contact Energy Limited’s management is responsible for
selecting the criteria, and for presenting, in all material respects,
the GRI Disclosures in accordance with those criteria. This responsibility
includes establishing and maintaining internal controls, maintaining
adequate records and making estimates that are relevant to the preparation
of the subject matter, such that it is f ree f rom material misstatement,
whether due to f raud or error.
EY’s responsibilities
Our responsibility is to express a limited assurance conclusion on the
presentation of the GRI Disclosures based on the evidence we have obtained.
We conducted our engagement in accordance with the International
Standard for Assurance Engagements Other Than Audits or Reviews of
Historical Financial Information (“ISAE (NZ) 3000 (Revised)”’) and, in relation
to elements of the reporting related to greenhouse gases, International
Standard on Assurance Engagements on Greenhouse Gas Statements
(“ISAE (NZ) 3410”). These standards require that we plan and perform our
engagement to express a conclusion on whether anything has come
to our attention that suggests the GRI Disclosures have not been
prepared, in all material respects, in accordance with the GRI Standards.
The nature, timing, and extent of the procedures selected depend on our
judgment, including an assessment of the risk of material misstatement,
whether due to f raud or error.
We believe that the evidence obtained is sufficient and appropriate to
provide a basis for our limited assurance conclusion.
Inherent Limitations
Procedures performed in a limited assurance engagement vary in nature
and timing f rom, and are less in extent than for, a reasonable assurance
engagement. Consequently, the level of assurance obtained in a limited
assurance engagement is substantially lower than the assurance that
would have been obtained had a reasonable assurance engagement
been performed. Our procedures were designed to obtain a limited level
of assurance on which to base our conclusion and do not provide all the
evidence that would be required to provide a reasonable level of assurance.
A limited assurance engagement consists of making enquiries, primarily
of persons responsible for preparing the GRI Disclosures and related
information, and applying analytical and other appropriate procedures.
The greenhouse gas (“GHG”) quantification process is subject to scientific
uncertainty, which arises because of incomplete scientific knowledge about
the measurement of GHGs. Additionally, GHG procedures are subject to
estimation and measurement uncertainty resulting f rom the measurement
122
INTEGRATED
REPORT 2024
GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS
and calculation processes used to quantify emissions within the bounds of
existing scientific knowledge.
Description of procedures performed
Our procedures included:
+Inquiries of management to gain an understanding of the Group’s processes
for determining the material issues for the Group’s key stakeholders;
+Interviews with relevant staff responsible for providing the information
in the GRI Disclosures;
+Understanding management’s processes and controls for collating
relevant information;
+Comparing the information presented in the GRI Disclosures to
corresponding information in the relevant underlying sources to assess
whether all the relevant information contained in such underlying sources
has been included in the GRI Disclosures;
+Considering whether the disclosures reported align with the GRI Standards; and
+Obtaining management representation.
We also performed such other procedures as we considered necessary
in the circumstances.
We have not performed assurance procedures in respect of any information
relating to periods prior to 1 July 2022, including those presented in the
GRI Disclosures. Our report does not extend to any disclosures or assertions
made by the Company relating to future performance plans and/or strategies
disclosed in the 2024 Integrated Report and supporting disclosures online.
While we consider the effectiveness of management’s internal controls
when determining the nature and extent of our procedures, our assurance
engagement was not designed to provide assurance on internal controls.
Our procedures did not include testing controls or performing procedures
relating to checking aggregation or calculation of data within IT systems.
Restricted use
This limited assurance report is intended solely for the information and use of
Contact Energy Limited and its Directors and is not intended to be and should
not be used by anyone other than Contact Energy Limited and its Directors.
We acknowledge a copy of our limited assurance report is included in
Contact Energy Limited’s Integrated Report for information purposes only.
We disclaim all responsibility to any other party for any loss or liability
that the other party may suffer or incur arising f rom or relating to or in
any way connected with the contents of our report, the provision of our
report to the other party or the reliance upon our report by the other party.
Our Independence and Quality Control
for the Combined Assurance Report
We have complied with the independence and other requirements
of Professional and Ethical Standard 1 International Code of Ethics for
Assurance Practitioners (including International Independence Standards)
(New Zealand), which is founded on fundamental principles of integrity,
objectivity, professional competence and due care, confidentiality and
professional behaviour.
The firm applies Professional and Ethical Standard 3 Quality Management
for Firms that Perform Audits or Reviews of Financial Statements, or Other
Assurance or Related Services Engagements, which requires the firm to
design, implement and operate a system of quality management including
policies or procedures regarding compliance with ethical requirements,
professional standards and applicable legal and regulatory requirements.
Ernst & Young provides services to the Group in relation to trustee
reporting and market remuneration surveys and other assurance relating
to Greenhouse gas emissions reporting, Green Borrowings programme
reporting and the Group’s sustainable linked loan. Partners and employees
of our firm may deal with the Group on normal terms within the ordinary
course of trading activities of the business of the Group. We have no other
relationship with, or interest in, the Group.
The engagement partner on the combined assurance engagement resulting
in the independent auditor’s report and independent limited assurance
report is Grant Taylor.
Chartered Accountants
Wellington
19 August 2024
123
INTEGRATED
REPORT 2024
GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS
APA
Attribute Purchase Agreement.
ASX
Australian Securities Exchange.
CEN
Contact’s stock ticker on NZX and ASX.
Contact
The company called Contact Energy
Limited. Unless otherwise stated,
all activities and indicators in this
report are for Contact.
Contact26
Contact’s strategy which sets out the
company’s priorities and key activities
for the five years from 2021–2026.
EBITDAF
Earnings before interest, tax, depreciation,
amortisation, asset impairment and write
offs, and changes in fair value of financial
instruments. EBITDAF is a non-GAAP
(generally accepted accounting practice)
measure. Information regarding the
usefulness, calculation and reconciliation
of this measure is provided within note A2
to the financial statements.
ESG
The environmental, social and governance
factors used to evaluate performance.
FID
Final investment decision.
FY23
The financial year ended 30 June 2023.
FY24
The financial year ended 30 June 2024.
GeoFuture
Our project to modernise the way
we generate power on the Wairakei
geothermal steamfield. This will provide
the opportunity for us to stop all
discharges of geothermal and cooling
water from our power stations into the
Waikato River and streams.
GHG
Greenhouse gas emissions.
GRIThe Global Reporting Initiative is an
international independent standards
organisation that helps businesses,
governments and other organisations
understand and communicate their
impacts on things like climate change,
human rights and corruption.
The GroupThis is Contact Energy Limited, its
subsidiaries, and its interest in associates
and joint arrangements that make up the
group. These are identified in note E9 of
the financial statements.
<IR>An abbreviation for The Integrated
Reporting Framework, a principles-based
framework for corporate reporting.
NZASNew Zealand Aluminium Smelter is the
country’s only aluminium smelter and
is located on Tiwai Peninsula, across the
harbour from Bluff in Southland.
NZXNew Zealand Stock Exchange.
OhakiNgāti Tahu have instructed Contact
that ‘Ohaki’ (full name ‘Te Ohaki o
Ngatoroirangi’/The gift of Ngatoroirangi)
is the official pronunciation and should be
used when referring to the Ohaki Marae
(Tahumatua) or other Ngāti Tahu taonga.
Ohaki Pā is the paramount marae of the
iwi. There are many generations of Ngati
Tahu occupation in and around the Ohaki
area, which was a highly valued kāinga for
its geothermal features, Waikato Awa and
many natural resource.
OhaakiOhaaki is used for the Contact power
station and operations.
TCCTaranaki Combined Cycle our gas-fired
power station.
TCFD
The Task Force for Climate-related
Financial Disclosures provides a
framework for climate-related financial
risk disclosures.
Terrawatt
hour (TWh)
A unit of energy equal to outputting one
million watts for one hour.
TISR
Total Incident Severity Rate is a leading
indicator measure that assesses the
potential severity of health and safety
and process safety incidents.
TWoW
Transformative Ways of Working is one of
our major strategic themes. It is focused
on reimagining our traditional ways of
working.
Virtual
power
plant
In the past this was demand response.
It is the ability to turn energy use off and
on according to demand.
Glossary
124
INTEGRATED
REPORT 2024
GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS
Te Reo Māori glossary
HaporiSection of a kinship group, family, society, community
HapūKinship group, subtribe
IwiExtended kinship group, tribe
KaitiakiGuardian, steward
KaitiakitangaGuardianship, stewardship
MāoriIndigenous Peoples of Aotearoa New Zealand
MahiWork, activity
Mana whenuaThe hapū and iwi groups that have territorial rights and authority over land
RangatahiYouth
Tangata whenuaPeople of the land, in Aotearoa New Zealand, Māori as the Indigenous
People are known as the tangata whenua
TikangaCustom, protocol
WhakawāteaClearing, freeing, expunging, purging, removal
WhānauExtended family, family group
Translations have primarily been sourced from Te Aka Māori Dictionary.
125
INTEGRATED
REPORT 2024
GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS
GRI and Climate
Statement directories
Table of Aotearoa New Zealand Climate Standards disclosed within the IR24
that have been cross referenced within Contact’s Climate Statement FY24.
StandardDisclosureIR24 Page
NZCS1 8(b)Director Skills Matrix71
NZCS1 8(d)Strategic Targets Monitored for FY2443
NZCS 17 and 18Contact’s Enterprise Risk Management72–73
NZCS 22(h)Remuneration linked to climate-related risks and
opportunities
74–86
126
INTEGRATED
REPORT 2024
GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS
GRI content index
Contact has reported in accordance with the GRI Standards for the period
1 July 2023 to 30 June 2024.
GRI 1 usedGRI 1: Foundation 2021
Applicable GRI Sector Standard(s)There is no current applicable sector standard.
GRI
StandardDisclosurePageExplanation
GRI 2: General Disclosures 2021
2–1Organisational details96, 133Contact operates in Aotearoa
New Zealand.
2–2Entities included in
the organisation’s
sustainability reporting
Contact Energy and Western Energy
are the only entities included in our
sustainability reporting unless otherwise
specified. In consolidating this information
there have been no adjustments made
for minority interests and no differences
in the approach across disclosures in
this standard or across material topics.
See page 118 for entities included in
our financial auditing.
2–3Reporting period,
f requency and contact
point
2, 133
2–4Restatements of
information
43Some water usage has been restated as
consumption rather than discharge.
2–5External assurance73,
120–
123
2–6Activities, value chain
and other business
relationships
64, 68
2–7EmployeesThere were no significant fluctuations
during the reporting period. See reporting
tables on our ESG Reporting Website.
2–8Workers who are not
employees
OmittedInformation unavailable. We do not have any
comprehensive tracking of non-employees
(i.e. contractors) however are aiming to
introduce better tracking in the near future.
2–9Governance structure
and composition
70–73Further detail can be found in our
Corporate Governance Statement and
on our website.
2–10Nomination and
selection of the
highest governance
body
Information is in our Corporate
Governance Statement.
2–11Chair of the highest
governance body
70
2–12Role of the highest
governance body
in overseeing the
management of
impacts
70–73
2–13Delegation of
responsibility for
managing impacts
73
2–14Role of the highest
governance body in
sustainability reporting
65,
70–73
2–15Conflicts of interest88–89Further detail can be found in the
Board Charter, Corporate Governance
Statement, and Code of Conduct.
2–16Communication of
critical concerns
73Critical concerns are presented at Board
meetings through written papers and oral
presentations.
2–17Collective knowledge
of the highest
governance body
70Further information can be found in our
Corporate Governance Statement.
2–18Evaluation of the
performance of the
highest governance
body
70Further information can be found
in our Board Charter and our Corporate
Governance Statement.
2–19Remuneration policies74–85
2–20Process to determine
remuneration
74–85Further detail can be found in our
Corporate Governance Statement and our
remuneration policy.
2–21Annual total
compensation ratio
86
GRI
StandardDisclosurePageExplanation
127
INTEGRATED
REPORT 2024
GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS
GRI
StandardDisclosurePageExplanation
GRI
StandardDisclosurePageExplanation
2–22
Statement on
sustainable
development strategy
6–11
2–23
Policy commitments71–72None of our policies stipulate applying
the precautionary principle. Our Mergers
and Acquisitions Policy stipulates due
diligence. Further details can be found
in our Code of Conduct and within other
policies on our website.
2–24
Embedding policy
commitments
71–72See our Modern Slavery Statement.
2–25
Processes to
remediate negative
impacts
OmittedInformation incomplete: We engage
with individuals and local communities
to remediate negative impacts f rom our
operations, and we have a Stakeholder
Engagement Policy detailing our
engagement approach and principles
with various stakeholders. We will review
our processes related to complaints,
grievances and remediation of impacts
in FY25.
2–26
Mechanisms for
seeking advice and
raising concerns
72
2–27
Compliance with laws
and regulations
73
2–28
Membership
associations
See our ESG Reporting webpage.
2–29
Approach to
stakeholder
engagement
49For more information see our Stakeholder
engagement policy.
2–30
Collective bargaining
agreements
9.7% of total Contact employees were
covered by collective bargaining
agreements as at 30 June 2024.
We do not otherwise base employee
remuneration on collective bargaining
agreements.
GRI 3: Material Topics 2021
3-1
Process to determine
material topics
65
3-2
List of material topics65
Material TopicsMaterial Topics
Freshwater system health
GRI 3: Material Topics 2021
3–3Management of
material topic
43, 51More information on our
Water webpage and our
Water Commitment.
GRI 303: Water and Effluents 2018
303–1Interactions with water
as a shared resource
51More information on our Water webpage.
303–2Management of water
discharge-related
impacts
OmittedConfidentiality constraints: All discharge
impacts to waterways are managed
as part of our licence to operate within
consent conditions as well as energy
supply agreements held with third parties.
Disclosure will be reviewed for next year.
303–3Water withdrawalRefer to our ESG Reporting webpage.
303–4Water discharge51Further information on priority substances
can be found at the Waikato Regional
Council website. Refer to our ESG
Reporting webpage and our Water
webpage.
303–5Water consumption51Refer to our ESG Reporting webpage.
Protecting and restoring biodiversity and other natural treasures
GRI 3: Material Topics 2021
3–3Management of
material topic
43,
50–51
More information on our Biodiversity
webpage. 51,212 trees planted and
2,670 pests caught in FY24.
GRI 304: Biodiversity 2016
304–1Operational sites
owned, leased,
managed in, or
adjacent to, protected
areas and areas of
high biodiversity value
outside protected
areas
OmittedInformation unavailable. The information
has been prepared for each site; however
information is not at a standard to be
made useful for public reporting. We
intend to disclose this information in FY25.
128
INTEGRATED
REPORT 2024
GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS
304–2Significant impacts of
activities, products and
services on biodiversity
50–51Refer to ‘Looking after out ecosystems’
section on our website and our ESG
Reporting webpage. Further information
on impacts exists however is not at a
standard to be made useful for public
reporting. We intend to disclose this
information in FY25.
304–3Habitats protected or
restored
See table on our ESG Reporting webpage.
304–4IUCN Red List
species and national
conservation list
species with habitats
in areas affected by
operations
50More information on our ESG Reporting
webpage.
Generation emissions and renewable energy supply; Reliable energy supply
GRI 3: Material Topics 2021
3–3Management of
material topic
6–11,
13–15,
17–21,
22–28,
30–33,
43,
45–47,
63, 66
Indicators for generation emissions and
renewable energy supply.
3–3Management of
material topic
6–11,
13,
23–24,
27, 30,
33, 45,
53, 63,
67, 78
Indicators for reliable energy supply.
GRI 305: Emissions 2016
305–1Direct (Scope 1) GHG
emissions
31, 46,
66
Global Warming Potential rate for sulphur
heaxaflouride is 23,500. Further detail can
be found in
our GHG Inventory Report.
305–2Energy indirect (Scope
2) GHG emissions
31, 46
305–3Other indirect (Scope
3) GHG emissions
46
305–4GHG emissions
intensity
0.110:1 (tCO
2
e per MWh).
Calculated by dividing Scope 1 and 2
emissions by Scope 1 and 2 activity
amounts. Scope 3 not included in ratio
as activity in MWh is difficult to quantify.
Further detail can be found in our GHG
Inventory Report.
305–5Reduction of GHG
emissions
15, 31,
43,
46–47
Further detail can be found in our GHG
Inventory Report.
305–6Emissions of ozone-
depleting substances
(ODS)
OmittedNot applicable: New Zealand legislation
prevents emission of ODS.
305–7Nitrogen oxides (NO
x
),
sulfur oxides (SO
x
), and
other significant air
emissions
OmittedInformation unavailable. NO
x
, SO
x
and
other emission data for FY24 is currently
unavailable and is expected to be
calculated at a later date.
Own
measure
Percentage of
renewable generation
66Calculated by dividing renewable
generation against total generation.
Decarbonisation, demand flexibility and electrification
GRI 3: Material Topics 2021
3–3Management of
material topic
6–11,
14–15,
17–21,
30–33,
36
See our Climate Statement FY24 for
more information on the management
of this topic.
Own
measure
Total contracted
flexible demand
15,
17–18,
36
The total contracted flexible demand
figure is made up of 82MW on the Simply
Flex platform plus an additional 91MW
f rom contractual arrangements with
NZ Steel and NZAS, our Hot Water Sorter
program and a flexible arrangement with
the Open Country Dairy electric boiler.
The Mataura Valley Milk and HW Richardson
work mentioned on the referenced pages
does not relate to this specific metric.
GRI
StandardDisclosurePageExplanation
GRI
StandardDisclosurePageExplanation
129
INTEGRATED
REPORT 2024
GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS
Sustainable procurement
GRI 3: Material Topics 2021
3–3Management of
material topic
49See our Responsible Procurement
webpage for more information.
3–3-e and 3–3-f: Omitted, information
unavailable. We are working to stand-up
a dedicated procurement team internally
with focus on improving our supplier
assessment process. Therefore, our current
process will be re-evaluated in the next
financial year.
GRI 308: Supplier Environmental Assessment 2016
308–1New suppliers that
were screened using
environmental criteria
OmittedInformation unavailable. We have supplier
surveys in place, however this does not
assess negative environmental impacts.
Our current process is being re-evaluated
and disclosure will be reviewed for next
year.
308–2Negative
environmental
impacts in the supply
chain and actions
taken
Omitted
GRI 414: Supplier Social Assessment 2016
414–1New suppliers that
were screened using
social criteria
OmittedInformation unavailable. We have supplier
surveys in place, however this does not
assess negative social impacts. Our
current process is being re-evaluated and
disclosure will be reviewed for next year.
414–2Negative social
impacts in the supply
chain and actions
taken
Omitted
A thriving workforce
GRI 3: Material Topics 2021
3–3Management of
material topic
55–59Refer to our Health & Safety webpage
and ESG Reporting webpage for more
information.
Lack of community representation
means social/cultural perspectives are not
considered in our decision-making, and
impacts to those communities are not
addressed. Our diversity targets aim to
reduce the risk to these communities,
and our operations as a result.
GRI 403: Occupational Health and Safety 2018
403–1Occupational
health and safety
management system
58Refer to our Health & Safety webpage.
403–2Hazard identification,
risk assessment, and
incident investigation
58See our Health & Safety webpage for
more information.
Through our Learning Team approach to
investigate work-related incidents, teams
involved in an incident come together
with minimal management presence.
Through expert facilitation, timelines
are established, stories are told, and
everyone involved gets the opportunity to
contribute. Focus is applied to hierarchy
of controls to ensure that actions are not
focused on administrative controls, but on
being able to engineer, isolate, substitute
or eliminate hazards.
403–3Occupational health
services
See our Health & Safety webpage for
more information.
403–4Worker participation,
consultation, and
communication on
occupational health
and safety
58Each of our sites has a H&S committee
with diverse membership f rom the
f rontline to site management. Meetings
are generally held monthly, including with
contractors, and two-way communication
sets expectations, gathering insights
around H&S. Building relationships,
having informal discussions and formal
mechanisms such as observation cards
enables collaboration with f rontline
workers to write and review our H&S
system. Workshops, testing, and field
experiments are mechanisms we use
throughout.
403–5Worker training on
occupational health
and safety
58See our Health & Safety webpage for
more information.
403–6Promotion of worker
health
58See our Health & Safety webpage for
more information.
403–7Prevention and
mitigation of
occupational health
and safety impacts
directly linked by
business relationships
We offer occupational health monitoring
such as lung function and hearing testing.
Anyone who has potentially been exposed
to asbestos in the past is registered with
NZ Provide, an asbestos health monitoring
programme.
GRI
StandardDisclosurePageExplanation
GRI
StandardDisclosurePageExplanation
130
INTEGRATED
REPORT 2024
GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS
403–8Workers covered
by an occupational
health and safety
management system
Our H&S system has been internally
audited according to NZS4801
(superseded by ISO 45001). No external
audit has been performed.
Our H&S system covers 100% of our
approximately 1200 employees and
5000 contractors who work on our sites
as “controlled contractors”.
403–9Work-related injuriesRefer to our Health & Safety webpage
and ESG Reporting webpage.
Data is compiled through our H&S
reporting system, including injuries and ill
health. A report is generated with includes
classifications and injury summary.
The categorisation of these help us to
determine if it is a work-related injury
or illness, and the agency of the injury.
403–10Work-related ill health
Own
measure
Total Incident Severity
Rate (TISR)
TISR for FY24 was 2,452 for controlled
activity and 1,946 for monitored. TISR is
calculated by multiplying each injury or
Health & Safety incident by its weighted
severity level. The sum of all weighted
incidents is divided by controlled hours
worked, then multiplied by 1,000,000
to normalise the final TISR result.
GRI 405: Diversity and Equal Opportunity 2016
405–1Diversity of
governance bodies
and employees
56–57See also, diversity tables on our ESG
Reporting webpage.
405–2Ratio of basic salary
and remuneration of
women to men
OmittedInformation unavailable.
The information to breakdown our
employee remuneration by employee
category and area of operation is not
currently captured. We will review our
process in the next financial year. We do
include information on gender pay equity.
Own
measure
Employee
engagement
55Engagement surveys are undertaken three
times per year and open to all employees.
Contact’s overall employee engagement
score is based on the average score given
by survey respondents in response to the
main engagement questions. This metric
is used to inform wellbeing initiatives and
measure improvement.
Safe and resilient infrastructure
GRI 3: Material Topics 2021
3–3Management of
material topic
47, 53,
58
Own
measure
Process safety data58See our ESG Reporting Webpage for
further details.
Process safety learning events and
incidents are recorded and validated by
an Engineering Authority and categorised
by following the Process Safety Incident
Categorisation Chart (based on the
API 754 standard). Step back learnings
are completed where justified and
improvement actions generated. All
reported process safety incidents are
included in the metric, even if remediation
actions are still in progress.
Meaningful relationships with tangata whenua; Community wellbeing
GRI 3: Material Topics 2021
3–3Management of
material topic
51–52,
64
Indicators for meaningful relationships
with tangata whenua.
3–3Management of
material topic
43, 49,
50, 52
Indicators for community wellbeing.
For more information see our Community
page on our website.
GRI 413: Local Communities 2016
413–1Operations with
local community
engagement,
impact assessments,
and development
programmes
49–50While we look at gender diversity
internally, external gender impact
assessments in local communities is not
part of our Assessment of Environmental
Effects (AEE).
Community consultation committees
and processes that include vulnerable
groups are not included in site-specific
community engagement plans as they
are considered at a wider level.
GRI
StandardDisclosurePageExplanation
GRI
StandardDisclosurePageExplanation
131
INTEGRATED
REPORT 2024
GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS
413–2Operations with
significant actual and
potential negative
impacts on local
communities
OmittedInformation incomplete. While we discuss
our impacts on biodiversity, habitats,
and the environment throughout the
report, we do not discuss this in context
of the local community in detail that the
disclosure requires. We will review local
community engagement plans.
Customer wellbeing and trust
GRI 3: Material Topics 2021
3–3Management of
material topic
6–11,
15, 35,
37–38,
54, 66
We are reviewing all of our energy
wellbeing initiatives to identify lessons
learned and incorporate these into our
policies and processes.
GRI 418: Customer Privacy 2016
418–1Substantiated
complaints concerning
breaches of customer
privacy and losses of
customer data
See reportable privacy incidents table on
our ESG Reporting webpage.
Compilation requirement 2.1. Omitted:
Information incomplete. We will improve
our system for recording this information
and disclose in FY25.
Own
measure
Customer satisfaction
(Net Promoter Score)
35Each week, a random customer sample
is surveyed to measure their experience
with Contact using Net Promoter Score
(NPS). NPS f rom the last quarter (1 April
– 30 June) of the year is reported using
the following calculation: (promotors-
detractors)/(total responses).
Energy wellbeing and equity
GRI 3: Material Topics 2021
3–3Management of
material topic
7, 11,
37–38,
43
We are reviewing all of our energy
wellbeing initiatives to identify lessons
learned and incorporate these into our
policies and processes.
Own
measure
Percentage of
customers accepted
following credit check
43Measured by analysing new sign-ups
following a credit check to determine sign-
up rate with Prepay included/excluded.
Increase in sign-ups with Prepay reflects
energy accessibility for those who would
otherwise be rejected.
GRI
StandardDisclosurePageExplanation
132
INTEGRATED
REPORT 2024
GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS
Corporate directory
Board of Directors
Robert McDonald (Chair)
Sandra Dodds
David Gibson
Jon Macdonald
Rukumoana Schaafhausen
David Smol
Elena Trout
Leadership team
Mike Fuge
Chief Executive Officer
Chris Abbott
Chief Corporate Affairs Officer
Jack Ariel
Major Projects Director
Jan Bibby
Chief People Experience Officer
Matt Bolton
Chief Retail Officer
John Clark
Chief Generation Officer
Dorian Devers
Chief Financial Officer
Iain Gauld
Chief Information Officer
Jacqui Nelson
Chief Development Officer
Tighe Wall
Chief Transformation and Digital Officer
Registered office
Contact Energy Limited
Level 2, Harbour City Tower
29 Brandon Street
Wellington 6011
New Zealand
T +64 4 499 4001
W contact.co.nz
Company secretary
Kirsten Clayton
General Counsel & Company Secretary
Company numbers
NZ Incorporation 660760
ABN 68 080 480 477
Auditor
EY
PO Box 490
Wellington 6011
Registry
Change of address, payment instructions
and investment portfolios can be viewed
and updated online:
investorcentre.linkmarketservices.co.nz
investorcentre.linkmarketservices.com.au
New Zealand Registry
MUFG Corporate Markets
(formerly Link Market Services Limited)
PO Box 91976, Auckland, 1142
Level 30, PwC Tower
15 Customs Street West
Auckland, 1010
contactenergy@linkmarketservices.co.nz
T + 64 9 375 5998
Australian Registry
MUFG Corporate Markets
(formerly Link Market Services Limited)
Locked Bag A14, Sydney South, NSW 1235
680 George Street, Sydney, NSW 2000
contactenergy@linkmarketservices.com.au
T +61 1300 554 474
Investor relations enquiries
Shelley Hollingsworth
Investor Relations and Strategy Manager
investor.centre@contactenergy.co.nz
Sustainability enquiries
Taria Tahana
Head of Sustainability
sustainability@contact.co.nz
Utilities Disputes 0800 223 340
If you live around one of our power
stations or offices and want to
get in touch, give us a shout on
0800 000 458 (North Island) or
0800 66 33 35 (South Island).
133
INTEGRATED
REPORT 2024
GOVERNANCE MATTERSGRI AND CLIMATE STATEMENTFINANCIAL STATEMENTSABOUT USENABLING OUR STRATEGYOUR STORYCONTENTS
contact.co.nz
---
Climate
Statement FY24
CLIMATE
STATEMENT
FY24
2
ContentsGovernanceMetrics and targetsStrategyRiskAbout this statement
About our climate-related disclosures
At Contact, our vision is to be a leader in the decarbonisation of New Zealand.
We’re playing our part in the transition to a renewable energy future in response
to the climate challenges facing us all.
This Climate Statement FY24 details how we as a
business think about the risks presented by climate
change, and how we are ensuring we are ready
to mitigate these risks and take advantage of any
opportunities.
Contact is a climate-reporting entity under the
Financial Markets Conduct Act 2013. We have
reported our climate change risks each year since
2019 according to the Task Force on Climate-related
Financial Disclosures (TCFD) f ramework. This
year, our Climate Statement has been prepared in
accordance with the External Reporting Board’s
(XRB) Climate-related Disclosures Standards (NZCS).
These disclosures cover the period 1 July 2023 to
30 June 2024.
In preparing this first report, we have applied the
following adoption provisions of Climate Standard 2
(NZCS 2):
+
Adoption Provision 1 – Current financial impacts
+
Adoption Provision 2 – Anticipated financial
impacts
+
Adoption Provision 3 – Transition planning
The information presented in this Climate Statement
is subject to material limitations and inherent
uncertainty and is subject to ongoing change.
The information in these climate-related disclosures
should not be considered a prediction of future
financial or non-financial performance. These
statements are subject to a range of known and
unknown risks, uncertainties and assumptions,
many of which lie outside of our control.
The climate scenarios outlined in this report were
developed based on current assumptions and
projections using information available at the time
of development. There is inherent uncertainty within
each scenario – they are not intended to provide a
complete or accurate forecast of future events. The
climate risks and opportunities identified may not
eventuate and, if they do, the actual impacts and
consequences are likely to be significantly different
to what is set out in this report.
These statements include forward-looking
statements about impacts, climate scenarios,
targets, forecasts, and future plans. Words like “likely,”
“expect,” “will,” “may,” “intend,” and similar terms
indicate these forward-looking statements. Such
statements are based on management’s current
expectations and reflect judgements, assumptions,
estimates and other information available when
this report was compiled or when scenario analyses
were undertaken. They are inherently uncertain
and subject to limitations, and may be affected by a
range of variables which could cause actual results
to differ materially f rom current expectations. We
do not guarantee that statements in this report will
remain correct after publication.
This report should not be relied upon as a
recommendation, forecast or guarantee and Contact
disclaims, to the maximum extent permitted by law,
any liability whatsoever (including for negligence)
for any loss arising f rom use of or reliance on this
report. This disclaimer should be read together with
other limitations, uncertainties, and risks mentioned
throughout this report. This report is not an offer
or investment recommendation and should not be
considered legal or financial advice.
This report should be read in conjunction with the
Contact Integrated Report 2024, which uses the
Global Reporting Initiative (GRI) guidelines and
the International Integrated Reporting Council
Framework to report on material Environment,
Social and Governance (ESG) activities.
For enquiries on this report please contact:
Investor enquiries
Shelley Hollingsworth
Investor Relations and Strategy Manager
investor.centre@contactenergy.co.nz
Media enquiries
Louise Wright
Head of Communications and Reputation
media@contactenergy.co.nz
3
Contents
CLIMATE
STATEMENT
FY24
GovernanceMetrics and targetsStrategyRiskAbout this statement
Contents
About this statement 2
Message from the Chair and Chief Executive 4
Governance 5
Risk 8
Strategy 10
Metrics and targets 24
4
Contents
CLIMATE
STATEMENT
FY24
GovernanceMetrics and targetsStrategyRiskAbout this statement
Message from the
Chair and Chief Executive
Tēnā koutou
Welcome to Contact’s first Climate Statement that outlines how
we are addressing – and are planning for – a sustainable future.
The impacts of climate change as borne
out by extreme weather events and
rising global temperatures affect us all.
As a leading New Zealand energy
generator and retailer, we have a
responsibility to communicate to
our shareholders, our stakeholders
and the communities in which we
operate about the steps we are taking
to manage and mitigate climate-
related changes alongside leveraging
opportunities that arise.
We are now three years into the
Contact26 strategy, with the vision
to be a leader in the decarbonisation
of New Zealand, playing our part in
the transition to a renewable energy
future.
The four pillars in our strategy –
Grow Demand, Grow Renewable
Development, Decarbonise our
Portfolio, and Create Outstanding
Customer Experiences – along with
the key initiatives to deliver on the
strategy – will contribute to a low-
emission, climate resilient future.
There’s no doubt however that the
country’s transition to this renewable
electric future, and Contact’s role in
that transition, has both risks and
opportunities.
To understand these, we have been
measuring our Scope 1 greenhouse
gas emissions since 2012, and our total
emissions since 2018, and undertaking
climate scenario analysis
In FY24 we took this process to the
next level by undertaking a deep
analysis, based on established
international and domestic data
sources, to update our climate
scenarios and the risks and
opportunities arising. This report
details the process and findings.
Managing climate risk is part of
our established risk management
f ramework, and the initiatives in
place to mitigate these risks are key
components of our Contact26 strategy.
While the results f rom our net zero
initiatives will be clear over time,
in-year carbon emissions will be
influenced by hydrology conditions.
After two years of reductions in our
Scope 1 emissions, FY24 saw these
emissions increase, primarily as a result
of hydro volatility and as we worked
towards bringing Tauhara online. This
required greater reliance on thermal
generation through our gas peaking
plants. Our continued investment in
additional renewable development
in geothermal, solar and grid scale
battery, plus our pipeline of wind and
further solar and battery investments,
are all key parts of our mitigation plan.
Although we will regularly review
and adapt our strategy to account for
changes in the external environment,
we are reassured Contact is taking
active steps to mitigate the risks and
maximise the opportunities presented.
Ngā mihi nui,
Rob McDonald
Board Chair
Mike Fuge
Chief Executive Officer
Board Chair, Rob McDonald and Chief Executive Officer, Mike Fuge.
5
Contents
CLIMATE
STATEMENT
FY24
GovernanceMetrics and targetsStrategyRiskAbout this statement
Governance
Board oversight of climate-related
risks and opportunities
The Board is responsible for overseeing
Contact’s governance, strategic direction,
and performance, including managing
climate risks and opportunities. Profiles of
our Board of Directors can be viewed on
our website and in our 2024 Integrated
Report (see page 63).
The Board considers climate-related risks and
opportunities when developing and overseeing the
implementation of Contact’s strategy. This is done
through several lenses:
+
progress reporting on renewable energy projects
under development, including solar and wind
+
reviewing emissions data to understand progress
against our decarbonisation targets
+
assessing the potential impacts of climate change
on our operations through the risk management
f ramework
+
analysing financial Board reporting which includes
adaptation strategies to mitigate the physical
impacts of climate change on our inf rastructure.
Two committees support the Board in its climate-
related work: the Audit and Risk Committee (ARC), and
Health, Safety and Environment Committee (HSEC).
The Executive Leadership Team supports the Board by
providing specialist input, feedback and advice, while
day-to-day management of climate-related risks and
opportunities is embedded with individual business
units (see governance diagram on page 7).
The ARC reviews climate-related risks and
opportunities, climate scenarios, results of scenario
analysis, and climate-related reporting. The ARC
Chair provides updates to the Board four times per
year and makes recommendations to the Board on
Contact’s Risk Management Policy and Framework.
The HSEC oversees Contact’s environmental policies,
strategy and performance. It also reviews and
recommends to the Board environmental targets
and assesses performance against those targets.
The HSEC receives reports f rom management and
meets four times per year. It reports to the full Board.
The Board considers the reports f rom both the ARC
and HSEC and incorporates recommendations as
appropriate, as part of establishing Contact’s overall
strategic direction, setting the risk appetite, and
ensuring appropriate management policies are in
place.
Governance process and frequency
Contact’s climate-related work is integrated
into our existing governance structures, and the
Enterprise Risk Management Framework. The
governance structure diagram on page 7 shows the
responsibilities of the Contact Board, committees,
leadership team, and business units, and the
relationships between them.
Board skills and competencies
Our director skills matrix, outlined on page 71 of
our 2024 Integrated Report shows the areas of
director capability required to enable Contact’s
success, and the expertise held by current directors.
Given the importance of climate-related risks and
opportunities, we have invested in upskilling the
entire Board in FY24 through an Introduction to
the Climate-related Disclosure (CRD) Framework,
and a workshop on climate scenarios, risks, and
opportunities.
The Board draws on expertise f rom within the
Contact business and f rom external specialists to
inform its planning and decision-making. In 2024
the Board undertook a study tour to Australia to
learn f rom renewable energy developers in a
different geography and regulatory environment.
Contact is an active member of a number of business
associations which support emissions targets in
line with Paris Agreement goals, including the
commitment to net zero:
+
The Aotearoa Circle, a public-private partnership
aiming to restore natural capital in New Zealand.
+
The Sustainable Business Council (SBC), which
sets annual climate policy priorities and mobilises
New Zealand’s most ambitious businesses to
build a thriving and sustainable future for all.
+
The Climate Leaders Coalition, which aims to
build momentum towards a zero-carbon future.
Together with over one hundred other businesses,
Contact signed the SBC-backed Climate Leaders
Coalition Statement of Ambition.
+
The Electricity Retailers’ Association of New Zealand
(ERANZ), which supports New Zealand’s 2050
emissions reduction targets, with a focus on how
New Zealand can achieve the emissions reductions
at the lowest possible cost without leaving any
households or businesses behind.
6
Contents
CLIMATE
STATEMENT
FY24
GovernanceMetrics and targetsStrategyRiskAbout this statement
Monitoring progress
Contact’s corporate scorecard outlines our performance
metrics and outcomes for each financial year
(see page 78 of our Integrated Report). We also
set Strategic Metrics, including for our strategic
initiatives, with targets relating to emissions
generation and emissions intensity f rom generation,
which are reported annually in our Integrated Report.
The scorecard can be found on page 45 of the 2024
Integrated Report.
The process for setting the Strategic Metrics with
the leadership team, which proposes metrics and
targets to the Board Committee responsible, which
in turn reviews and recommends these to the full
Board. The ARC is responsible for financial and non-
financial metrics, while the HSEC is responsible for
targets relating to environmental performance which
include climate-related issues.
The Board monitors scorecard progress through
regular reporting, the f requency of which varies
depending on the strategic initiative. This includes
reporting greenhouse gas (GHG) emission metrics
to the HSEC.
CEO and Executive Team remuneration is linked
to climate-related targets through the LTI Equity
Scheme. Management remuneration comprises
fixed remuneration, which includes salary and other
benefits; and pay-for-performance remuneration
including Short Term Incentives (cash and equity
awarded through deferred share rights) and
long term incentives (equity awarded through
performance share rights).
The short term cash incentive comprises:
+
70% based on corporate shared KPIs, of which:
̵
40% relates to financial results
̵
20% relates to safety targets
̵
40% relates to strategy delivery and key
operational milestone targets
+
30% based on individual KPIs.
Management’s role in assessing and considering
climate-related risks and opportunities
Leadership Team
Our Leadership Team (LT) ensures the business
identifies, assesses, and monitors climate-related
risks and opportunities, and implements appropriate
risk mitigations. The Chief Financial Officer and Chief
Corporate Affairs Officer have specific climate-related
responsibilities as set out in the governance diagram
on page 7.
The Leadership Team (LT) considers the relationship
of these issues to Contact’s strategy and reports to
the ARC (on risk, strategy or finance) or the HSEC
(on sustainability, environmental policy and process).
Key issues are then reported to the full Board.
The LT also monitors and manages climate-related
risks and opportunities through its work on Contact’s
strategy, which is reviewed annually, with progress
monitored monthly. The Chief Executive and members
of the leadership team engage with the Board 10 times
each year, and with the ARC and HSEC four times
each year. The Board, when setting strategy,
considers a wide range of risks and environmental
factors, incorporating climate change considerations
in their decision-making.
Profiles of our LT members can be viewed on our
website.
Operational teams
Although our teams manage climate-related risks
and opportunities every day, specific areas of
responsibility fall in two key operational areas:
+
The Risk, Strategy and Finance teams, reporting
to the Chief Financial Officer
The Risk team implements risk management
policy, oversees climate-related risk processes and
reports risks to the Leadership Team and the ARC.
The Strategy team undertakes scenario modelling
and analysis, and develops the strategic planning
process, while the Finance team collates and
analyses financial data.
+
The Sustainability team, reporting to the
Chief Corporate Affairs Officer
This team has responsibility for sustainability
initiatives and implementing environmental policy
and processes, while individual business units
are responsible for day-to-day climate-related
monitoring and reporting.
Clyde Dam, Central Otago.
7
Contents
CLIMATE
STATEMENT
FY24
GovernanceMetrics and targetsStrategyRiskAbout this statement
Board
Audit and Risk Committee
Leadership Team
Chief Financial Officer
Operational level
Chief Corporate Affairs Officer
Health, Safety and Environment Committee
+
Establishing the purpose and overall strategic direction of Contact including
the strategy for managing climate risks and opportunities
+
Ensuring Contact has appropriate risk management policies in place and setting
risk appetite
+
Monitoring climate-related risks and opportunities, with assistance f rom the Audit and
Risk Committee
Reports to the Board
+
Supporting the Board on climate-related risks and opportunities,
climate scenarios, results of scenario analysis and climate-related reporting
+
Overseeing, reviewing and making recommendations to the Board on Contact’s Risk
Management Policy and Framework
+
Monitoring progress on embedding climate-related risk processes into business practices
Reports to the Chief Executive
+
Responsible for ensuring that Contact is identifying, assessing and monitoring climate-related risks and opportunities and implementing appropriate risk mitigations
Reports to the Chief Executive. Responsible for:
+
Risk Management Policy and Framework
+
Strategy and financial decision-making process
+
Co-accountability for Contact’s annual Climate Statement
Risk team
Reports to the Chief Finance Officer.
Responsible for:
+
Implementation of Risk
Management Policy and oversight
of climate-related risk processes
+
Monitoring and reporting risks
to the Leadership Team and Audit
and Risk Committee
Strategy team
Reports to the Chief Finance
Officer. Responsible for:
+
Scenario modelling and
analysis
+
Strategic planning process
Finance team
Reports to the Chief Finance
Officer. Responsible for:
+
Collating and analysing
climate-related financial data
Sustainability team
Reports to the Chief Corporate
Affairs Officer. Responsible for:
+
Sustainability initiatives
+
Implementing environmental
policy and processes
Individual business units
Reports to the relevant
Leadership Team member.
Responsible for:
+
Day-to-day monitoring,
management and reporting
on climate-related risks and
opportunities
Reports to the Chief Executive. Responsible for:
+
Sustainability
+
Environment Policy
+
Co-accountability for Contact’s annual Climate Statement
Reports to the Board
+
Overseeing Contact’s environmental policies, strategy and performance,
including climate mitigations
+
Reviewing and recommending to the Board targets for environmental
performance and assessing performance against those targets
+
Ensuring the Board has the appropriate climate-related skills and
competencies
+
Setting financial and non-financial targets for management through the
corporate scorecard and strategic objectives
+
Approving climate-related disclosures
Governance structure
GovernanceMetrics and targets
8
ContentsStrategyRisk
CLIMATE
STATEMENT
FY24
About this statement
Risk
Contact’s Organisational Risk
Management System
Risk Management Framework
Our risk management f ramework meets the ISO
31000 risk management guidelines to ensure we
have appropriate systems to identify, assess, treat,
monitor, and report on material risks. This f ramework
is detailed in our 2024 Integrated Report.
To align with the Aotearoa New Zealand Climate
Standards, we have updated our risk management
policy and f ramework, and integrated climate change
into our risk appetite statements. These statements
guide the risk we are prepared to pursue, retain or
take in pursuit of our strategy and are embedded
into our enterprise risk matrix to ensure they are
cascaded to an operational level.
Risk identification
Each quarter we identify and review risks across our
business, including climate-related risks. This year
we extended our scope to consider all business
operations in our value chain.
To identify the impacts of climate change and the
climate-related risks and opportunities facing our
business, we brought together a wide range of
Contact subject matter experts and an external
climate specialist. We considered all parts of our
value chain and all climate-related risks: those
relating to the transition to a lower-carbon economy
(transitional risks), as well as physical risks to our
resources, inf rastructure, and assets.
The STEEP analysis tool (which looks at Societal,
Technological, Economic, Environmental, and
Political impacts) helped us identify transitional risks,
while physical risks were identified by considering
the immediate and long-term impacts that changes
to the climate or extreme weather events could
pose. Group participants reviewed the risks and
opportunities to determine relativity between them.
The climate-related risks and opportunities identified
were then assessed by the group, with risk owners
assigned at both a leadership team and operational
level. This approach builds on the processes we use to
manage enterprise risk, through regular workshops
across the business.
Risk assessment
Once we identified our transitional and physical
climate-related risks, we used a range of tools and
methods to assess their scope, size and impact.
Transitional risks
Transitional risks, typically short- to medium-term
in nature, were assessed using Contact’s enterprise
risk matrix. The risks were based on the consequence
to the business and the likelihood of occurrence,
across the six consequence categories in our risk
matrix (people safety and wellbeing, compliance,
environment, financial performance, customers,
partners, and stakeholders).
The group assessed and ranked all the climate-
related risks to ensure the relative risk ratings were
considered against each other for consistency.
The outcome of this assessment was used to help
each risk owner understand the relative risk and
prioritise appropriate actions to reduce the risk
to an acceptable level.
Assessing physical risks
We assessed physical risks using a vulnerability and
exposure tool to evaluate the impact on Contact’s
value chain if the hazard occurred, and Contact’s
sensitivity and level of adaptability to that hazard.
This tool allowed us to consider physical risks over
a longer time horizon, and is now part of our risk
assessment toolkit, used for future physical climate
risk assessments.
We assessed these physical risks against our
enterprise risk matrix, which accommodates
the longer time horizons required for physical
climate risks. We added descriptors to guide future
assessment of climate change risk and will continue
to mature and evolve our tools.
The enterprise risk matrix and the vulnerability and
exposure tool gave us a strong understanding of
the consequences of physical climate change risk
to Contact.
Time horizons
We considered three time-horizons to inform our
view of when a climate-related risk or opportunity
would most likely manifest:
+
short-term (up to 2030)
+
medium-term (2030–2050)
+
long-term (2050–2080)
We will regularly review these time horizons as
climate science matures and new trends emerge,
and we will use the data to inform our ongoing risk
assessment.
GovernanceMetrics and targets
9
ContentsStrategyRisk
CLIMATE
STATEMENT
FY24
About this statement
Managing climate-related risks
All risks (climate and non-climate) are recorded
in Contact’s central risk management database,
which includes risk controls and treatment
actions in accordance with our risk management
f ramework. Some climate-related risks are
standalone, while others span multiple parts
of the business.
Plans are in place to update relevant policies to
incorporate climate change risk. One example is our
Treasury Policy which will be updated to incorporate
climate change risk when managing liquidity risk.
Once a risk is entered into our risk database, the risk
owner takes responsibility for ensuring it is managed
and monitored with treatment plans in place to
eliminate, mitigate or transfer the risk to
an acceptable level.
Frequency of review and assessment
We will assess climate-related risks and opportunities
periodically via our standard processes:
+
The strategy setting process
This involves an environmental scan of risks and
opportunities, including those linked to climate
change. Any new risks and opportunities will be
incorporated into our enterprise climate-related risk
and opportunities assessment and management
process.
+
Ongoing emerging risk review
This is an opportunity to identify new potential
climate-related risks.
+
Quarterly risk reviews
These have been extended across the business to
include climate-related risks and ensure existing
risks are actively managed in line with our risk
management f ramework.
+
Normal business processes
At an operational level, we actively review and
manage climate risks through normal business
processes.
+
Reporting to the Audit and Risk
Committee (ARC)
We report climate-related risks to the ARC as part
of our standard governance reporting process.
Prioritising and integrating risks
The output of our climate-related risk assessments is
integrated into Mau Taniwha, our business planning
and prioritisation process. Any actions for material
climate-related risks that require funding or shared
resources are prioritised by this process. Severe or
high-rated risks (including severe or high climate-
related risks) will generally be prioritised for funding
and allocation of shared resource.
Te Mihi Geothermal Power Station in Taupō.
StrategyGovernanceMetrics and targets
10
ContentsRisk
CLIMATE
STATEMENT
FY24
About this statement
Strategy
Contact’s business
model and strategy
At the heart of our strategy
is our vision to be a leader
in the decarbonisation of
New Zealand, playing our
part in the transition to a
renewable energy future.
Our business is focused
on delivering this vision,
which will see us achieve
net zero emissions from
our generation operations
by 2035.
Our value chain
We generate
We innovateWe sell and serveWe trade
We sell the electricity
we generate on the
wholesale market.We
purchase goods and
services f rom a wide
range of suppliers.
We also trade a range
of financial products
to manage our risk
and create value.
We create smart
solutions to help
customers, partners,
suppliers and
communities to
improve energy
efficiency and reduce
carbon emissions.
As a retailer we
sell products and
services to thousands
of individuals and
businesses to
meet their energy,
broadband and
mobile needs.
Relationships
Workforce
Technology
Sustainable
Business Practice
GEOTHERMAL
HYDROELECTRIC
THERMAL
(GAS/DIESEL)
MOBILEBROADBAND
FUTURE RENEWABLE
DEVELOPMENTS
LINES
COMPANIES
NATIONAL
GRID
BATTERY AND
SOLAR
UNDER
CONSTRUCTION
StrategyGovernanceMetrics and targets
11
ContentsRisk
CLIMATE
STATEMENT
FY24
About this statement
Contact Energy is one of New Zealand’s
largest energy generators and retailers.
Generation
We generate electricity through six geothermal
sites, two hydroelectric sites, two gas peaking units,
three diesel fired units and one baseload gas plant
(Taranaki Combined Cycle which is expected to close
at the end of 2024). We are preparing for further
investment in renewable energy, with additional
consented geothermal developments, a number
of potential solar projects nationwide through a
50/50 joint partnership with Lightsource bp, and a
pipeline of wind farm opportunities (earliest expected
investment decision is FY26). And we are building a
grid scale battery supplied by Tesla.
Trading
Contact is an active participant in the wholesale
electricity market where we sell all the electricity
we generate, buy all electricity we need for our
sales channels, and trade a range of financial risk
management products. Purchased electricity relies on
a range of generation sources including coal, reflecting
market composition. We rely on network and
transmission services provided by regulated entities
(reflecting New Zealand’s energy market structure).
Retail
We sell electricity, gas, broadband and mobile plans
to households across New Zealand, and we sell
electricity to commercial and industrial customers.
Simply Energy
Through Simply Energy, part of the Contact Group,
we provide innovative solutions for flexible demand
management to commercial and industrial customers.
Western Energy
Our subsidiary Western Energy provides specialised
geothermal well services to customers all over the
world.
Our generation
and storage assets
Clyde
Stratford
Whirinaki
Tauhara
Ohaaki
Te Mihi
Wairakei
Te HukaTe Huka 3
Poihipi
Roxburgh
Glenbrook
Kōwhai
Park
Existing/Complete
Under construction
Solar
Battery
TYPE
S TAT U S
Geothermal
Hydroelectric
Storage lake
Thermal
* TCC is co-located with gas peaking plant at Stratford.
TCC is expected to close at the end of 2024.
*
Hawea
StrategyGovernanceMetrics and targets
12
ContentsRisk
CLIMATE
STATEMENT
FY24
About this statement
Contact’s strategy
At the heart of Contact’s strategy is the promise to build a better, cleaner, and sustainable Aotearoa New Zealand.
Our vision, to be a leader in the decarbonisation
of New Zealand, was developed in the context
of New Zealand’s bipartisan commitment to net
zero emissions by 2050. Integral to this strategy is
transition, as we seek to respond to risks and capture
the opportunities as New Zealand’s energy sector
moves to a low-emissions future.
The four pillars in our strategy, along with the key
initiatives, contribute to a low-emissions, climate
resilient future.
Key initiatives include our $1.2 billion investment
in new geothermal plants coming online in 2024,
commitment to Contact’s first 100MW battery
at Glenbrook and first solar farm at Kōwhai Park,
our leadership role in demand response and other
flexible energy management solutions. All are
evidence of how entrenched the transition focus
is within the Contact26 strategy. Each initiative
represent steps towards achieving our vision.
We have committed to achieve net zero by 2035 for
Scope 1 and 2 emissions, and outlined the pathway
to achieve this.
The metrics and targets section of this report
shows our progress. All committed and anticipated
investment in transition initiatives is captured in
our financial planning models and processes, with
progress monitored by the Board.
We continue to review and adapt our strategy to
account for changes in the external environment,
including the impacts of climate change. This may
result in some work programmes accelerating
to harness opportunities or adjusting capital
deployment plans to reflect changing market forces.
Over the long-term, our generation assets may
be affected by physical changes associated with
climate change. This exposure is regularly reviewed
by our management team, using site-specific asset
management plans. The impact of climate change
on asset vulnerability is considered as part of our
annual asset health reviews. We also learn f rom
extreme weather events, like Cyclone Gabrielle
in 2023, and adapt our plans to build resilience.
Contact26
Strategic Pillars
Grow
Demand
Grow Renewable
Development
Decarbonise
our Portfolio
Create Outstanding
Customer Experiences
Strategic ambition Attract new industrial demand with
globally competitive renewables
Build renewable generation and
flexibility on the back of new demand
Lead an orderly transition to
renewables
Create New Zealand’s leading energy
and services brand to meet more of
our customers’ needs
Key transition initiatives
+
New long-term deal with NZAS
including demand response.
+
Electrify process heat e.g. boilers,
NZ Steel electric arc furnace.
+
Facilitate other demand growth
opportunities e.g. data centres.
+
New green chemical channel
e.g. H
2
and CO
2
transport focus.
+
Demand response proposition.
+
Build renewable generation, starting
with $1.2 billion new geothermal
plants completing in 2024.
+
Grow executable pipeline of
geothermal, wind and solar. Now
totalling 6TWh.
+
Build portfolio flexibility by investing
in grid-scale batteries (Glenbrook
100MW battery approved).
+
Close baseload gas generation
plants (Te Rapa, TCC).
+
Reduce reliance on peakers through
investment in renewables, batteries
and flexible demand.
+
Geothermal non-condensible
gases capture and reinjection or
commercialisation.
+
Net zero by 2035 (Scope 1 and 2).
+
Introduce time-of-use products,
‘Good’ plans, encouraging customers
to shift energy usage off-peak.
+
Trial dynamic load control through
Hot Water Sorter initiative.
+
Billing systems providing for
customer participation.
+
Tailored customer wellbeing
initiatives to support customers
facing energy hardship.
StrategyGovernanceMetrics and targets
13
ContentsRisk
CLIMATE
STATEMENT
FY24
About this statement
Climate scenario analysis
In FY24, we updated our three climate-based
scenarios to help identify potential risks and
opportunities and inform our strategic planning.
These scenarios have been endorsed by our Board
and leadership team and are incorporated as an
input to the annual strategy process.
The scenarios are not forecasts, nor have they
been chosen based on probability. Rather, they
are plausible pathways to test the resilience of
our business model and strategy. A wide range of
modelled temperature outcomes and plausible
pathways, including regulatory, economic and
individual responses exist and are not necessarily
captured within this analysis.
Climate scenario analysis is not new to Contact;
it has been part of our practice, in line with the
Taskforce on Climate-related Financial Disclosures
(TCFD) f ramework since 2019. However, with the
introduction of Climate-related Disclosures and our
involvement the Energy Sector Climate Scenarios
for the Aotearoa Circle in FY24, we have taken the
opportunity to ref resh our climate scenario analysis.
Consultants PwC facilitated this ref resh process.
The scenario analysis was guided by a focal
question:
“How could climate change plausibly
affect Contact over the short-, medium-
and long-term”.
Time horizons and capital
deployment
Contact’s climate-related scenarios, risks and
opportunities consider three time horizons:
+
short-term (up to 2030)
+
medium-term (2030–2050)
+
long-term (2050–2080)
We will regularly review these time horizons as
climate science matures and new trends emerge,
and we will use the data to inform our ongoing risk
assessments.
Short-term aligns with the phases of New Zealand’s
emissions reduction plan as well as Contact’s five-
year strategic planning cycle. Over this timef rame,
strategic initiatives are well-formed and involve the
near-term commitment of capital (e.g. into new
renewable generation or storage). These initiatives
and capital deployment decisions can be highly
influenced by transition impacts such as regulatory
change.
Medium-term captures New Zealand and
international 2050 emissions reduction targets,
including the Paris Agreement. It considers the
typical investment/replacement cycle of a range of
renewable technology options which Contact has
under development (e.g. solar, wind and grid-scale
batteries). It also falls within the duration of Contact’s
wholesale electricity price path modelling which is a
key input to the assessment of investment decisions
and capital deployment.
Long-term reflects the longer effective operating
life of some forms of renewable generation within
our portfolio. The Wairakei A and B geothermal
power station was commissioned in the 1950s and its
replacement is planned to occur in phases between
now and 2031. Hydroelectric power generation
assets also operate over the very long-term. While
the potential physical impact of climate change on
Contact’s generation assets increases over the long-
term, so does the degree of uncertainty.
Capital development and funding
Other transition impacts we consider for capital
deployment and funding decisions include electricity
supply and demand, carbon pricing, and fuel
availability. These all contribute to our view of the
expected price path for wholesale electricity over
time. Modelling of expected hydrology conditions on
the Clutha scheme is a key input to our wholesale
model, which draws on available science. While
climate scenario modelling was previously prepared
for TCFD reporting on a standalone basis, we are
updating our wholesale model in FY25 to directly
incorporate the ref reshed climate scenarios.
Other climate-related considerations that impact
investment decisions include hazard assessments
e.g. for land purchase decisions.
Contact’s climate scenarios
Our three chosen climate scenarios were developed
following engagement with stakeholders across
the business and the energy sector, using our focal
question and the STEEP f ramework analysis (as
outlined in the Risk section).
We explored a range of temperature pathways,
using established international and domestic data
sources, including the Shared Socioeconomic
Pathways Database Scenario Explorer, along with
scenarios f rom NIWA, Ministry for the Environment
and Climate Change Commission.
Contact has adopted three climate scenarios, which
are an evolution of those in our previous TCFD
reporting.
Co-ordinated Decarbonisation
1.3⁰ by 2100, aligned to the 1.5⁰ scenario NZCS 1
requirement.
Disorderly Decarbonisation
2.6⁰ by 2100, Contact’s third selected scenario.
Hot House
over 3⁰ by 2100, aligned to the CS1 requirement.
StrategyGovernanceMetrics and targets
14
ContentsRisk
CLIMATE
STATEMENT
FY24
About this statement
Coordinated Decarbonisation
sees the global average temperature
settle to a 1.3º increase by 2100
(peaking to 1.5º half way through
the period) in line with the Climate
Standards. In this scenario, urgent
and aligned international and
domestic policies support sectors
to decarbonise, requiring significant
effort and a high degree of transition
impact over the short- to
medium-term. The private and
public sectors respond with
collective investment in green
technology which enables all sectors
to rapidly transition to a low-carbon
economy. Financial services further
enable this through being widely
accessible. As a result, New Zealand’s
emissions peak in the mid-2020’s
and net zero is achieved by 2050.
Disorderly Decarbonisation
results in a global average
temperature rise of 2.6º by 2100.
In this scenario, little action occurs
until rushed, with disorderly
decarbonisation policies introduced
in the mid-2030s in response to
worsening physical impacts and
changing societal expectations.
New Zealand is a ‘fast follower’
to climate action with market forces
limiting global warming; however,
adaptation and transition costs
place strain on the economy.
The scenario favours fast movers
who can leverage opportunities to
use materials, capital and skills to
gain competitive advantage.
Hot House
sees global average temperature rise
of 4.1º by 2100 in line with the Climate
Standards. In this scenario, global
efforts to implement co-ordinated
decarbonisation fail, and emissions
and temperatures grow through
the century, with a high degree of
physical impacts over the long-term.
Countries implement individual
responses. Some invest heavily in
adaptation and energy security
but struggle to stay ahead of the
rate of climate-related change.
In New Zealand no further
decarbonisation regulations are
introduced and existing regulations
are scaled back in this scenario.
GLOBAL TEMP
INCREASE
1.3°C
BY 2100
GLOBAL
POLICY
COORDINATED
SUPPORT
NGFS* NET ZERO
2050 IEA** NET
ZERO EMISSIONS
GLOBAL
TECHNOLOGY
PRIORITISED
GLOBAL
SUSTAINABILITY
FINANCING
PRIORITISED
ENVIRONMENTAL
CHANGE
INCREASE BUT
PLATEAU
CONSUMER
PREFERENCE
SEEKING
RENEWABLE
SOURCES
GOVERNMENT
INTERVENTION
INCREASED
GLOBAL TEMP
INCREASE
2.6°C
BY 2100
GLOBAL
POLICY
POOR SHORT
TERM
MODERATE MID
TO LONG TERM
NGFS*
DISORDERLY IEA**
SUSTAINABLE
DEVELOPMENT
GLOBAL
TECHNOLOGY
VARIABLE
GLOBAL
SUSTAINABILITY
FINANCING
MARKET LED
ENVIRONMENTAL
CHANGE
INCREASE BUT
PLATEAU
CONSUMER
PREFERENCE
SEEKING
RENEWABLE
SOURCES
GOVERNMENT
INTERVENTION
INCREASED
GLOBAL TEMP
INCREASE
4.1°C
BY 2100
GLOBAL
POLICY
CURRENT
NGFS* CURRENT
POLICIES
IEA** STATED
POLICIES
GLOBAL
TECHNOLOGY
DE-PRIORITISED
GLOBAL
SUSTAINABILITY
FINANCING
DE-PRIORITISED
ENVIRONMENTAL
CHANGE
SEVERE
CONSUMER
PREFERENCE
NO CHANGE
GOVERNMENT
INTERVENTION
LOW
Data sources
1. SSP1-1.9 f rom SSP Database (Shared Socioeconomic Pathways) Scenario Explorer.
2. NIWA. (2016). Our future climate New Zealand. RCP 2.6.
3. Ministry for the Environment. (2018a). Climate change projections for New Zealand. Calculated as change in 12-hour, 20-year ARI event rainfall depth.
4. Climate Change Commission (2021). Ināia tonu nei: a low emissions future for Aotearoa, Scenarios dataset 2021 final advice.
Data sources
1. SSP3-7.0 f rom SSP Database (Shared Socioeconomic Pathways) Scenario Explorer.
2. NIWA. (2016). Our future climate New Zealand. RCP 8.5.
3. Ministry for the Environment. (2018a). Climate change projections for New Zealand. Calculated as change in 12-hour, 20-year ARI event rainfall depth.
4. Climate Change Commission (2021). Ināia tonu nei: a low emissions future for Aotearoa, Scenarios dataset 2021 final advice.
Data sources
1. SSP2-4.5 f rom SSP Database (Shared Socioeconomic Pathways) Scenario Explorer.
2. NIWA. (2016). Our future climate New Zealand. RCP 4.5.
3. Ministry for the Environment. (2018a). Climate change projections for New Zealand. Calculated as change in 12-hour, 20-year ARI event rainfall depth.
4. Climate Change Commission (2021). Ināia tonu nei: a low emissions future for Aotearoa, Scenarios dataset 2021 final advice.
Contact’s climate scenarios
* Network for Greening the Financial System** International Energy Agency
StrategyGovernanceMetrics and targets
15
ContentsRisk
CLIMATE
STATEMENT
FY24
About this statement
Current climate risks and opportunities
The climate risks and opportunities outlined on
pages 15 to 21 reference our three climate scenarios.
We used the vulnerability and exposure tool, and
Contact’s enterprise risk matrix to assess each.
We have considered the information that may affect
the primary users of this statement (our existing and
potential investors, lenders and creditors). As a result
we have included risks and opportunities that could
impact our strategy, business model and/or have
significant financial implications.
Physical risks
These arise f rom changes to the climate, which can
be acute – caused by increasing extreme weather
events (e.g. flood, drought, storms) or chronic –
caused by long-term gradual changes (e.g. rising
ambient temperatures, sea level rise). Acute physical
risks stem f rom the increased f requency and severity
of extreme weather events including storms and
flooding and potential asset damage and supply
chain disruption. Chronic physical risks are focused
on changes to rainfall patterns and rising ambient
temperatures and the effect on hydroelectric
generation efficiency and the alignment of
generation with demand.
Risk Assessment Current impacts Anticipated impacts Contact’s strategic response
P1
Changes to rainfall could lead
to reduced efficacy of hydro
generation
While changing weather conditions
are expected to increase hydro
scheme inflows, this may be
counteracted by increased
concentration and intensity of
rainfall events and increased
f requency of drought.
Coupled with limited hydro
storage and flexibility, this could
lead to a reduction in the efficacy
of hydropower generation and
reduced ability to firm intermittent
renewable generation and manage
risk associated with fixed price sales.
Time Horizon
Long-term, 2050–80
Type
Physical risk to operation
Materiality
Reduction in flexible supply is one
of Contact’s top risks within its
Enterprise Risk Management (ERM)
f ramework.
While a chronic change to rainfall
patterns has the potential to
contribute to this risk in the
long-term, we do not expect the
near-term impact attributable to
climate change to be significant,
independent of other seasonal
weather variations. This assessment
will be reviewed annually.
We have been experiencing
increased volatility in hydrology
conditions. However, it is
challenging to isolate the impact
of climate change f rom seasonal
weather variations (e.g. El Niño and
La Niña).
In FY24 we embarked on our
first ever turbine upgrade at the
Roxburgh hydroelectric dam. The
investment of around $30m will
improve the dam’s efficiency and
increase annual generation by
~45GWh (in a mean hydro year).
Current expenditure indirectly
related to this risk includes
development costs associated with
grid-scale battery and renewable
generation (wind, solar, geothermal)
investments.
These investments will lead to
increased generation capacity and/
or alternative sources of peak time
flexibility.
Current financial impact
This is not able to be quantified
given the ran
[TRUNCATED]
Data sourced from publicly available filings. Our datasets may not be complete. Automated analysis can produce errors. If you believe any data on this page is incorrect, please contact us at hello@nzxplorer.co.nz. For informational purposes only. Not investment advice.
Other issuers discussed similar conditions around this time
Matched by meaning across NZX announcement text, not keywords — based on our semantic index of announcement bodies.
- KFL — Kingfish Limited: Kingfish 2024 Climate Statement2024-07-25
“Photo: David Slacke 61Climate Statement 06 | Case studies Contact Energy Electricity, gas and broadband provider Contact’s strategy is to provide electricity to New Zealanders, including leading the country’s decarbonisation. Contact’s ambitions are to achieve net zero emi…”